HKS Project No. 16811.000
Project Manual
Le Meridien / AC Hotel
Denver, Colorado
ASI 6.0
June 13, 2016
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
06/13/2016
PROJECT MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LEGEND
First Column:
Second Column:
Third Column:
Fourth Column:
Fifth Column:
Current Date for Section
Checked Indicates Section is Included in Current Issue
Section Number
Section Title
Section Author
ISSUES
2014-11-12
2014-12-23
2015-04-15
2015-05-15
2015-07-08
2015-10-09
2015-12-17
2016-03-09
2016-04-05
2016-05-16
2016-06-13
HKS 16811.000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2016-06-13
Design Development
Package 1.0 - Structural Frame Permit
50% Construction Documents
Package 3.0 - Building Permit
Package 4.0
Submittal Package 3.2
ASI 1.0
ASI 3.0
ASI 4.0
ASI 5.0
ASI 6.0
000001 - 1
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
00 3100
00 5200
00 7200
00 7300
Available Project Information
Agreement Form
General Conditions
Supplementary Conditions
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2016-06-13
2015-05-15
2016-06-13
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
01 0510
01 0520
01 0530
01 2100
01 2200
01 2300
01 2500
01 2600
01 2900
01 3100
01 3200
01 3300
01 4000
01 4200
01 4339
01 4500
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
01 4516
01 5000
01 6000
01 7100
01 7300
01 7700
01 7823
01 7839
01 7900
Exterior Design Selections– Building Exterior
Interior Design Selections – Back of House
Interior Design Selections – Front of House
Allowances
Unit Prices
Alternates
Substitution Procedures
Contract Modification Procedures
Payment Procedures
Project Management and Coordination
Construction Progress Documentation
Submittal Procedures
Quality Requirements
References
Visual Mock Up Requirements
Structural Testing, Inspection, and
Quality Assurance
Field Test for Water Leakage
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Product Requirements
Construction Tolerance
Execution
Close Out Procedures
Operation and Maintenance Data
Project Record Documents
Demonstration and Training
HKS
HKS
SDG
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
MKA
HKS
HKS
HKS
MKA
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
No Sections
HKS 16811.000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2016-06-13
000001 - 2
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
03 1000
03 2000
03 3000
03 3060
03 3500
03 3713
03 3800
03 4500
Concrete Forming and Accessories
Concrete Reinforcing
Cast In Place Concrete
Integrally Colored Concrete
Concrete Finishing
Shotcrete
Post-Tensioned Concrete
Architectural Precast Concrete
MKA
MKA
MKA
ND
HKS
MKA
MKA
HKS
Concrete Unit Masonry
HKS
Structural Steel Framing
Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel
Steel Decking
Cold-Formed Steel Framing
Slotted Channel Framing
Metal Fabrications
Metal Stairs
Pipe and Tube Railings
Ornamental Handrails and Railings
MKA
MKA
MKA
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
DIVISION 04 – MASONRY
2015-05-15
04 2200
DIVISION 05 – METALS
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
05 1200
05 1213
05 3100
05 4100
05 4300
05 5000
05 5100
05 5213
05 7300
DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
06 1053
06 1643
06 4023
06 6400
06 6813
Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry
Exterior Gypsum Sheathing
Interior Architectural Woodwork
Plastic (FRP) Paneling
Plastic Gratings
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
07 1328
07 1352
07 1413
2015-05-15
2015-07-08
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-07-08
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
07 1616
07 2100
07 2400
07 2617
07 2713
07 4243
07 5013
07 6200
07 7200
HKS 16811.000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2016-06-13
Pre-Applied Sheet Waterproofing
Modified Bituminous Sheet Waterproofing
Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt
Waterproofing
Crystalline Waterproofing
Thermal Insulation
EIFS
Below Slab Vapor Retarder
Self-Adhering Air and Water Barrier
Composite Metal Wall Panels
Single Ply Membrane Roofing
Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
Roof Accessories
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
000001 - 3
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
07 8116
07 8123
07 8413
07 8446
07 9200
Cementitious Fireproofing
Intumescent Mastic Fireproofing
Penetration Firestopping
Fire Resistive Joint Firestopping
Joint Sealants
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2016-06-13
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2016-06-13
2015-05-15
2015-07-08
2016-06-13
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
08 1113
08 1416
08 1700
08 3113
08 3323
08 4233
08 4239
08 4400
08 4410
08 4420
08 5113
08 5123
08 7100
08 8000
08 8300
08 9100
Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
Prefinished Flush Wood Doors
Integrated Door Opening Assemblies
Access Doors and Frames
Overhead Coiling Doors
Revolving Entrance Doors
Stainless Entrance Doors
Glazed Aluminum Framing Systems
Point Supported Glazed AESS Systems
Aluminum Framed Folding Panel System
Aluminum Windows
Steel Windows and Doors
Door Hardware
Glazing
Unframed Mirrored Glazing
Wall Louvers
HKS
HKS
DHC
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
DHC
HKS
HKS
HKS
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2016-03-09
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
09 2900
09 3000
09 5113
09 6500
09 6513
09 6723
09 6800
09 7200
09 7500
09 9100
09 9600
09 9663
Gypsum Board Assemblies
Tiling
Acoustical Panel Ceilings
Resilient Flooring
Resilient Base and Accessories
Resinous Flooring
Carpeting
Wall Coverings
Interior Stone Facing
Painting
High Performance Coatings
Textured Acrylic Coating
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
Toilet Compartments
Operable Panel Partitions
Wall and Corner Guards
Toilet Accessories
Fire Protection Specialties
Metal Lockers
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
HKS
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
HKS 16811.000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2016-06-13
10 2113
10 2238
10 2613
10 2813
10 4400
10 5113
000001 - 4
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
11 1326
11 2300
11 2400
11 4000
Hydraulic Chain Lift
Laundry Equipment
Building Maintenance
Food Service Equipment
HKS
SDI
HKS
SDI
Roller Shades
Stone Countertops
Simulated Stone Countertops
Site Furnishings
HKS
HKS
HKS
ND
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
12 2413
12 3640
12 3661
12 9300
DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
No Sections
DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
2015-12-17
2015-05-15
14 2100
14 9100
Electric Traction Elevators
Chutes
LB
HKS
DIVISION 20 – GENERAL MEP/FP REQUIREMENTS
2014-11-12
200000
MEPF Basis of Design
BCE
DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
210001
210002
Basic Fire Protection Requirements
Fire Protection
BCE
BCE
Basic Plumbing Requirements
Plumbing
BCE
BCE
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
220501
220505
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2016-03-09
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
HKS 16811.000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2016-06-13
230501
230510
230540
230593
230701
230800
230901
230993
232123
232500
Basic Mechanical Requirements
Basic Materials and Methods
Vibration Isolation
Testing Adjusting and Balancing
Insulation
Commissioning of HVAC Systems
Building Control System
Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls
Hydronic Pumps
HVAC Water Treatment
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
000001 - 5
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
232923
233113
233300
233401
235110
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
235201
238146
Variable Frequency Drives
Metal Ducts
Air Duct Accessories
HVAC Equipment – Air Side
Breechings, Chimneys and Draft Control
Devices
Heating Equipment
Water-Source Unitary Heat Pumps
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION
No Sections
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
260501
260510
260526
260553
260573
2015-05-15
2016-06-13
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2016-06-13
2015-05-15
2015-07-08
2016-06-13
2015-05-15
260800
260933
260934
262000
263213
263623
264113
265100
265101
265200
265600
266000
Basic Electrical Requirements
Basic Materials and Methods
Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
Identification for Electrical Systems
Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination
Study
Electrical Systems Commissioning
Central Dimming Controls – Public Spaces
Lighting Control System (Dimming)
Electrical Distribution
Engine Generators
Automatic Transfer Switches
Lightning Protection for Structures
Interior Lighting – Public Areas
Lighting
Decorative Interior Lighting
Exterior Lighting – Public Spaces
Electrical Testing
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
MCLA
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
BCE
MCLA
BCE
MCLA
MCLA
BCE
DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS
No Sections
DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
HKS 16811.000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2016-06-13
283113
283163
Area of Rescue System
Digital, Addressable Fire Alarm System with
Voice Evacuation
BCE
BCE
000001 - 6
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
311000
312000
312319
312333
315000
316329
Site Clearing
Earth Moving
Dewatering
Trenching and Backfilling
Excavation Support and Protection
Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts
MM
MM
MM
MM
MKA
MKA
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2016-06-13
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-07-08
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
320180
321313
321373
321400
321723
321816
328005
329000
329010
329110
Irrigation Maintenance
Concrete Paving
Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
Deck Pedestals
Pavement Markings
Synthetic Grass Surfacing System – Roof Decks
Design-Build Irrigation Systems
General Landscape
Landscape Maintenance
Soil Preparation
ND
MM
MM
ND
MM
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
2015-05-15
331100
333100
334100
334600
Water Utility Distribution Piping
Sanitary Utility Sewerage Piping
Storm Utility Drainage Piping
Subdrainage
MM
MM
MM
MM
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
No Sections
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
HKS 16811.000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2016-06-13
000001 - 7
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
HKS 16811.000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2016-06-13
000001 - 8
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
SECTION 010510
DESIGN SELECTIONS SUMMARY – BUILDING EXTERIOR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
This Section includes a schedule summary of Design Selections for materials and finishes
technically specified in various technical Sections of this Project Manual.
PROCEDURES
A.
References in this Section to specific manufacturer, model name and model number, are to
establish preferred design selection standard only. Other "Acceptable Manufacturers" listed in
the technical section, if qualified, are allowed to submit in accordance with Division 01 Section
"Product Requirements".
B.
Each material selection is referenced by Section name and number to where it is specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL SELECTIONS
A.
Following materials may be included in a number of technical specification sections and are
scheduled together to avoid duplication.
B.
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL METAL FINISH
1.
AMF-01:
a.
b.
c.
2.
AMF-02:
a.
b.
c.
3.
Material Type: Aluminum
Finish Type: High-Performance Organic Fluoropolymer.
Coating Color: Silver Color; Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
Material Type: Aluminum
Finish Type: High-Performance Organic Fluoropolymer.
Coating Color: Dark Bronze Color; Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
AMF-03:
a.
b.
c.
Material Type: Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel and Shapes (AESS)
Finish Type: High Performance Coating / Polyurethane
Coating Color: Match AMF-01
HKS 16811.000
DESIGN SELECTIONS SUMMARY BUILDING EXTERIOR
2016-06-13
010510 - 1
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
4.
AMF-04: Steel Windows and Doors
a.
b.
c.
5.
AMF-05: AESS at Steel Windows and Doors
a.
b.
c.
C.
APC-01: Thin Masonry Veneer Facing
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
A.
042200 - Concrete Unit Masonry
CMU-01: Level 1 Adjacent Existing Building
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
A.
Thin Masonry Veneer - Field: Endicott Brick, Norman, Medium Ironspot #46
Smooth Finish, 1/3 Running Bond
Thin Masonry Veneer – Accent: Endicott Brick, Norman, Light Grey Blend,
Smooth Finish, Stacked Bond
Size (Actual Dimensions): 2 ¼”H x 1/2”W x 11 5/8”L.
Sealant Color: TBD; Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
Remarks: 2” Spray Applied Fiberglass Insulation on Back of Panel
DIVISION 4 SELECTIONS BY SECTION
1.
2.3
Material Type: Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel and Shapes (AESS)
Finish Type: High Performance Coating / Polyurethane
Coating Color: Match AMF-04
034500 - Architectural Precast Concrete
1.
2.2
Material Type: Steel
Finish Type: Manufacturer’s Standard Epoxy/Polyurethane Finish.
Coating Color: Black Color; Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
Manufacturer: TBD
Product Series: TBD
Color and Finish: Standard Grey
Face Texture: Normal
Size (Actual Dimensions): Width: 7-5/8 in, Height: 7-5/8 in, Length: 15-5/8 in
Mortar Color: TBD; Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
Remarks: Masonry Cell Insulation
DIVISION 5 SELECTIONS BY SECTION
057300 - Ornamental Handrails and Railings
1.
OHR-01 – Glass Guardrail:
a.
b.
c.
Top Rail Material / Finish: Stainless Steel U-Shaped Cap; Match Sample Mock Up
Approved by Architect
Top Rail Material / Finish: AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
Glass Type: GL-06 with ¾” Open Joints between Panels
HKS 16811.000
DESIGN SELECTIONS SUMMARY BUILDING EXTERIOR
2016-06-13
010510 - 2
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.4
A.
DIVISION 7 SELECTIONS BY SECTION
072400 - EIFS
1.
EIFS-01:
a.
b.
c.
d.
B.
072423 - DEFS For Soffits
1.
DEFS-01: Match EIFS-01
a.
b.
c.
d.
C.
FMP-01:
a.
b.
Basis of Design: Centria; CS-660 Series
Finish Color: Match AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
074243 - Composite Metal Wall Panels
1.
CMP-01:
a.
2.
Finish Color: Match AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
CMP-02:
a.
E.
Manufacturer: Dryvit
Texture: Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
Color: Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
Sealant Color: TBD; Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
074213 – Formed Metal Panels
1.
D.
Manufacturer: Dryvit
Texture: Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
Color: Match Sample Mock Up Approved by Architect
Sealant Color: Match EIFS
Finish Color: Match AMF-04; See Architectural Metal Finishes
079200 - Joint Sealants
1.
Silicone Construction Sealant:
a.
2.
Silicone Mildew Resistant Sealant:
a.
3.
Custom Color, Match Sample Approved by Architect
Custom Color, Match Sample Approved by Architect
Acrylic Latex Sealant:
a.
Custom Color, Match Sample Approved by Architect
HKS 16811.000
DESIGN SELECTIONS SUMMARY BUILDING EXTERIOR
2016-06-13
010510 - 3
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
4.
Urethane Construction Sealant:
a.
2.5
A.
DIVISION 8 SELECTIONS BY SECTION
084213 - Exterior Aluminum Entrance Doors
1.
2.
B.
Basis of Design: Boon Edam; Crystal TQ
Finish Color and Hardware: TBD.
084236 – Balanced Stainless Steel Doors
1.
2.
D.
Finish Color: AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
Hardware Finish Selection: TBD.
084233 - Revolving Entrance Doors
1.
2.
C.
Custom Color, Match Sample Approved by Architect
Basis of Design: Dawson Doors; Ultra Narrow Stile Stainless Steel Doors
Finish Color and Hardware: Stainless Steel, No.4 Finish.
084400 - Glazed Aluminum Framing Systems
1.
GAFS-01 – Punched Window System at Precast with Thin Masonry Veneer
a.
b.
c.
2.
GAFS-02 – Punched Window System at EIFS
a.
b.
c.
3.
b.
c.
d.
System: 6” Frame; Vertically Butt Glazed; Horizontally Captured with 6” Deep
Vertical Accent Fins located per Elevations
Slab Edge Covers: 1/8” Formed Aluminum; See Architectural Metal Finishes
above.
Basis of Design: Kawneer 1600 Wall
Finish Color: AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
GAFS-04 – Tower Curtain Wall System
a.
b.
c.
5.
System: 6” Frame; 4-Way Captured Glass
Basis of Design: Kawneer 1600 Wall
Finish Color: AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
GAFS-03 – Window Wall System
a.
4.
System: 6” Frame; 4-Way Captured Glass with Intermediate Mullion
Basis of Design: Kawneer 1600 Wall
Finish Color: AMF-02; See Architectural Metal Finishes
System: 6” Frame; Vertically Butt Glazed; Horizontally Captured
Basis of Design: Kawneer 1600 Wall
Finish Color: AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
GAFS-05 – Podium Curtain Wall System
a.
System: 10” Frame Vertically Butt Glazed Horizontally Captured
HKS 16811.000
DESIGN SELECTIONS SUMMARY BUILDING EXTERIOR
2016-06-13
010510 - 4
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
b.
c.
6.
GAFS-06 – Podium Curtain Wall System
a.
b.
c.
E.
Basis of Design: Kawneer 1600 Wall
Finish Color: AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
System: 10 1/8” Frame; Vertically Butt Glazed; Horizontally Captured
Basis of Design: Kawneer; Toggle Glazed Clearwall SBI
Finish Color: AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
084410 – Point Supported Glazed AESS System
a.
PSG-01: Point Supported Glass at Canopy
1)
2)
F.
085113 – Aluminum Windows
1.
GAFS-07 – Aluminum Windows
a.
b.
c.
2.6
Framing System: AESS; AMF-03 See Architectural Metal Finishes
Glazing: GL-05
System: 1 1/16” Frame; Vertically and Horizontally Captured
Basis of Design: Custom Window : 8300 (SQ) Square Profile
Finish Color: AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
088000 - Glazing
1.
Exterior Glass Schedule: (Note: Provide FT glass where required for safety glazing.)
a.
GL-01A: Insulating Coated Glass - Vision
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
b.
GL-01B: Insulating Coated Glass - Spandrel
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
c.
Overall Thickness: 1 in (25 mm) nominal.
Outboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass with coating on No. 2
surface.
Air Space: 1/2 in (12 mm); Black spacer; Black sealant.
Inboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass.
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: VRE 1-59
Overall Thickness: 1 in (25 mm) nominal.
Outboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass with coating on No. 2
surface.
Air Space: 1/2 in (12 mm); Black spacer; Black sealant.
Inboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass with V933 Warm Grey Frit
on No. 4 surface.
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: VRE 1-59
GL-02A Insulating Coated Glass - Vision
1)
2)
3)
Overall Thickness: 1 in (25 mm) nominal.
Outboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass with coating on No. 2
surface.
Air Space: 1/2 in (12 mm); Black spacer; Black sealant.
HKS 16811.000
DESIGN SELECTIONS SUMMARY BUILDING EXTERIOR
2016-06-13
010510 - 5
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
4)
5)
d.
GL-02C Insulating Coated Glass – With Back Panel
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
e.
3)
4)
5)
3)
4)
5)
Overall Thickness: 1 in (25 mm) nominal.
Outboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass with coating on No. 2
surface.
Air Space: 1/2 in (12 mm); Black spacer; Black sealant.
Inboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass with V933 Warm Grey Frit
on No. 4 surface.
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: VE 1-2M
GL-03C Insulating Coated Glass – With Back Panel
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
h.
Overall Thickness: 1 in (25 mm) nominal.
Outboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass with coating on No. 2
surface.
Air Space: 1/2 in (12 mm); Black spacer; Black sealant.
Inboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass.
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: VE 1-2M
GL-03B Insulating Coated Glass - Spandrel
1)
2)
g.
Overall Thickness: 1 in (25 mm) nominal.
Outboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass with coating on No. 2
surface.
Air Space: 1/2 in (12 mm); Black spacer; Black sealant.
Inboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass.
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: VRE 26-59
Back Panel: Aluminum, with prefinished Warm Grey color.
GL-03A Insulating Coated Glass - Vision
1)
2)
f.
Inboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass.
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: VRE 26-59
GL-04:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Overall Thickness: 1 in (25 mm) nominal.
Outboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass with coating on No. 2
surface.
Air Space: 1/2 in (12 mm); Black spacer; Black sealant.
Inboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) thick glass.
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: VE 1-2M
Back Panel: Aluminum, with prefinished Warm Grey color.
Laminated Glass – Glass Canopy
Overall Thickness: As required by design.
Outboard Lite: Clear Glass, Custom White Ceramic Frit Pattern on No.2
Surface; 1/4 in (6 mm) minimum thick glass.
Inboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) minimum thick glass.
Interlayer – Basis of Design: Dupont SentryGlas “Ionoplast”; Clear,
thickness as required for intended use.
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: Viracon Clear Laminated Glass
HKS 16811.000
DESIGN SELECTIONS SUMMARY BUILDING EXTERIOR
2016-06-13
010510 - 6
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
i.
GL-05:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
j.
GL-06:
1)
2)
3)
B.
A.
Overall Thickness: As required by design.
Outboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) minimum thick glass.
Inboard Lite: Clear HS; 1/4 in (6 mm) minimum thick glass.
Interlayer – Basis of Design: Dupont SentryGlas “Ionoplast”; Clear,
thickness as required for intended use.
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: Viracon Clear Laminated Glass
Laminated Glass – Monolithic Vision at Lobby
Overall Thickness: 3/4 in Minimum, As required by design.
Description: Clear HS
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product:
089100 – Wall Louvers
1.
2.
2.7
Laminated Glass – Guardrail
Basis of Design Manufacturer and Product: C/S RS-7705
Finish Color: AMF-01; See Architectural Metal Finishes
DIVISION 9 SELECTIONS BY SECTION
099663 – Textured Acrylic Coatings
1.
TAC-01 – Textured Acrylic Coating at Wall:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Manufacturer: BASF Building Systems, MasterProtect HC400
Texture: Smooth
Color: TBD
Coats: Cementitious Waterproof Coating, Texture and Finish Coats; Number of
coats as recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
HKS 16811.000
DESIGN SELECTIONS SUMMARY BUILDING EXTERIOR
2016-06-13
010510 - 7
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
SECTION 010530
INTERIOR DESIGN SELECTIONS – FRONT OF HOUSE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes a schedule summary of Design Selections for materials and finishes
technically specified in various technical Sections of this Project Manual.
PROCEDURES
References in this Section to specific manufacturer, model name and model number, are to
establish preferred design selection standard only. Other "Acceptable Manufacturers" listed in
the technical section, if qualified, are allowed to submit in accordance with Division 01 Section
"Product Requirements".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
SELECTIONS
Refer to attached Schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
SDG
INTERIOR DESIGN SELECTIONS – FRONT OF HOUSE
2016-06-13
010530 - 1
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
Series Designations
100: LM Guestrooms
200: LM Guest Bathrooms
300: LM Guest Tower Corridors / Elevator Lobbies
400-449: 1st Floor - LM Lobby Level
450-499: 1st Floor - AC Lobby Level
500: 2nd Floor
600: 20th Floor - Amenity Level
700: LM Restaurant - Level 1
800: AC Guestrooms, Bathroom, Corridor
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
ARTWORK
AA-200
(AA-602)
AA-201
(AA-605)
LM
LM
6/9/2016
6/9/2016
Back-Lit Vanity Mirror
Back-Lit Vanity Mirror
King Model Room, K02-LM |
Double Queen Model Room, DQ01LM
Electric Mirror
ADA Guestrooms
Electric Mirror
AC Tile
Pre-Function & Meeting Room
Ceiling
Armstrong
AC Tile
Ballroom Ceiling
Armstrong
AC Tile
Bar & Lobby Ceiling
Armstrong
Elaine Tosko
(Ryan & Associates)
elainetosko@aol.com
(216) 956-3111
Electric Mirror to provide Lit Mirror
component. GC to provide frame
Custom Silhouette Lighted Mirror : SIL-CUSTOM& mirror back. Adjustable sleeves
as required for field installation.
24.00" x 44.00" - SO-2700K. | 2" frosted glass at
Must be coordinated with GC and
perimeter and a polished edge, curved at upper
corners only. | =/> 2"D (Manufacturer to confirm overall verified in field. Refer to attached
depth with Designer).
specification and Model Room
DWGs for location.
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.
Elaine Tosko
(Ryan & Associates)
elainetosko@aol.com
(216) 956-3111
Electric Mirror to provide Lit Mirror
component. GC to provide frame
Custom Silhouette Lighted Mirror : SIL-CUSTOM& mirror back. Adjustable sleeves
as required for field installation.
24.00" x 48.00" - SO-2700K. | 2" frosted glass at (2)
Must be coordinated with GC and
sides and top w/polished edge, curved at upper
corners only. | =/> 2"D (Manufacturer to confirm overall verified in field. Refer to attached
depth with Designer).
specification and Model Room
DWGs for location.
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.
ACCOUSTICAL TILE &
CEILING GRID
AC-501
LM
AC-502
LM
AC-451
LM/AC
AC-701
LM RESTAURANT
4/18/2016
2/18/2016
Accoustical Ceiling Panels
Ceiling beyond Wood Beams
Sound Away
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Tabitha Ruez
tsruiz@armstrong.com
(312) 282-0759
Tabitha Ruez
tsruiz@armstrong.com
(312) 282-0759
Tabitha Ruez
tsruiz@armstrong.com
(312) 282-0759
Alex Gomez
Alex@SoundAway.com
866-768-6381
760-599-3985
Optima-Vector, Prelude Suspension System,
Color: White, Size: 20"x60"
Refer to DWGs for location.
Calla-Tegular, Suprafine Suspension System, Color:
Stone (SE), Size: 24"x24"
Refer to DWGs for location.
Woodworks Concealed, 5983W3 (TBD); Shape:
Panel; Edge: Square 15/16"; W3 Perforation | Walnut
Espresso Color | 48" x 24" (TBD)
Refer to DWGs for location.
Soundaway: Ambience SA2000 acoustical panels, 1"
thick. Attached via Rotofast Snap-On anchors per
Rotofast Snap On Anchors to be
manufacturer's recommendation, attached to ceiling
coordinated with ceiling design
between ceiling and faux wood beams. Fabric: FR701
and MEP locations.
2100 acoustic panel, color Moleskin 796.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
Avalar Solution Dyed Nylon, Cut and loop pile. Custom
Pattern Number: Custom HP22-4. Style Name:
k032315a-mlcl. Pattern Repeat: 18"W x 25.42"L @
14spi. Colors: A=SPC27 | B=4640/4650.
(Approximate inset size: 8'6" W x 8' L)
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions. To have schluter
transition between carpet and
vinyl flooring.
CARPET
CP-100
(CP-600)
LM
2/2/2016
K | DQ Guestroom Inset Carpet
LM K1, K1 ADA, K3 Guestrooms
Aqua Carpet
Lisa Homan
Contract Alliance
CP-100.1
(CP-602)
LM
2/2/2016
K | DQ Guestroom Carpet Pad
LM K1, K1 ADA, K3 Guestrooms
Aqua Carpet
Lisa Homan
Contract Alliance
CP-101
LM
1/29/2016
DQ Guestroom Carpet
LM Double Queen Guestrooms
Aqua Carpet
Lisa Homan
Contract Alliance
CP-101.1
LM
1/29/2016
Carpet Pad
LM K2, K2ADA Guestrooms
Aqua Carpet
Lisa Homan
Contract Alliance
LM K2, K2ADA Guestrooms
Aqua Carpet
Lisa Homan
Contract Alliance
CP-102
LM
1/29/2016
K2 Guestroom Wall to Wall
Carpet
CP-102.1
LM
6/9/2016
Carpet Pad
Product Name: 32 oz. Fiber Pad. Content: 100%
Recycled Fiber (70% Pre Consumer Recylced
Material, 30% Post Consumer Recycled Material). Roll
Size: 12'W x 60'/60L
Solution Dyed Nylon, Cut and loop pile Custom
Pattern Number: k061812m mlcl. Approximate inset
size: 14'6" W x 8' L
Solution Dyed Nylon, Cut and loop pile. Custom
Pattern Number: k061812m mlcl. Approximate inset
size: TBD W x 8' L
Product Name: 32 oz. Fiber Pad. Content: 100%
Recycled Fiber (70% Pre Consumer Recylced
Material, 30% Post Consumer Recycled Material). Roll
Size: 12'W x 60'/60L (Size to be verified).
with pile heights of k061812N.
Approximate dimensions
with pile heights of k061812N.
Approximate dimensions
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
Custom Pattern Number: Custom-BX05776-10.
instructions. Carpet will be pattern
Pattern Repeat: 143.4" x 84". Colors: G311, N311,
matched and seamed for model
F314, E312/33D, E311/32D, D314/37C. Content: 80%
purposes. Manufacturer to
Wool, 20% Nylon. Total Weight: 68.4 oz/sq yard
provide seaming diagram prior to
installation and axminster spec
sheet.
CP-300
LM
2/15/2016
Corridor Carpet
Guestroom Level Corridors
TaiPing
Helen Morley
Helenmorley@taipingcarpets.com
(630) 469-6850
CP-300.1
LM
2/15/2016
Carpet Pad
Guestroom Level Corridors
Sponge Cushion Inc.
Tom Dunn
tom.dunn@spongecushion.com
303-884-9428
Product name: Tred-MOR. Product Number: 2568QL
(Manufacturer to verify). Content: 100% Virgin
Enriched SBR synthetic rubber. Weight: 80oz/sq yd
CP-301
LM
6/9/2016
Elevator Lobby Carpet
Guestroom Level Elevator Lobbies
TaiPing
Helen Morley
Helenmorley@taipingcarpets.com
(630) 469-6850
CP-301.1
LM
6/9/2016
Carpet Pad
Guestroom Level Elevator Lobbies
Sponge Cushion Inc.
Tom Dunn
tom.dunn@spongecushion.com
303-884-9428
CP-401
LM
6/9/2016
Inset Hand Tufted Wool Area Rug
Level 1 Lobby/ Fireplace
TaiPing
Helen Morley
Helenmorley@taipingcarpets.com
(630) 469-6850
CP-401.1
LM
6/9/2016
Carpet Pad for Area Rug
Level 1 Lobby/ Fireplace
Sponge Cushion Inc.
Tom Dunn
tom.dunn@spongecushion.com
303-884-9428
CP-402
LM
6/9/2016
Hand Tufted Wool Area Rug
(Inset)
Level 1 Lobby/ Library
TaiPing
Helen Morley
Helenmorley@taipingcarpets.com
(630) 469-6850
CP-402.1
LM
6/9/2016
Carpet Pad for Area Rug
Level 1 Lobby/ Library
Sponge Cushion Inc.
Tom Dunn
tom.dunn@spongecushion.com
303-884-9428
Style: Custom Design to be developed by SDDG |
Color: Custom | Content: 7/9 Row Axminster |
Dimensions: To be verified by MFR
Product Name: Tred-MOR. Product Number: 2580
(Manufacturer to verify). Content: SBR Rubber.
Weight: 80oz/sq yd. Properties: Antimicrobrial. Size:
54" x 60' (30 sy.). Color: Black
Style: Custom Design to be developed by SDDG |
Color: Custom | Content: Hand Tufted Wool Rug, inset
in flooring | Dimensions: 31'-10" x 14'-0"
Product Name: Tred-MOR. Product Number: 2580
(Manufacturer to verify). Content: SBR Rubber.
Weight: 80oz/sq yd. Properties: Antimicrobrial. Size:
54" x 60' (30 sy.). Color: Black
Style: Custom Design to be developed by SDDG |
Color: Custom | Content: Hand Tufted Wool Rug |
Dimensions: 14'-0" x 8'-0"
Product Name: Tred-MOR. Product Number: 2580
(Manufacturer to verify). Content: SBR Rubber.
Weight: 80oz/sq yd. Properties: Antimicrobrial. Size:
54" x 60' (30 sy.). Color: Black
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
Inset Rug Over Pad
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
Inset Rug Over Pad
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
Style: Custom Design to be developed by SDDG |
Color: Custom | Content: Hand Tufted Wool Rug |
Dimensions: 11'-0" x 13'-0"
Product Name: Tred-MOR. Product Number: 2580
(Manufacturer to verify). Content: SBR Rubber.
Weight: 80oz/sq yd. Properties: Antimicrobrial. Size:
54" x 60' (30 sy.). Color: Black
Style: Custom Design to be developed by SDDG |
Color: Custom | Content: 7/9 Row Axminster |
Dimensions: To be verified by MFR
Product Name: Tred-MOR. Product Number: 2580
(Manufacturer to verify). Content: SBR Rubber.
Weight: 80oz/sq yd. Properties: Antimicrobrial. Size:
54" x 60' (30 sy.). Color: Black
Style: Custom Design to be developed by SDDG |
Color: Custom | Content: Hand Tufted Wool Rug, Inset
in flooring | Dimensions: 22'-5" x 12'-0"
Product Name: Tred-MOR. Product Number: 2580
(Manufacturer to verify). Content: SBR Rubber.
Weight: 80oz/sq yd. Properties: Antimicrobrial. Size:
54" x 60' (30 sy.). Color: Black
Style: Custom Design to be developed by SDDG |
Color: Custom | Content: Hand Tufted Wool Rug |
Dimensions: 10'-6" x 10'-6"
Product Name: Tred-MOR. Product Number: 2580
(Manufacturer to verify). Content: SBR Rubber.
Weight: 80oz/sq yd. Properties: Antimicrobrial. Size:
54" x 60' (30 sy.). Color: Black
Style: Custom Design to be developed by SDDG |
Color: Custom | Content: Hand Tufted Wool Rug |
Dimensions: 15'-0" x 20'-0"
Product Name: Tred-MOR. Product Number: 2580
(Manufacturer to verify). Content: SBR Rubber.
Weight: 80oz/sq yd. Properties: Antimicrobrial. Size:
54" x 60' (30 sy.). Color: Black
NOTES
CP-403
LM
6/9/2016
Hand Tufted Wool Area Rug
(Inset)
Level 1 Lobby/ Concierge Lounge
TaiPing
Helen Morley
Helenmorley@taipingcarpets.com
(630) 469-6850
CP-403.1
LM
6/9/2016
Carpet Pad for Area Rug
Level 1 Lobby/ Concierge Lounge
Sponge Cushion Inc.
Tom Dunn
tom.dunn@spongecushion.com
303-884-9428
CP-501
LM
6/9/2016
Axminster Carpet
Ballroom & Pre-Function & Meeting
Rooms
TaiPing
Helen Morley
Helenmorley@taipingcarpets.com
(630) 469-6850
CP-501.1
LM
6/9/2016
Carpet Pad For Axminster Carpet
Ballroom & Pre-Function & Meeting
Rooms
Sponge Cushion Inc.
Tom Dunn
tom.dunn@spongecushion.com
303-884-9428
CP-451
AC
Inset Hand Tufted Wool Area Rug
Living Room
TBD
TBD
CP-451.1
AC
Carpet Pad for Area Rug
Living Room
Sponge Cushion Inc.
Tom Dunn
tom.dunn@spongecushion.com
303-884-9428
CP-452
AC
Hand Tufted Wool Area Rug
(Inset)
Library
TBD
TBD
CP-452.1
AC
6/9/2016
Carpet Pad for Area Rug
Library
Sponge Cushion Inc.
Tom Dunn
tom.dunn@spongecushion.com
303-884-9428
CP-453
AC
6/9/2016
Hand Tufted Wool Area Rug
(Inset)
Lounge
TBD
TBD
CP-453.1
AC
6/9/2016
Carpet Pad for Area Rug
Lounge
Sponge Cushion Inc.
Tom Dunn
tom.dunn@spongecushion.com
303-884-9428
Style: AC Marriott Standard Spec (Modified), Pattern
#53211 (Modified - Custom Color in Development) |
Construction: CYP, Cut & Loop Pile; New Zealand
Heather Wool with Halo Nylon |
Dimensions: 8'-0" x 6'-0"
Loose Lay Rug
6/9/2016
Inset Rug Over Pad
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
To Be Installed Over Pad
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
Inset Rug Over Pad
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
Inset Rug Over Pad
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
Inset Rug Over Pad
Refer to specification for further
information & manufacturer's
instructions.
CP-801
AC
6/9/2016
Area Rug Carpet (Loose Lay)
AC King Guestroom
Luzern Limited
Christy Jones
christy@luzernltd.com
(800) 843-1728 x314
CP-802
AC
6/9/2016
Area Rug Carpet (Loose Lay)
AC Double Queen Guestroom
Luzern Limited
Christy Jones
christy@luzernltd.com
(800) 843-1728 x314
Style: AC Marriott Standard Spec (Modified), Pattern
#53211 (Modified - Custom Color in Development) |
Construction: CYP, Cut & Loop Pile; New Zealand
Heather Wool with Halo Nylon |
Dimensions: 13'-6" x 6'-0"
Loose Lay Rug
CP-803
AC
6/9/2016
Modular Carpet Tile
AC Corridor
Tandus Centiva / Desso USA
Christine Topf
ctopf@desso.com
(312) 507-1470
Style: Evoke #A0001 | Color: Coventry Grey #31905 |
Content: 100% Dynex SD Nylon | Backing: Flex-Aire
Cushion Backing | Dimensions: 24" x 24" Tile
Modular Carpet Tile
Stair Tread & Riser
Concrete Collaborative
CONCRETE
CO-401
LM
Polished Concrete
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Michael Mangin michael@concreteRange: Laguna Stair Tread; Color: Coal | Size: 45"W
collaborative.com
Tile. Refer to DWGs for dimensions.
312-888-1703
MFR Recommended Prosoco
Polishguard Sealant
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
CO-402
LM
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
Polished Concrete
Fireplace Base Surround
Concrete Collaborative
Michael Mangin michael@concretecollaborative.com
312-888-1703
Range: Laguna; Color: Coal
MFR Recommended Prosoco
Polishguard Sealant
Ardex Concrete Topping SD-T | Color: Grey | Troweled
on finish 1/16" per layer, 2-3 layers expected. Ardex
MFR to recommend sealant. Mfr
SD-T Grey finished with 1 coat, TK6 NanoCoat &
to provide mockup.
StoneLok "E3" (20.00625) and 2 coats StoneLok "MLT
Plus" Matte
CO-451
AC
6/9/2016
Stained/Matte Concrete Topping
Field Flooring AC Lobby
Ardex
Chris Nathe | 815-322-3431 |
chris.nathe@ardexamericas.com
TZ
AC
9/10/2015
Terrazzo
Field Flooring Throughout
Concrete Collaborative
Michael Mangin michael@concretecollaborative.com
312-888-1703
TBD
TZ
AC
9/28/2015
Terrazzo
Field Flooring Throughout
TM Supply
Mike Brawley
mbrawley@tmsupply.com
(847) 638-3795
TBD
Ardex Concrete Topping SD-T | Color: Grey | Self
Leveling product, topically dyed once dividers are
placed. Ardex SD-T Grey finished with 1 coat, TK6
NanoCoat & StoneLok "E3" (20.00625) and 2 coats
StoneLok "MLT Plus" Gloss
MFR to recommend sealant.
Concrete pattern to have inlay
metal schluter strip to match MT453. SDDG to provide DWG of
pattern. Mfr to provide mockup.
Range: Laguna; Color: Coal
Ref Dwgs for locations.
Manufacturer confirms material
can withstand extreme
temperatures
CO-453
AC
CO-600
LM
6/9/2016
Stained/Gloss Concrete Topping
Accent Flooring AC Lobby
Ardex
Chris Nathe | 815-322-3431 |
chris.nathe@ardexamericas.com
Polished Concrete
Bar Countertop
Concrete Collaborative
Michael Mangin michael@concretecollaborative.com
312-888-1703
FLOORING
LVT-100
LM
WF-401
LM
GL-100
LM
6/9/2016
Quiet Cover #0186V Vinyl Plank with InStep Locking
System | Color: Cottonwood | Class/ASTM F1700:
Leanne Waters
Class III Printed Film Vinyl Plank, Type B (embossed) |
leanne.waters@shawinc.com (800)
Overall Thickness: 0.203" | Nominal Dimensions: 7"
241-4826
W x 48" L | Finish: ExoGuard Quartz-Enhanced
(312) 543-3120
Urethane | Edge Profile: Micro Bevel | FlorSept
Antimicrobial
Backing Class: Commercial
Grade. Installation: Floating;
adhesive not recommended.
Luxury Vinyl Tile Flooring
LM Guest Rooms
Shaw Hard Surface
Walnut Wood Flooring
Reception - Floor Accent
LV Wood
Lee Knop
lee@lvwoodfloors.com
(800) 381-9534
Engineered Wood Heritage Walnut Flatsawn:
Character, Surface Smooth | Finish Oiled | Solid 5/8"
Thick. Board Size: 6"W x 5' L
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
DQ01 Model Room | LM
Guestroom Closet Doors
TBD
TBD
To match SDDG control sample. Pending model room
review.
GC to submit sample for SDDG
review.
GLAZING & MIRROR
GL-200
GL-201
LM
LM
6/9/2016
6/9/2016
6/9/2016
Etched Graphic Acrylic
Shower Partition
Shower Door
LM King Guest Bath
LM King Guest Bath
GC to Source
GC to Source
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
GC to Source
White (confirm w/Marriott
Full length shower partition. Low Iron Glass. 3/8"
Standard fade). Square polished
Thick. 8' H x 2' 4-3/4" W x 5/16" T. Dimensions to be edges. GC to coordinate with BAV.I.F. From floor to 5'-2-7/8" (100%) opaque. 2'-7-1/8" 205 (Pull) AND HD-202 Hinges.
to ceiling (glass fade from opaque to clear).
Send samples to SDDG for
approval.
GC to Source
White (confirm w/Marriott
Full length shower door. Low Iron Glass. 3/8" Thick. Standard fade). Square polished
7'-6"'H x 2'-6"W x 5/16" T. Dimensions to be V.I.F. edges. GC to coordinate with BAFrom floor to 5'-2-7/8" (100%) opaque. 2'-7-1/8" to
205 (Pull) AND HD-202 Hinges.
ceiling (glass fade from opaque to clear).
Send samples to SDDG for
approval.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
GL-202
GL-203
LM / AC TAG
LM
LM
REVISION
6/9/2016
2/15/2016
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
Shower Partition
Smoked Glass
LOCATION
LM Double Queen Guest Bath
LM Vanity Millwork (Side Facing
Guestroom)
MANUFACTURER
GC to Source
GC to Source
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
GC to Source
White (confirm w/Marriott
Full length shower partition. Low Iron Glass. 3/8"
Standard fade). Square polished
Thick. 8' H x 2'-2-3/4" W x 5/16" T. Dimensions to be edges. GC to coordinate with BAV.I.F. From floor to 5'-2-7/8" (100%) opaque. 2'-7-1/8" 205 (Pull) AND HD-202 Hinges.
to ceiling (glass fade from opaque to clear).
Send samples to SDDG for
approval.
GC to Source
Dimensions to be coordinated
with Electric Mirror
spec.compoenent. GC to provide
frame & mirror back. Cap/cover
to be developed and provided for
Smoked glass mirror. Dimensions to be V.I.F. Provide
the ceiling. Must be coordinated
sample to SDDG for approval.
with GC and verified in field. Refer
to Model Room DWGs for
location. CONTRACTOR
FURNISHED. CONTRACTOR
INSTALLED.
Shower Door
LM Double Queen Guest Bath
GC to Source
GC to Source
White (confirm w/Marriott
Full length shower door. Low Iron Glass. 3/8" Thick. Standard fade). Square polished
7'-6"'H x 2'-8"W x 5/16" T. Dimensions to be V.I.F. edges. GC to coordinate with BAFrom floor to 5'-2-7/8" (100%) opaque. 2'-7-1/8" to
205 (Pull) AND HD-202 Hinges.
ceiling (glass fade from opaque to clear).
Send samples to SDDG for
approval.
LM
Laminated Antique Mirror
Lobby Bar "Door" Front Panel
Bendheim Architectural Glass
Derek Larsen
dlarsen@bendheim.com
(773) 571-7882
Laminated Antique Mirror: CHIW-125604 | 3/8" Thick;
Refer to DWGs for Overall Dimensions (Approx. 28"W Refer to DWGs. Any seamage to
x 130"H per "door" panel). Overall MFR Sheet Size
be minimal.
Span Available: 96"W x 130"H
LM
Clear Tempered Glass
Lobby Bar Shelving & Back &
Fireplace Hood Design
GC to Source
GC to Source
Clear, Low Iron Tempered Glass | 1/4" Thick
SDDG to Approve Sample
Refer to DWGs for Dimensions.
SDDG to approve Glass Finish
Sample
GL-204
LM
GL-401
GL-402
GL-403
LM/AC
GL-403
LM/AC
GL-404
LM
GL-405
LM
GL-501
LM/AC
GL-502
LM
GL-451
AC
GL-452
AC
6/9/2016
8/26/2015
Alternative
Option
4/18/2016
7/24/2015
8/26/2015
Glass Toilet Partitions (System)
L1 Public Restrooms
Carvart
Nicole Stark
nicole@loopstudiochicago.com
312.288.5611
Cabrillant Freestanding Glass Cubicle, 700 Recessed
Leg Support | Exterior Finish: White Glass (TBD);
Interior Finish: White; Hardware Finish: Clear
Anodized Aluminum
Glass Toilet Partitions (System)
L1 Public Restrooms
Prospec
Jose "Jorie" Aluquin
The Spargo Group, Inc.
jaluquin@spargogroup.com
630-516-9092
Cabrillant System/Privada System TBD
Glass on Wall
LM Elevator Cab Interior Walls
FORMS+SURFACES
Clear Tempered Mirror
LM Lobby Fireplace
GC to Source
GC to Source
Glass Toilet Partitions (System)
L2 Public Restrooms
Carvart
Nicole Stark
nicole@loopstudiochicago.com
312.288.5611
Bronze Mirror
Ballroom Walls
GC to Source
GC to Source
Smoked Frosted Mirror
Bar Custom Faux Doors & Library
Millwork Niche
GC to Source
GC to Source
Back Painted Glass
Lobby Fireplace and North & South
Column Faces
McGrory Glass
Chris McGrory chris@mcgrory.com
(800) 220-3749
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
LEVELe Elevator Interiors Wall panel system;
Todd Gore
todd.gore@formsViviChrome Glass, color white, weight approx 5lbs per
surfaces.com (800) 451-0410
SF.
Clear, Low Iron Tempered Mirror
Cabrillant Freestanding Glass Cubicle, 700 Recessed
Leg Support | Exterior Finish: White Glass (TBD);
Interior Finish: White; Hardware Finish: Clear
Anodized Aluminum
Bronze Mirror | 1/4" Thick. Refer to DWGs for Overall
Dimensions
Smoked Frosted Mirror | 1/4" Thick. Refer to DWGs
for Overall Dimensions
SDDG-186 | 1/4" Thick; Refer to DWGs for Overall
Dimensions
Refer to DWGs for Dimensions.
SDDG to approve Glass Finish
Sample
Refer to DWGs for Dimensions.
SDDG to approve Glass Finish
Sample
SDDG to Approve Glass Color
Sample
SDDG to Approve Glass Color
Sample
SDDG to Approve Sample
Glass intent to be large scaled.
Minimize seaming.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
TAG
LM / AC TAG
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
GL-453
GL-600
AC
LM
Clear Tempered Glass
Clear Tempered Mirror
Dividing Screens & Fireplace
L20 Fitness
GC to Source
GC to Source
GC to Source
GC to Source
Clear, Low Iron Tempered Glass | 1/4" Thick
Clear, Low Iron Tempered Mirror
GL-601
LM
Clear Tempered Glass
L20 Bar Rooftop Enclosure
GC to Source
GC to Source
Clear, Low Iron Tempered Glass | 1/4" Thick
SDDG to Approve Sample
SDDG to Approve Sample
SDDG To Approve Sample.
Manufacturer to confirm
material/finish will withstand
extreme temperatures.
GL-601
LM
Clear Tempered Glass with
etched pattern
L20 Bar Rooftop Enclosure
GC to Source
GC to Source
Clear, Low Iron Tempered Glass | 1/4" Thick
SDDG to develop etched pattern
with manufacturer. Manufacturer
to confirm material/finish will
withstand extreme temperatures.
GL-701
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Clear Tempered Glass
Typical Glass at Semi Private
Dining surround, Screens at Open
Kitchen, and Lobby Divider screens
GC to Source
GC to Source
Clear, Low Iron Tempered Glass | 3/8" thick,
Tempered
Refer to DWGs for location.
GL-702
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Tempered Seeded Glass
Decorative Glass at Open Kitchen
and Lobby Divider Screens
Bendheim
Derek E. Larson
dlarsen@bendheim.com
(773) 571-7882
Clear Seeded Glass | Thickness: 3/8" tthick (4mm of
seeded glass + low iron glass laminate), Tempered/
Laminated
Clear | 1/2" thick | To be coordinated with bar shelving
detail for uplighting at bar shelf.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Refer to DWGs for location and
details
GL-703
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Clear Acrylic
Bar Shelving
GC to Source
GC to Source
GL-704
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Antiqued Mirror
Bar Mirror
Pulp Studio, INC
Rae Radovich rae@anusource.com
(847) 972-1161
GL-705
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Textured Tempered Glass
Divider Screens at Lobby
Bendheim
GL-706
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Tinted Tempered Glass
Glass Partition at Private Dining
Room
Bendheim
MT-100
LM
6/9/2016
Typical Brass Finish
DQ01 Model Room Closet Door
Frame | LM Guestrooms
GC to Source
GC to Source
Satin Brass
MT-200
LM
6/9/2016
Typical Brass Finish
K02 Model Room Vanity Mirror
Frame | LM Guest Bath
GC to Source
GC to Source
Black Matte Metal
MT-300
LM
12/23/2015
Brushed Brass Finish
Corridor Trim @ Portal Wood
Veneer
GC to Source
GC to Source
Brass Metal | Brushed|
MT-401
LM
Brushed Brass Finish
Throughout Level 1
GC to Source
GC to Source
Brass Metal | Brushed| Refer to DWGs for lineal
footage required.
MT-402
LM
8/26/2015
Not used
Black Brass Finish
L1 Metal Screens
GC to Source
GC to Source
Brass Metal | Black Finish | Refer to DWGs for lineal
footage required.
MT-403
LM
8/26/2015
Graphite Metal
LM Elevator Cab Interior
FORMS+SURFACES
Todd Gore
todd.gore@forms-surfaces.com
(800) 451-0410
LEVELe Elevator Interiors Wall Panel System;
Handrail Panel in Fused Graphite; Seastone Finish
Refer to DWGs for Dimensions.
SDDG to approve metal sample
MT-404
LM
Black Powder Coated Finish
Inside of LM Staircase
GC to Source
GC to Source
Powder Coated | Black, Low Texture, High Gloss |
Refer to DWGs for lineal footage required.
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Derek E. Larson
dlarsen@bendheim.com
(773) 571-7882
Derek E. Larson
dlarsen@bendheim.com
(773) 571-7882
REF # AM BEN 02 | Max Dim. 47x93
Refer to DWGs for location and
details
Low Iron Etched Structure, Tempered for Safety
Refer to DWGs for location and
details
Light Bronze Tinted Glass, Tempered for Safety
Refer to DWGs for location and
details
METAL
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Typical Brass finish for closet
frames. Submit sample.
Black matte finish at vanity frame.
1/2"W x 3"D frame to be durable
enough to withstand abuse.
Submit sample.
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
Apply Forms & Surfaces
CeramiLoc treatment for Stainless
Stainless Steel & Fused Metal Elevator Door Skin |
Steel Finishes. Refer to DWGs for
Fused White Gold, Seastone Finish | Pattern: None |
Dimensions. SDDG to approve
3'-6" x 8-0" Opening Size
metal sample. Finish to
coordinate with typ. Metal finish.
Stainless Steel & Fused Metal
Elevator Door Skin
L1 Elevator Door
FORMS+SURFACES
Todd Gore
todd.gore@forms-surfaces.com
(800) 451-0410
LM
Brushed Brass
Throughout Level 2
GC to Source
GC to Source
Brass Metal | Brushed | Refer to DWGs for lineal
footage required.
LM
Black Brass Finish
Ballroom Portal Surround Level 2
GC to Source
GC to Source
Brass Metal | Black, Matte (Sheen to coordinate with
WD-501) | Refer to DWGs for lineal footage required.
MT-503
LM
Stainless Steel & Fused Metal
Elevator Door Skin
L2 Elevator Doors
FORMS+SURFACES
Todd Gore
todd.gore@forms-surfaces.com
(800) 451-0410
MT-451
AC
Satin Nickel Finish
Throughout Public Spaces
GC to Source
GC to Source
Nickel Metal | Satin | Refer to DWGs for lineal footage
required.
MT-452
AC
Textured Rustic Bronze
Bar Screen & Dividing Panel
Frames
GC to Source
GC to Source
Bronze Metal | Textured Rustic | Refer to DWGs for
lineal footage required.
MT-453
AC
Plated Polished Nickel
Lobby & Bar Floor Pattern
GC to Source
GC to Source
Nickel Metal | Plated Polished Nickel | Refer to DWGs
for lineal footage required.
MT-454
AC
8/26/2015
Stainless Steel & Fused Metal
Elevator Door Skin
L1 & L2 Elevator Doors
FORMS+SURFACES
Todd Gore
todd.gore@forms-surfaces.com
(800) 451-0410
Stainless Steel & Fused Metal Elevator Door Skin |
Fused Nickel Silver, Seastone Finish | Pattern: None |
3'-6" x 8-0" Opening Size
Apply Forms & Surfaces
CeramiLoc treatment for Stainless
Steel Finishes. Refer to DWGs
for Dimensions. SDDG to
approve metal sample. Finish to
coordinate with typ. Metal finish.
MT-455
AC
4/1/2016
Blackened Steel Finish
Registration Pod
GC to Source
GC to Source
Aluminum | Black | Low Texture | Matte Finish
Refer to DWGs for Dimensions.
SDDG to approve metal sample
MT-405
LM
MT-501
MT-502
MT-600
LM
MT-601
LM
8/26/2015
8/26/2015
6/9/2016
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Apply Forms & Surfaces
CeramiLoc treatment for Stainless
Stainless Steel & Fused Metal Elevator Door Skin |
Steel Finishes. Refer to DWGs
Fused White Gold, Seastone Finish| Pattern: None | 3'for Dimensions. SDDG to
6" x 8-0" Opening Size
approve metal sample. Finish to
coordinate with typ. Metal finish.
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location. To
coordinate with CO-452 Custom
Floor Design.
Black Aluminum Finish
L20 Rooftop Bar
GC to Source
GC to Source
Black Metal Finish structure for suspended trellis,
glazing system and panels.
Assume High-Grade Metal. To
Match SDDG Control Sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Manufacturer to confirm
material/finish will withstand
extreme temperatures.
Metal Wire Mesh
L20 Rooftop Bar Equipment
Cage
Banker Wire
Abby Stefanich
astefanich@bankerwire.com
(262) 363-6120
M22-37 Square Weave | Stainless Steel Finish |
66.2% Openness | .210" Thickness
Refer to Dwgs for locations.
SDDG to approve metal sample.
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
MT-701
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Coated Brass Rail
Bar Footrail
HAFELE
Ty Lefever
tlefever@hafeleamericas.com
(800) 423-3531 x5304
Straight Railing Tube Bar Railing System (Custom:
System: 51; Cat. No.: 812.10.802), Stainless Steel
Quality 1,4301 in PVD Coated Brass Coloured Finish,
Tube 2" Dia. X Custom Length:12'-6" L (Refer to
DWGs for Dimensions)
Hafele to provide all railing
components (end caps, post
fittings, foot rail brackets)
MT-702
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Blackened Steel Finish
Semi Private Dining Screens, Open
Kitchen Screens, Lobby Divider
Screens, half height wall dividers in
Main Dining
GC to Source
GC to Source
MT-703
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Champagne Bronze
Wine Display
GC to Source
GC to Source
Champagne Bronze | Satin Finish
Refer to Dwgs for locations.
SDDG to approve metal sample.
MT-704
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Blackened Steel Finish
Wine Display
GC to Source
GC to Source
Aluminum | Black | Low Texture | Matte Finish
Refer to Dwgs for locations.
SDDG to approve metal sample.
Paint at exterior wall and VFCU
supply, O/A, and access panel of
VFC and window valance. Paint
to be suitable for exterior wall.
Blackened Steel Finish | Low Texture | Satin Finish - to
Refer to Dwgs for locations.
be coordinated as part of operable glazing system at
SDDG to approve metal sample.
open kitchen.
PAINT
PT-100
LM
2/2/2016
Paint @ Wall
LM Guest Rooms
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Snowfall White OC-118 | Eggshell
PT-101
LM
2/2/2016
Paint @ Ceilings
LM Guest Rooms
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Snowfall White OC-118 | Flat
PT-102
LM
6/9/2016
Paint @ Window Treatment
Vallance and Window Wall
LM Guest Rooms
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Graytint 1611 | Eggshell
PT-103
LM
4/1/2016
Paint @ Door Casing
LM Guest Room Walnut Doors
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Paint color to match adjacent door, Paint sample to
match door finish submittal. Designer to approve
sample.
PT-104
LM
2/2/2016
Paint @ Hollow Metal Door
Frames
LM Guest Room
(Walnut Doors)
Benjamin Moore
Paint at hollow metal door frames
Jason Walker
for guestroom side door frame. To
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com Coconut Grove 1029 (Classic Collection) | Semi-Gloss
coordinate with typ. walnut wood
(773) 597-8698
finish.
PT-105
LM
2/2/2016
Paint @ Grilles
LM Guest Room
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Super White PM-1 | Semi-Gloss
Paint color for grille
PT-200
LM
6/9/2016
Paint @ Air Supply/Return Grilles
LM Guest Room Bathroom
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Olympus Green 679 | Eggshell
Paint color for grille
PT-300
LM
2/2/2016
Paint @ Ceilings
LM Guest Room Corridors
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Snowfall White OC-118 | Flat
PT-301
LM
2/2/2016
Paint @ Door Casing
LM Guest Room Corridors
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Mink 2112-10 | Semi-Gloss
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Paint to be suitable for metal
casing where applicable.
Paint to be suitable for metal
casing where applicable.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
PT-302
LM
2/2/2016
Paint @ Door Drop Portal
LM Guest Room Corridors
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Daltic Gray 1467 | Eggshell
Refer to ISK-010
PT-401
LM
Paint @ Ceilings
Lobby
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Snowfall White OC-118 | Flat
PT-402
LM/AC
4/1/2016
Paint @ Ceilings
L1 Public Restrooms
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
White Dove PM-19 | Semi-Gloss
PT-403
LM
4/1/2016
Paint @ Door Frames
L1 Walnut Wood Doors
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Paint color to match adjacent door, Paint sample to
match door finish submittal. Designer to approve
sample.
Paint to be suitable for metal
casing where applicable.
PT-404
LM
4/1/2016
Paint @ Door Frames
L1 Oak Wood Doors
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Paint color to match adjacent door, Paint sample to
match door finish submittal. Designer to approve
sample.
Paint to be suitable for metal
casing where applicable.
PT-405
LM
6/9/2016
Paint @ Door & Door Frames
L1 Stair
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
To Match SP-401
Submit sample to Designer for
review.
PT-501
LM
4/18/2016
Remaining
Pearlescent Paint @ Wall Accent
Ballroom
Scuffmaster
Liz Saitta liz.saitta@wolfgordon.com
(312) 343-1670
Product ID: G 9218367; Description: Smooth Pearl;
Product #: SP9674 | Satin Clearcoat
PT-502
LM
Paint @ Ceilings
L2 Pre-Function & Ballroom
Ceilings & Coves
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Snowfall White OC-118 | Flat
PT-503
LM/AC
Paint @ Ceilings
L2 Public Restrooms
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
White Dove PM-19 | Flat
PT-504
LM
Paint @ Door Frame
(Main Doors @ Entry)
L2 Pre-Function & Ballroom
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Onyx 2133-10 | Semi-Gloss
Paint at metal door frames
PT-505
LM
4/1/2016
Paint @ Door Frame
L2 Pre-Function, Ballroom, &
Meeting Rooms (Walnut Doors)
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Paint color to match adjacent door, Paint sample to
match door finish submittal. Designer to approve
sample.
Paint to be suitable for metal
casing where applicable.
PT-506
LM
4/1/2016
Paint @ Door Frame
L2 Pre-Function (Oak Doors)
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Paint color to match adjacent door, Paint sample to
match door finish submittal. Designer to approve
sample.
Paint to be suitable for metal
casing where applicable.
PT-451
AC
Paint @ Ceilings
Throughout Public Spaces
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Chantilly Lace OC-65 | Flat
PT-452
AC
Paint @ Soffit
Breakfast & Library
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Natural Linen 966 | Flat
4/1/2016
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Color to coordinate with TI-451
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
PT-453
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
AC
Paint @ Wall
Library
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Natural Linen 966 | Satin
Color to coordinate with TI-451
PT-454
AC
Paint @ Door Trim
Library Door
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Natural Linen 966 | Semi-Gloss
Paint at hollow metal door frames.
Color to coordinate with TI-451
and WD-451
PT-600
LM
Paint @Walls
L20 Fitness Center
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Snowfall White OC-118 | Satin
PT-601
LM
Paint @Ceiling
L20 Common Area
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Snowfall White OC-118 | Satin
PT-602
LM
Paint @Ceiling
L20 Fitness Center, drapery pocket
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Black 2132-10 | Flat
PT-603
LM
4/1/2016
Paint @ Ceilings
L20 Public Restrooms
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
White Dove PM-19 | Flat
PT-604
LM
4/1/2016
Paint @ Rooftop Bar
L20 Bar
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
Black | Exterior Rated Paint | Semi-Gloss Finish
PT-701
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint @ Ceilings
Typical
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
BM AC-27 Galvaston Gray | Flat
PT-702
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint @ Millwork
Bar and Open Kitchen
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
BM Essex Green EXT. RM | High-Gloss
PT-703
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint @ Columns
Columns in Main Dining, behind
drapery at Settees
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
BM AC-27 Galvaston Gray | Eggshell
PT-704
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint @ Air Supply/Return Grilles
in Ceiling
Gyp Ceiling
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
To Match PT-701 | Eggshell
PT-705
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint @ Air Supply/Return Grilles
on Walls
Walls
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
BM OC-118 Snowfall White | Eggshell
PT-706
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Accent Paint @ Ceiling
Private Dining Room
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
BM Essex Green EXT. RM | Flat
PT-707
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint @ Ceiling
Kitchen
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
BM OC-118 Snowfall White | Expoxy
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Manufacturer to confirm
material/finish will withstand
extreme temperatures.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
PT-708
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint @ Walls
Typical Walls
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
BM OC-118 Snowfall White | Eggshell
PT-709
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint @ Niche
Wall Base at Dining Niche
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
BM 2105-10 Forest Brown | Eggshell
PT-710
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint @ Niche
Wine Display
Benjamin Moore
Jason Walker
jason.walker@benjaminmoore.com
(773) 597-8698
BM AC-28 Smoke Embers | Eggshell
NOTES
RUBBER BASE
RB-100
LM
6/9/2016
LM Guest Room Base
LM Guest Room & Water Closet
Johnsonite
RB-300
LM
6/9/2016
LM Corridor Base
LM Corridor
Johnsonite
RB 600
LM
L20 Fitness Base
L20 Fitness
Johnsonite
Ivana Rosich
ivana.rosich@johnsonite.com
(440) 708-9252
Ivana Rosich
ivana.rosich@johnsonite.com
(440) 708-9252
Ivana Rosich
ivana.rosich@johnsonite.com
(440) 708-9252
6" MW-XX-F6 - Johnsonite Millwork Profile Reveal,
Color: TA5 Colonial Grey CG
4" - Johnsonite Millwork Profile Reveal, Color: TA5
Colonial Grey CG, Toeless
4" - Johnsonite Millwork Profile Reveal, Color: TA5
Colonial Grey CG, Profile: Toeless
SOLID SURFACE
SS-200
LM
1/20/2016
Bath Vanity Top & Shower Curb
K02 and DQ01 Model Rooms
Stone Design
Chris Sorrell
csorrll@stone-design.com
(630) 545-4288
Engineered Stone; Neolithic Calacata Pulido, 12 mm,
Polished
SS-401
LM/AC
4/1/2016
Solid Surface
Level 1 FOH Corridor Below Chair
Rail
Caesarstone
Katie Ozinga
katie.ozinga@caesarstoneus.com
(847) 595-7866
Engineered Stone; Squared Edge, Color: To match
concrete CO:452 | 1/4" Thick
SS-402
LM
4/1/2016
Solid Surface
Level 1 Public Restroom
Countertop
Caesarstone
Katie Ozinga
katie.ozinga@caesarstoneus.com
(847) 595-7866
Quartz Surface 4030 | Honed Finish | .3/4" Thick |
Miter Edge
SS-451
AC
4/1/2016
Solid Surface
Registration Pod
Parksite
Audra Mika
amika@parksite.com
(224) 407-0034
Engineered Stone; Zodiaq, Calacatta Natura, 2cm
Thick, Polished
SS-452
AC
4/1/2016
Solid Surface
Buffet Countertops
Caesarstone
Katie Ozinga
katie.ozinga@caesarstoneus.com
(847) 595-7866
Engineered Stone; Frosty Carrina 5141, 2cm Thick,
Polished
SS-501
LM
4/1/2016
Solid Surface
Level 2 Public Restroom
Countertop
Caesarstone
Katie Ozinga
katie.ozinga@caesarstoneus.com
(847) 595-7866
Quartz Surface 4030 | Honed Finish | .3/4" Thick |
Miter Edge
SS-601
LM
4/1/2016
Solid Surface
Level 20 Public Restroom
Countertop
Caesarstone
Katie Ozinga
katie.ozinga@caesarstoneus.com
(847) 595-7866
Quartz Surface 4030 | Honed Finish | .3/4" Thick |
Miter Edge
SP-100
LM
2/2/2016
Bumper Corner bead
LM Guestrooms
Trim-tex
Steve Campagnolo
stevec@trim-tex.com
Recessed / flush corner guard
SP-401
LM
6/9/2016
White Plaster Finish
Lobby Walls, Column Inset, Outer
Stair Form
Artisan Venetian Plaster
Renee Pinto
renee@artisanvenetianplaster.com
(708) 452-8819
Marmorino Frattonato 2867
SPECIALTY
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Finishes proprietary to
manufacturer. Artisan Venetian
Plaster to install their material
only.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
Finishes proprietary to
manufacturer. Artisan Venetian
Plaster to install their material
only.
Finishes proprietary to
manufacturer. Artisan Venetian
Plaster to install their material
only.
SP-402
LM
6/9/2016
Dark Gray Plaster Finish
Reception Art Wall
Artisan Venetian Plaster
Renee Pinto
renee@artisanvenetianplaster.com
(708) 452-8819
Veneziano Frattonato 1207-A
SP-403
LM
6/9/2016
Dark Gray Plaster Finish
Column Trim & Beam/Millwork
Surround
Artisan Venetian Plaster
Renee Pinto
renee@artisanvenetianplaster.com
(708) 452-8819
Veneziano Frattonato 1207-A
SP-501
LM
4/18/2016
Not Used
Specialty Ceiling Panel System
Ballroom
Arktura
Chrissy Thompson
The Ruder Group
chrissy@therudergroup.com
773.852.0819
Atmosphera Contour | Sumitomo SM-01 | 10" Blade
spaced 6" apart
Exact Pattern TBD. SDDG to
further develop.
SP-502
LM
6/9/2016
White Plaster Finish
Level 2 Columns
Artisan Venetian Plaster
Renee Pinto
renee@artisanvenetianplaster.com
(708) 452-8819
Marmorino Frattonato 2867
Finishes proprietary to
manufacturer. Artisan Venetian
Plaster to install their material
only.
SP-401
LM
6/9/2016
White Plaster Finish
Lobby Walls, Column Inset, Outer
Stair Form
Artisan Venetian Plaster
Renee Pinto
renee@artisanvenetianplaster.com
(708) 452-8819
Marmorino Frattonato 2867
Finishes proprietary to
manufacturer. Artisan Venetian
Plaster to install their material
only.
SP-403
LM
6/24/2015
Ebonized Wood Finish
Column Trim & Beam/Millwork
Surround
GC to Source
GC to Source
High Gloss Ebonized Wood Finish | Butt Joint
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Bastille Metalworks
Emily Backman
emily@labastille.com
(912) 344-6060
Christopher Plummer
chris@bastillemetalworks.com
(866) 570 9690
Custom Slip-cast Natural Zinc counter top cast over a
26 ply premium grade Baltic birch wood substrate |
Color TBD | Squared Edge | Size 2" Thick
Color sample to be submitted to
SDDG for approval.
SP-451
AC
SP-452
AC
SP-600
LM
SP-601
LM
SP-701
LM RESTAURANT
SP-702
LM RESTAURANT
8/26/2015
4/1/2016
Zinc
Bar Countertop
Faux Leather Wall Tile
Lobby
Napa Tile
Tom Brassell
Brassell Design Consultants
tom@brasselldesignconsultants.com
(773) 728-3981
Rubber Sports Flooring
Fitness Center - L20
Pliteq
Morgan Sadler (647)588.7721
Wood Acoustical Ceiling System
Fitness Center - L20
Armstrong
2/18/2016
Faux Wood Beams
Decorative Ceiling
FOAM CO.
2/18/2016
Faux Wood Beams
Decorative Ceiling
FOAM CO.
Guest Room Corridor Elevator
Lobby
Terrazzo & Marble Supply
L1 Reception Pods
Stone Source
Custom Napa Wall Tile, Beveled and Padded 38" x
38" | Concertex Fabric Pattern: Incognitus Rustique;
Color: Java (54" Width; 100% Polyurethane Face,
65% Polyester/35% Cotton Back; Exceeds 100,000
Double Rubs; Passes NFPA-260, UFAC, CAL-117
Class 1)
Style: Genie Mat FIT-30 | Color: GREY A10 | Size:
24x24 interlocking tile
Tabitha Ruez
Style: Woodworks Grille 7264BOGWH | 1-3/8" 8
tsruiz@armstrong.com
Blades, 12" x 96" x1 7/8"
(312) 282-0759
Josh Degano
Custom Finish, to match designers sample
Josh.Degano@gmail.com (858(277- (Reclaimed, natural matte Oak). Size 3.5" W x 12" H,
3636
beam spacing at 16" OC.
Josh Degano
Custom Finish, to match designers sample
Josh.Degano@gmail.com (858(277(Reclaimed, natural matte Oak). Size 9" W x 14" H
3636
Refer to DWGs for location. Door
@ wall to be clad in faux leather
wall system. Manufacturer to
provide installation options.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Refer to DWGs for location.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
STONE
ST-300
LM
6/9/2016
Stone @ GR Corridor Elevator
Lobby
ST-401
LM
8/26/2015
Marble @ Countertop
ST-402
LM
NOT USED
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Mike Brawley
mbrawley@tmsupply.com
(847) 777-6754
Lindsey Schotke
lschotke@stonesource.com
970-5660
(312)
Engineered Stone, Difiniti Quartz, Evoke, Crestola.
2cm. Polished
Calacatta Vision | Honed | Slab: 2CM Thick | Eased
Edge Profile
Refer to Stone Source Care &
Maintenance: Fila PRW200
(Pregrouting protection) and Fila
MP90 (Protection natural effect).
Refer to DWGs for location.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
ST-403
LM
ST-403
LM
REVISION
6/9/2016
Alternative
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
Lucent Quartzite | Slab: 2CM Thick | Eased Edge
Profile; Finish with sealant to protect surface against
water absorption and staining.
Fiarbanks Extra Quartzite | Slab: 2CM Thick | Eased
Edge Profile; Polished Finish with sealant to protect
surface against water absorption and staining.
Manufacture recommended DuPont Bulletproof
sealant (8 year guarantee).
Quartzite Stone Countertop
Lobby Bar
Marble-Granite
Rae Radovich
rae@marble-granites.com
(847) 972-1161
Quartzite Stone Countertop
Lobby Bar
Terrazzo & Marble Supply
Mike Brawley
mbrawley@tmsupply.com
(847) 777-6754
Meeting & Boardrooms & L2 Public
Restroom
Stone Source
Lobby & Restaurant
Stone City
ST-501
LM
Marble @ Millwork & Vanity
Countertops
ST-451
AC
Marble @ Millwork Countertop
ST-452
AC
Honed Marble @ Millwork Tables
Integrated with Window Seating
Lobby and Lounge
Stone Source
ST-453
AC
Custom, Rough Hewned Natural
Stone Block
Registration Pod
GC to Locally Source
ST-601
LM
ST-701
LM RESTAURANT
TB-100
LM
4/1/2016
Not Used
2/18/2016
2/2/2016
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
Lindsey Schotke
lschotke@stonesource.com
970-5660
(312)
Manthy Hiotis
manthy@stonecity.com
(773) 533-9806
Lindsey Schotke
lschotke@stonesource.com
970-5660
(312)
GC to Locally Source
Lindsey Schotke
lschotke@stonesource.com
970-5660
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
To match DDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location. To be
backlit.
Calacatta Vision | Honed | Slab: 2CM Thick | Eased
Edge Profile
Refer to Stone Source Care &
Maintenance: Fila PRW200
(Pregrouting protection) and Fila
MP90 (Protection natural effect).
Refer to DWGs for location.
Black River (Crosscut) | Slab | 3CM Thick | Eased
Edge Profile; HMK Sealer 534N Silicone Impregnator
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Bianco Dolomiti | Polished | Slab: 2CM | Eased Edge
Profile
Refer to Stone Source Care &
Maintenance: Fila PRW200
(Pregrouting protection) and Fila
MP90 (Protection natural effect).
Refer to DWGs for location.
Custom Rough Hewned Natural Stone Block | White
Calacatta-like color | Approx. Dimensions: 3'-3"W x 3'6"H x 2'-10" D (Refer to DWGs)
Stone to be locally sourced.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Calacatta Vision | Honed | Slab: 2CM Thick | Eased
Edge Profile
Refer to Stone Source Care &
Maintenance: Fila PRW200
(Pregrouting protection) and Fila
MP90 (Protection natural effect).
Refer to DWGs for location.
Marble @ Countertop
L20 Fitness Millwork
Stone Source
Stone @ Countertop
Back Bar Countertop, Host Stand,
Service Stations
Stone Source
Lindsey Schotke
lschotke@stonesource.com
(312)970-5660
Imperial Danby, Polished Marble | Honed | 2 cm thick
slab, with 1 1/2" thick profile | Eased Edge Profile
Refer to Stone Source Care and
Maintenance: Fila PRW200
(pregrouting protection) and Fila
MP90 (Protection and natural
effect). Refer to Dwgs for location.
LM Guestroom
Ergon
Michael Montorsi
Tile base for guestrooms
To match floor tile TI-100
Randy Kendrick
Glenrock Distributing
glenrockdistributing@gmail.com
Iki (Leonardo Ceramica) | Color: DG | 4" Height.
Tile base for guest bathroom
shower and toilet compartment.
To match floor tile TI-200. FINAL
SPEC PENDING
CONFIRMATION WITH
GLENROCK
Hannah Petro
hannah.petro@daltile.com
(312) 402-6800
Hannah Petro
hannah.petro@daltile.com
(312) 402-6800
Colleen Wehrley
cwehrley@ceramictechnics.com
(773) 701-2365
Custom Series: Custom Match Point, Twilight Black
P126, Bullnose Trim S-43C9 | Polished | Custom 6" x
12" x 3/8" Thick
Custom Series: Custom Match Point, Twilight Black
P126, Bullnose Trim S-43C9 | Polished | Custom 6" x
12" x 3/8" Thick
Sassuolo Stone Concrete Bullnose, Grey | Finish:
Natural | 4"x 24" x 3/8" Rectified | Grout: Laticrete,
Color: 60 Dusty Grey, 1/16"
TILE BASE
Tile base
*alt to wood base if porcelain
flooring selected
TB-200
LM
6/9/2016
Shower and toilet room base
LM Guest Bath
Glenrock
TB-401
LM
6/9/2016
Custom Colorbody Black
Porcelain Wall Base Tile
Level 1 Public Spaces
Daltile
TB-601
LM
6/9/2016
Custom Colorbody Black
Porcelain Wall Base Tile
Level 20 Common Foyer
Daltile
TB-602
LM
4/1/2016
Porcelain Wall Tile Base
L20 Public Restroom
Ceramic Technics Ltd.
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
(312)
NOTES
Refer to Drawings.
Refer to Drawings.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
TB-701
LM / AC TAG
LM RESTAURANT
REVISION
4/1/2016
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
Quarry Tile Base
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
Kitchen
Daltile
Hannah Petro
hannah.petro@daltile.com
(312) 402-6800
Quarry Tile base to match TI-704; Epoxy Grout to
Match Mapai 47 Charcoal
NOTES
TILE
TI-200
LM
6/9/2016
Shower Floor Tile
LM King and Double Queen Guest
Bath
Mincey Marble
info@minceymarble.com
(770) 532-0451 (800) 533-1806
Mincey Shower Pan with Linear Drain/Metal Cover| White | 34" x 60"
Final Selection Pending Model
Review
TI‐200_ALT
LM
6/9/2016
ShowerandBathroomFloorTile
LMDoubleQueenGuestBath
Glenrock
RandyKendrick
GlenrockDistributing
glenrockdistributing@gmail.com
GlenrockScale4x5|Grout:Mapei,47Charcoal,
1/16"
Final Selection Pending Model
Review
TI-201
LM
6/9/2016
Shower Wall Tile
LM King and Double Queen Guest
Bath
Glenrock
Randy Kendrick
Glenrock Distributing
glenrockdistributing@gmail.com
Equipe Masia 3x12 white glossy | Grout: Mapei, 93 Warm Gray, 1/8" Final Selection Pending Model
Review
TI‐201_ALT
LM
6/9/2016
ShowerWallTile
LMDoubleQueenGuestBath
Glenrock
RandyKendrick
GlenrockDistributing
glenrockdistributing@gmail.com
2x8Evolutionwalltile–white,glossy|Grout:
Mapei,93WarmGray,1/16"
Final Selection Pending Model
Review
TI-401
LM
Custom Printed Porcelain Floor
Tile
Reception
Daltile
TI-402
LM
6/9/2016
Geometric Ceramic Tile @ Bar
Front
Lobby Bar
Ann Sacks
TI-403
LM
4/1/2016
Wood Ceramic Floor Tile
Throughout
Level 1 Public Spaces, LM
Restaurant
Ceramic Technics Ltd.
TI-404
LM
Wood Ceramic Floor Tile Accent
Level 1 Elevator Lobby
Ceramic Technics Ltd.
TI-405
LM/AC
Porcelain Tile @ Half Wall and
Floor
Public Restroom
Artistic Tile
TI-406
LM/AC
Porcelain Tile @ Vanity Wall
Public Restroom
Artistic Tile
TI-407
LM
BOH Floor Tile
Level 1 Lobby Bar
Ceramic Technics Ltd.
TI-501
LM
Wall Tile
Level 2 Elevator Lobby
Stone Source
PLASTER
LM
8/27/2015
Wall Plaster Finish Option
Level 2 Elevator Lobby
Atova International
Antonio Pinto
(708) 452-9982
Contacted for Custom Samples - Custom Plaster
Finish to match Stone Source Bianco Carrara - Raw
Tile
TI-502
LM
4/1/2016
Porcelain Floor Tile
Level 2 Elevator Lobby
Stone Source
Lindsey Schotke
lschotke@stonesource.com
(312) 970-5660
Pure White Porcelain Tile | Natural Finish |24" x 48" x
3/8" Thick | Grout Color TBD, 1/16"
Refer to DWGs for location.
TI-503
LM/AC
Porcelain Tile @ Half Wall and
Floor
Level 2 Public Restroom
Artistic Tile
Meghan Murphy
meghanmurphy@artistictile.com
312.670.0612
Astra Porcelain Collection, Selenite Grey Rectified
Field Tile # PASTGRH23 | Polished | 23" x 23" x 3/8" |
Grout: Mapei Ultracolor Plus Sanded, 1/16"
Refer to DWGs for location.
TI-504
LM/AC
Porcelain Tile @ Vanity Wall
Public Restroom
Artistic Tile
Meghan Murphy
meghanmurphy@artistictile.com
312.670.0612
Astra Porcelain Collection, Selenite Grey Rectified
Field Tile # PASTGRH23 | Polished | Custom Size:
6"H x 12"W, 3/8" Thick | Grout: Mapei Ultracolor Plus
Sanded, 1/16"
Refer to DWGs for location.
8/27/2015
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Hannah Petro
hannah.petro@daltile.com
(312) 402-6800
Mary Lou Stengele
Marylou.stengele@annsacks.com
(312)923-0919
Colleen Wehrley
cwehrley@ceramictechnics.com
(773) 701-2365
Colleen Wehrley
cwehrley@ceramictechnics.com
(773) 701-2365
Meghan Murphy
meghanmurphy@artistictile.com
312.670.0612
Meghan Murphy
meghanmurphy@artistictile.com
312.670.0612
Colleen Wehrley
cwehrley@ceramictechnics.com
(773) 701-2365
Lindsey Schotke
lschotke@stonesource.com
(312) 970-5660
(3) Custom Patterns to be developed by SDDG. (3)
Different Sizes: Size A: 24"x24", Size B: 12" x 12",
Size C: 6"x6" | Grout Color TBD, 1/16"
Series: Tableau by Kelly Wearstler, Horizon 1 & 2
(Earthenware & Stoneware) | Antique 105 White
Crackle Gloss | 9" x 9" x .375"
Refer to DWGs for location
Color to be submitted to SDDG
designer for approval.
Pavimenti Pattern Wood, Ash| Natural |10" x 60", 3/8"
Thick | Grout: Butech, Color: Cemento, 1/16"
Refer to DWGs for location
Pavimenti Pattern Wood, Ash | Natural | 24" x 24", 3/8"
Thick | Grout: Butech, Color: Cemento, 1/16"
Refer to DWGs for location.
Astra Porcelain Collection, Selenite Grey Rectified
Field Tile # PASTGRH23 | Polished | 23" x 23" x 3/8" |
Grout: Mapei Ultracolor Plus Sanded, 1/16"
Astra Porcelain Collection, Selenite Grey Rectified
Field Tile # PASTGRH23 | Polished | Custom Size:
6"H x 12"W, 3/8" Thick | Grout: Mapei Ultracolor Plus
Sanded, 1/16"
Refer to DWGs for location.
Tile to run horizontal. Refer to
DWGs for location.
Cooperative Naturali 2.0 | Light Grey | Honed | 24" x
24", 3/8" Thick
Bianco Carrara - Raw Tile | Textured | 8" x 24", 5/8"
Thick | Grout: Laticrete, Color: 88 Silver Shadow, 1/16"
Textured of pattern to run verticle;
tile to run horizontal. Refer to
DWGs for location.
Textured of pattern to run verticle;
tile to run horizontal. Refer to
DWGs for location.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
TI-451
AC
TI-451A
AC
TI-452
AC
REVISION
8/27/2015
8/27/2015
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
Large Porcelain Wall Panel
Throughout Level 1
Crossville
Porcelian Wall Base
Throughout Level 1
Crossville
Glass Wall Tile
Lobby, Bar, & Restaurant
Ann Sacks
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
Heidi Vassalotti
hvassalotti@crossvilleinc.com (773)
988-8118
Heidi Vassalotti
hvassalotti@crossvilleinc.com (773)
988-8118
Mary Lou Stengele
Marylou.stengele@annsacks.com
(312)923-0919
Heidi Vassalotti
hvassalotti@crossvilleinc.com (773)
988-8118
Laminam Travertino Romano 5.6 L0004.1M3M | Satin
Finish | 60" x 120", 1/4" Thick | Grout: Laticrete, Color:
39 Mushroom, 1/8"
Refer to DWGs for location.
Laminam Travertino Romano | Satin Finish | 6" High, To coordinate with TI-451. Refer
1/4" Thick | Grout: Laticrete, Color: 39 Mushroom, 1/8"
to DWGs for location.
Reveal Field Tile, Mt# AS15336-01 | Onyx | 12" x 24" x
1/16" | Grout: Laticrete, Color: 45 Ramen, 1/16"
Refer to DWGs for location.
Laminam Travertino Romano 5.6L4938.
Size: 1M x 1M , Grout: Dark TBD
TI-453
AC
2/5/2016
Large Format Porcelain Floor Tile
Throughout Level 1
Crossville
TI-600
LM
6/9/2016
Dimensional Concrete Tile
L20 Rooftop Bar
Fine Line Tile
Scott Bartos
scott@finelinetile.com
(312) 670-0300
TI-601
LM
Wood Ceramic Floor Tile
Level 20 Public Spaces
Ceramic Technics Ltd.
Colleen Wehrley
cwehrley@ceramictechnics.com
(773) 701-2365
TI-602
LM
Porcleain Tile @ Floor
L20 Public Restroom
Ceramic Technics Ltd.
Colleen Wehrley
cwehrley@ceramictechnics.com
(773) 701-2365
TI-603
LM
NOT USED
TI-604
LM
Penny Round Tile @ Back Bar
L20 Rooftop Bar
The Fine Line
Rachel Hammer
TI‐701
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/16
Mosaic Tile ‐ Field
Bar Dining, Main Dining
Daltile
Keystones, 1" x 1" Ceramic Tile Mosaic, Running Bond Hannah Petro pattern, to come in 12" x 12" mesh sheets. Color: hannah.petro@daltile.com D311 Black/Ebony STD, Designer to coordinate finish (312) 402‐6797
and color with manufacturer.
Refer to DWGS for location.
TI-702
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Mosaic Tile - Accent
Accent at Main Dining and SemiPrivate Dining, and Private Dining
Room
Daltile
Hannah Petro
hannah.petro@daltile.com
(312) 402-6798
Keystones, 1" x 1" Ceramic Tile Mosaic, Running Bond pattern, to come in 12" x 12" mesh sheets. Custom Pattern with up to 4 colors, Designer to coordinate finish, color and custom pattern with manufacturer. Refer to DWGS for location.
TI-703
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Mosaic Tile - Accent
Entry from exterior
Daltile
Hannah Petro
hannah.petro@daltile.com
(312) 402-6799
1" x 1" Ceramic Tile Mosaic, Running Bond pattern, to come in 12" x 12" mesh sheets. Color: D311 Black/Ebony STD, Exterior Rated material.
Refer to DWGS for location.
TI-704
LM RESTAURANT
4/1/2016
Quarry Tile
Kitchen
Daltile
Hannah Petro
hannah.petro@daltile.com
(312) 402-6800
TI-705
LM RESTAURANT
4/1/2016
Subway Tile
Kitchen @ Front Line
Daltile
Hannah Petro
hannah.petro@daltile.com
(312) 402-6800
TR-100
LM
2/2/2016
Threshold @ Guestroom Entry
Guestroom
Terrazzo & Marble Supply
Mike Brawley
mbrawley@tmsupply.com
(847) 777-6754
4/1/2016
Manufacturer confirms material
SY - Terrain | Finish: Bright White Gloss | Size: 4"x4" |
can withstand extreme
Grout: TBD, Color: White (Pending Tile Review) TBD,
temperatures. Refer to DWGs for
1/8"
location.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Pavimenti Pattern Wood, Ash| Natural |10" x 60", 3/8" Manufacturer confirms material
Thick | Grout: Butech, Color: Cemento, 1/16"
can withstand extreme
temperatures.
Sassuolo Stone Concrete, Grey | Finish: Structured |
24" x 24" x 3/8" Rectified | Grout: Laticrete, Color: 60
Refer to DWGs for location
Dusty Grey, 1/16"
Tile to be mixed :
30%: JAS-1" LOOP 40024H
70% JAS-1" LOOP 40044H
Mix Tile @ 30% Glossy & 70%
Matte. Manufacturer confirms
material can withstand extreme
temperatures.
To be installed at front line as
6"x6" Quarry Tile, Black 0Q74 | 1/2" thick | min. grout
noted on plans. Refer to Kitchen
reccomendation 3/8" | Epoxy Grout to Match Mapai 47
Consultant Dwgs for additional
Charcoal
information
To be installed at front line as
Modern Dimensions: Semi Gloss wall tile, Size: 2 1/8"
noted on plans. Refer to Kitchen
x 8 1/2", Color: Suede Grey 0182 | Epoxy Grout to
Consultant Dwgs for additional
Match Mapai 47 Charcoal
information
TRANSITIONS
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Engineered Stone, Difiniti Quartz, Evoke, Crestola.
2cm. Polished
Refer to ISK-006
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
Janet Kennedy Bentz
AOM Senior A&D Representative
janet@aomidwest.com
(847) 508-9780
Janet Kennedy Bentz
AOM Senior A&D Representative
janet@aomidwest.com
(847) 508-9780
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
Schluter - SCHIENE | Bright brass anodized aluminum
(AMB) | Size to be verified with vinyl and carpet
selection
GC to provide cut sheet & finish
submittal. Refer to ISK-012
Schluter - Jolly | Brushed Brass Anodized Aluminum
(AMGB)
GC to provide cut sheet & finish
submittal.
TR-101
LM
2/2/2016
Schluter Strip
Guestroom Carpet to Vinyl Floor
Transition
Schluter Systems
TR-401
LM
4/1/2016
Schluter Strip
Geometric Ceramic Tile @ Lobby
Bar Front
Schluter Systems
TR-701
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Main Dining to Kitchen
Schluter
Earl Maicus (800)472-4588
Schluter RENO-U | Finish: (M) Solid Brass
TR-702
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Main Dining to LM Lobby
Schluter
Earl Maicus (800)472-4588
Schluter DECO | Finish: (M) Solid Brass
UP-501
LM
Upholstered Walls
Ballroom & Air Wall Partitions
Maharam
UP-502
LM
Upholstered Walls
Boardroom
Maharam
Transition Strip - Ceramic Tile to
Quarry Tile
Transition Strip - Ceramic Tile
Mosaic to Porcelain Tile
UPHOLSTERY
Mandy McCoy
mmccoy@maharam.com
(312) 596-7630
Mandy McCoy
mmccoy@maharam.com
(312) 596-7630
UP-451
AC
4/1/2016
Upholstered Walls
Bar and Library Perimeter Seating
Napa Tile
Tom Brassell
Brassell Design Consultants
tom@brasselldesignconsultants.com
(773) 728-3981
UP-451A
AC
8/27/2015
Upholstered Cushion
Bar and Library Perimeter Seating
Moore & Giles
Mary Darnell Group
darnell.group@sbcglobal.net (773)
227-7663
UP-452
AC
4/1/2016
Not Used
Upholstered Walls
Bar and Library Perimeter Seating
Napa Tile
Tom Brassell
Brassell Design Consultants
tom@brasselldesignconsultants.com
(773) 728-3981
UP-701
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Upholstered Wall Panels
Dining Niche
Moore & Giles
Mary Darnell Group
darnell.group@sbcglobal.net
(773) 227-7663
Installer to verify required height
and length on site.
Installer to verify required height
and length on site.
Pattern: Glint 901380; Color: 003 Aluminum | Teflon
Finish | 54" Width
Acrylic Backing. Coordinate with
MFR of Air Wall Partitions.
Pattern: Sharkskin 2 901650; Color: 040 Clarify |
PFOA Free Stain Resistant Finish | 54" Width
Acrylic Backing
Napa Tile Custom Pattern: Unpadded tiles comprised
of 6"x12", 12"x12", 12"x24", 12"x18", 18"x24" |
Concertex Fabric Pattern: Incognitus Green Seville;
Refer to manufacturer information
Color: Marble (54" Width; 100% Polyurethane Face,
for installation options.
65% Polyester/35% Cotton Back; Exceeds 100,000
Double Rubs; Passes NFPA-260, UFAC, CAL-117
Class 1)
Pattern: Kipling; Color: Acorn | 45.50 SQ FT Average
Hide Size
Napa Tile Custom Pattern: Unpadded tiles comprised
of 6"x12", 12"x12", 12"x24", 12"x18", 18"x24" |
Concertex Fabric Pattern: Incognitus Green Seville;
Refer to manufacturer information
Color: Marble (54" Width; 100% Polyurethane Face,
for installation options.
65% Polyester/35% Cotton Back; Exceeds 100,000
Double Rubs; Passes NFPA-260, UFAC, CAL-117
Class 1)
Panels to be installed from floor to
Pattern: Echo; Color: Cognac | 55 SQ FT Average
ceiling on curved wall as noted on
Hide Size | 1-1.2 mm Weight
drawings.
o
WOOD BASE
Ebonized Wood
LM Guest Room Corridors
GC to Source
GC to Source
Ebonized Wood Finish
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
LM
American White Oak Wood
L1 Library Millwork Wall Base
GC to Source
GC to Source
White Oiled American White Oak | Provide Protective
Polyurethane Finish Coating | Refer to DWGs for
Dimensions.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WB-501
LM
Ebonized Wood
L2 Pre-Function, Boardroom &
Meeting Room Wall Base
GC to Source
GC to Source
Ebonized Wood | Provide Protective Polyurethane
Finish Coating | 1/4" Thick Protrusion x 6" High; Refer
to DWGs for Linear Dimensions
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WB-502
LM
Painted Wood
L2 Ballroom Base
GC to Source
GC to Source
Painted To Match: Benjamin Moore 1472 Silver Chain
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WB-503
LM
American White Oak Wood
L2 Pre-Function Library Millwork
Wall Base
GC to Source
GC to Source
White Oiled American White Oak | Provide Protective
Polyurethane Finish Coating | Refer to DWGs for
Dimensions.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WB-100
LM
WB-401
1/29/2016
7/24/2015
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
American Walnut Wood
AC Lobby Leather Wall Base
GC to Source
GC to Source
Danish Oiled American Black Walnut | Provide
Protective Polyurethane Finish Coating | 1/4" Thick
Protrusion x 6" High; Refer to DWGs for Linear
Dimension.
2/18/2016
Painted Wood
Main Dining
GC to Source
GC to Source
6" H Base with Moulding Profile. Refer to drawings for
details, Painted To Match: PT-708
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Painted Wood
Bar and Open Kitchen
GC to Source
GC to Source
6" H Base with Moulding Profile. Refer to drawings for
details, Painted To Match: PT-702
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WB-703
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Painted Wood
Dining Niche
GC to Source
GC to Source
6" H Base with Moulding Profile. Refer to drawings for
details. Painted to match PT-709
WB-704
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Painted Wood
Private Dining Room
GC to Source
GC to Source
6" H Base with Moulding Profile. Refer to drawings for
details, painted finish to match PT-702
LM
2/2/2016
Vinyl Wall Covering
LM Guestroom
MDC Wallcoverings
Jennifer Kaipio
Mulberry (Genon Contract) W2MU | Organza 07
Isntall per instructions.
MDC Wallcoverings
Jennifer Kaipio
Custom Dream Scape Vinyl Type II Wallcovering
product in "Agate Stone" pattern.
Custom pattern. Install per
instructions.
D.L. Couch
Susanne Nelsen
312-371-4077
Majestic 2VMC | Ocean 17
Isntall per instructions.
Custom pattern. Install per
instructions.
WB-451
AC
WB-701
LM RESTAURANT
WB-702
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Dining Niche is curved as noted
on drawings.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Dining Niche is curved as noted
on drawings.
WALLCOVERING
WC-100
(WC-602)
WC-101
(WC-601)
WC-200
(WC-603)
WC-300
(WC-604)
WC-301
(WC-605)
WC-302
LM
LM
2/2/2016
6/9/2016
Graphic Vinyl Wall Covering
Vinyl Wall Covering
LM Guestroom Headboard
LM Guestroom Bath (Water Closet)
LM
6/9/2016
Graphic Main Wallcovering
LM Corridor
MDC Wallcoverings
Jennifer Kaipio
Chipper Y468 | First Snow 62CI
LM
6/9/2016
Accent Wall Covering
LM Corridor (Door Drops)
MDC Wallcoverings
Jennifer Kaipio
Chipper Y468 | First Snow 64CI
LM
4/1/2016
Wall Covering
LM Elevator Lobbies
MDC Wallcoverings
Jennifer Kaipio
Mulberry (Genon Contract) W2MU | Organza 07
Source One Exclusive | Palisade #2VPA | Almond 07
Atlas GOH 10149661 | Color: Albicant (SKU: ATA
2070) Description: 100% Vinyl | 54" Width
Isntall per instructions.
Isntall per manufacturer
instructions.
Isntall per manufacturer
instructions.
WC-401
LM/AC
4/1/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
Level 1 FOH Corridor
D.L. Couch
Susanne Nelsen
312-371-4077
WC-402
LM/AC
4/1/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
Level 1 Public Restroom Upper
Walls
Wolf Gordon
Liz Saitta
liz.saitta@wolfgordon.com
(312) 343-1670
Backing: Osnaburg;
Hanging Information: Reverse
Atlas GOH 10149660 | Color: Frost (SKU: ATA 2069)
Hang, Random Match; Weight: 20
Description: 100% Vinyl | 54" Width
oz per linear yad; Fire Rating:
Class A
WC-501
LM
4/1/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
Pre-Function
Wolf Gordon
Liz Saitta
liz.saitta@wolfgordon.com
(312) 343-1670
WC-502
LM
4/1/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
Meeting Rooms
Wolf Gordon
Liz Saitta
liz.saitta@wolfgordon.com
(312) 343-1670
Atlas GOH 10149656 | Color: Storm (SKU: ATA 2065)
Description: 100% Vinyl | 54" Width
WC-503
LM
4/1/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
Level 2 Public Restroom Upper
Walls
Wolf Gordon
Liz Saitta
liz.saitta@wolfgordon.com
(312) 343-1670
Atlas GOH 10149661 | Color: Albicant (SKU: ATA
2070) Description: 100% Vinyl | 54" Width
WC-600
LM
4/1/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
Level 20 Common Foyer
MDC Wallcoverings
Jennifer Kaipio
Mulberry (Genon Contract) W2MU | Organza 07
WC-601
LM
4/1/2016
Wall Covering
Level 20 LM Elevator Lobby
MDC Wallcoverings
Jennifer Kaipio
Mulberry (Genon Contract) W2MU | Organza 07
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Backing: Osnaburg;
Hanging Information: Reversible,
Random Match; Weight: 20 oz
per linear yad; Fire Rating: NFPA
101 & IBC Class A
Backing: Osnaburg;
Hanging Information: Reversible,
Random Match; Weight: 20 oz
per linear yad; Fire Rating: NFPA
101 & IBC Class A
Isntall per manufacturer
instructions.
Isntall per manufacturer
instructions.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
Reef GOH 10149669 | Color: White (SKU: REF 2555)
Description: 100% Vinyl | 54" Width
Backing: Osnaburg;
Hanging Information: Reversible,
Random Match; Weight: 20 oz
per linear yad; Fire Rating: NFPA
101 & IBC Class A
WC-602
LM
4/1/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
Level 20 Restrooms
Wolf Gordon
Liz Saitta
liz.saitta@wolfgordon.com
(312) 343-1670
WC-801
AC
6/9/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
AC Guestroom
Wolf Gordon
Liz Saitta
liz.saitta@wolfgordon.com
(312) 343-1670
Lisburn LSB 2193 | Color: Cashmere (GOH
10810371) | Description: 100% Vinyl | 54" Width
WC-802
AC
6/9/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
AC Guestroom Bath (Water Closet)
Wolf Gordon
Liz Saitta
liz.saitta@wolfgordon.com
(312) 343-1670
Atlas ATA 2064 | Color: Slate (GOH 10810381) |
Description: 100% Vinyl | 54" Width
WC-803
AC
6/9/2016
Vinyl Wallcovering
AC Corridor
Koroseal
Celine Ehlers
cehlers@koroseal.com
(312) 420-1242
Aurora 67164 | Color: 64 | Description: 100% Vinyl |
Repeat: 38.625" V, 26" H | 54" Width
Backing: Osnaburg;
Hanging Information: Reverse
Hang, Random Match; Weight: 20
oz per linear yard; Fire Rating:
ASTM E84
Backing: Osnaburg;
Hanging Information: Straight
Hang, Random Match; Weight: 20
oz per linear yard; Fire Rating:
ASTM E84
Backing: Osnaburg;
Hanging Information: Straight
Match, Non-Reverse; Weight: 20
oz per linear yard; Fire Rating:
ASTM E84
WOOD
WD-100
LM
6/9/2016
American Walnut
LM Guestroom Entry, Connecting
Doors, and Bathroom Door.
GC to Source
GC to Source
American Walnut to match Bespke Walnut Flooring.
D&L's submittal approved by SDDG 3/2/2016 - 1401709-013 | GC to verify dimensions.
Refer to DWGs for location and
hardware schedule.
WD-101
LM
6/9/2016
American Walnut
LM Guestroom Bathroom Sliding
Door Trim & Rail
GC to Source
GC to Source
American Walnut to match Bespke Walnut Flooring.
D&L's submittal approved by SDDG 3/2/2016 - 1401709-013 | GC to verify dimensions.
Refer to DWGs for location and
hardware schedule.
WD-102
LM
2/2/2016
Grey Weathered wood
LM Guestrooms
GC to Source
GC to Source
Grey Weathered wood for closet
2/2/2016
Wood @ Guestroom Entry and
Connector Doors
GC to Source
American Walnut stain at guestroom entry and
connector doors
WD-103
LM
WD-200
LM
WD-401
2/2/2016
LM Guestrooms
GC to Source
To match SDDG control sample:
#HP09223 Cathedral Walnut to
match Bespoke Walnut Flooring.
Refer to DWGs for location and
hardware schedule. Send range
of 20-50 for sheen.
American Walnut
LM Guestroom Bath Vanity Millwork
GC to Source
GC to Source
LM
American Black Walnut Wood
Level 1 Millwork & Furniture &
Doors
GC to Source
GC to Source
Danish Oiled American Black Walnut | Refer to DWGs To match SDDG control sample.
for Dimensions.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WD-402
LM
Custom American Black Walnut &
American White Oak "Door
Panel" Wood
Lobby Lounge - Bar
GC to Source
GC to Source
Custom design with American Black Walnut (WD-401)
SDDG to provide image for
at Pattern Design and American White Oak (WD-403) design direction. Refer to DWGs
at Wood Field. Refer to DWGs for dimensions.
for location.
WD-403
LM
American White Oak Wood
Library - Shelving & Door
GC to Source
GC to Source
White Oiled American White Oak | Refer to DWGs for
Dimensions.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WD-404
LM
American White Oak Veneer
Library - Back Wall
GC to Source
GC to Source
White Oiled American White Oak | Refer to DWGs for
Dimensions (To Match WD-403)
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
American Walnut | GC to verify dimensions.
Shelving @ closet. To match
SDDG control sample.
Stain to match WD-100 and WD101
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
WD-405
LM/AC
4/1/2016
Teak Wood
L1 Public Restroom - Countertop
GC to source locally. Match
control sample. SDDG to
approve.
TBD
Teak Wood with Waterproof Finish,
Size: 6"x72" planks
Sealed w/Monocoat clear for a
waterproof finish. Teak color to
coordinate with typ. Walnut wood
finish.
WD-501
LM
American Black Walnut Wood
Boardroom & Meeting Room
Millwork
GC to Source
GC to Source
Danish Oiled American Black Walnut | Refer to
DWGs for Dimensions.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WD-502
LM/AC
Teak Wood
L2 Public Restroom - Countertop
GC to source locally. Match
control sample, SDDG to
approve.
TBD
Teak Wood with Waterproof Finish,
Size: 6"x72" planks
Sealed w Monocoat clear for a
waterproof finish. Teak color to
coordinate with typ. Walnut wood
finish.
WD-503
LM
American Black Walnut
L2 Ballroom, Pre-Function, Meeting
Room, Secondary, and Louvered
Restroom Doors
GC to Source
GC to Source
Danish Oiled American Black Walnut | Refer to DWGs To match SDDG control sample.
for Dimensions.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WD-504
LM
NOT USED
WD-505
LM
American White Oak Wood
(Same as WD-403)
L2 Pre-Function Library - Shelving
& Door
GC to Source
GC to Source
White Oiled American White Oak | Refer to DWGs for
Dimensions.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WD-506
LM
American White Oak Veneer
(Same as WD-404)
L2 Pre-Function Library - Back
Wall
GC to Source
GC to Source
White Oiled American White Oak | Refer to DWGs for
Dimensions (To Match WD-505)
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WD-451
AC
French Oak Wood
Lobby, Bar, Restaurant Seating
Wall Millwork, Doors
GC to Source
GC to Source
French Oak | Oil Wax Natural Finish * Color to
coordinate with Wall Tile (TI-451)
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WD-452
AC
American Black Walnut
Bar, Lobby, Library Millwork,
Ceiling Beams, Registration Desk,
& FOH Doors
GC to Source
GC to Source
WD-453
AC
Wood Panels on Wall
AC Elevator Cab Interior Walls
FORMS+SURFACES
Todd Gore
todd.gore@forms-surfaces.com
(800) 451-0410
LEVELe Elevator Interiors Wall panel system; Walnut
Wood Panels, weight approx 5lbs per SF.
Refer to DWGs for Dimensions.
SDDG to approve Glass Finish
Sample
WD-454
LM
3/24/2016
Wood Panels on Wall
LM Elevator Cab Interior Walls
GC to Source
GC to Source
Maple wood Stained to Match: ASI Decorative
Surfaces | SKU DSKEX254
Refer to DWGs for Dimensions.
SDDG to approve Glass Finish
Sample
WD-455
AC
4/1/2016
Ebonized Wood
AC Registration Desk
GC to Source
GC to Source
Cerused Ebonized Wood | Refer to DWGs for
Dimensions.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WD-601
LM
4/1/2016
Teak Wood
L20 Public Restroom - Countertop
GC to source locally. Match
control sample, SDDG to
approve.
TBD
Teak Wood with Waterproof Finish,
Size: 6"x72" planks
Sealed w Monocoat clear for a
waterproof finish. Teak color to
coordinate with typ. Walnut wood
finish.
WD-602
LM
American Black Walnut Wood
L20 Interior Doors & Fitness
Millwork
GC to Source
GC to Source
WD-701
LM RESTAURANT
Stained Oak Wood
Service Station Millwork, Bar
countertop
GC to Source
GC to Source
4/1/2016
2/18/2016
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Danish Oiled American Black Walnut | Refer to DWGs To match SDDG control sample.
for Dimensions.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Danish Oiled American Black Walnut | Refer to DWGs To match SDDG control sample.
for Dimensions.
Refer to DWGs for location.
Stained Wood to match Carlisle Quartersawn White
Oak in Bradfor Umber, Finish Amber | Provide
Protective Polyurethane Finish Coating at bar top |
Refer to DWGs for locations and dimensions
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 04.18.2016
Rev 5: 06.09.2016
FINISH SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
NOTES
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
To match SDDG control sample.
Refer to DWGs for location.
WD-702
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Paint Grade Wood Slats
Typical Wall Treatment
GC to Source
GC to Source
Painted finish to match PT-708, Wood Slats at equal
4" height with 1/8" reveals. Refer to Drawings for
Details.
WD-703
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Painted Wood and Moulding
Bar, Open Kitchen Millwork, Private
Dining Millwork
GC to Source
GC to Source
Refer to drawings for details, painted finish to match
PT-702
WP-100
LM
6/9/2016
Bumper Corner Bead
LM Guestroom
C/S Group
danielea@illinispecialties.com
(630) 393-1919
Acrovyn Pebbletex | 265 Fog | 1/2" W
Acrovyn Pebbletex | 265 Fog | 1/2" W
Wall Protection
WP-300
LM
6/9/2016
Metal Corner Guard
LM Guestroom Corridor
C/S Group
danielea@illinispecialties.com
(630) 393-1919
WP-701
LM RESTAURANT
2/18/2016
Stainless Steel Corner Guard
Kitchen
GC to Source
GC to Source
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Send SDDG sample and cutsheet
to approve.
Refer to Kitchen Consultant
1-2" full wall height corner guards to be installed at all
Drawings for scope not covered in
exterior corners in Kitchen.
ID dwgs.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 03.10.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 06.09.2016
DECORATIVE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Series Designations
100: LM Guestrooms
200: LM Guest Bathrooms
300: LM Guest Tower Corridors / Elevator Lobbies
OS: AC Guestrooms / bathrooms / corridors / elevator lobbies
400: 1st Floor - Lobby Level
500: 2nd Floor
600: 20th Floor - Amenity Level
For AC: Use AC standard designations: HW-XX
TAG
LM / AC TAG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
LM GUESTROOM MILLWORK CLOSET
(DQ-01 MR)
MOCKETT
CONTACT
STYLE / FINISH / DIMENSIONS
Doug Mockett & Company, Inc.
info@mockett.com
(800) 523-1269
HKS to advise.
DP3F - 12" Tab Drawer Pull | Polished Brass | 12" Long, 1-1/2"
Projection, 3-5/16" on center (4 holes), 1/2" wood screws are
included.
HKS to advise.
Grazig Standard Hinge OR Similar | Brushed Nickel | 135
Degree Hinge
Solid Brass Angled Door Stop: Chrome Finish, SKU:918755,
Projects 3-1/4".
NOTES
LM Guestrooms
HD-100
LM
6/9/2016
DECORATIVE PULLS
HD-101
LM
2/2/2016
ENTRY PULLS
HD-102
LM
2/2/2016
HINDGES
HD-103
LM
3/10/2016
LM GUESTROOM DOOR
LM GUEST BATH SHOWER GLASS
DOOR
HKS to advise.
AGALITE
N/A
DOOR STOP
LM GUESTROOM
Signature Hardware
1-866-855-2284
Provide cut sheet.
LM Guest Bathrooms
HD-200
LM
3/10/2016
DECORATIVE PULLS
LM GUESTROOM TOILET
COMPARTMENT DOOR
TRIMCO
Customer Service: 323-262-4191
HD-201
LM
2/2/2016
DOOR PEEP HOLE
LM ENTRY DOORS
SECURE A VIEW
sales@secureaview.com
(224) 565-9000
HINGES
LM GUEST BATH SHOWER GLASS
DOOR
AGALITE
N/A
HD-400
DECORATIVE PULLS
LUGGAGE ROOM DOOR/ LIBRARY
WALL
ROCKY MOUNTAIN
HARDWARE
Scott Corbin (847) 608-9100
HD-401
DECORATIVE PULLS
LOBBY LEVEL RESTROOM ENTRY
DOORS
LOBBY LEVEL RESTROOM
COMPARTMENT DOORS (front face)
ROCKY MOUNTAIN
HARDWARE
ROCKY MOUNTAIN
HARDWARE
HD-202
LM
6/9/2016
Trimco 1111C BTB: with custom back to back orientation.
Stainless Steel Finish
SecureAview Peephole Cover Self-Closing | Finish: Polished
Brass
Grazig Standard Hinge OR Similar | Chrome | 135 Degree Hinge
GC to provide cut sheet.
Provide cut sheet. GC to
coordinate with shower glass.
Level 1
HD-402
DECORATIVE PULLS
HD-403
DECORATIVE PULLS
AC WINE BAR/ MEDIA WALL
RICHELIEU
HD-403
DECORATIVE PULLS
AC BACK BAR/ BUFFET/ LIBRARY
MILLWORK
RICHELIEU
Heidi Guthrie (847) 373-6727
FLUTE PRIVACY SET, lockable, 3"x8" plate,FINISH: SILICON
BRONZE BRUSHED (LM lobby side), WHITE BRONZE
BRUSHED (AC Lobby Side)
FLUTE GRIP G10023 - 24", FINISH: WHITE BRONZE
BRUSHED
FLUTE GRIP G10012 - 12", FINISH: WHITE BRONZE
BRUSHED
Contemporary Metal Pull - 7125 - BP7125192195, Brushed
Nickel Finish, 7 9/16"
Contemporary Metal Pull - 7125 - BP7125192195, Brushed
Nickel Finish, 7 9/16"
LEVELe Elevator Interiors, Round Series Handrail, Flat End,
Finish: Satin Bronze
Scott Corbin (847) 608-9100
Scott Corbin (847) 608-9100
Heidi Guthrie (847) 373-6727
HD-404
DECORATIVE HANDRAIL
LM ELEVATOR CAB
FORMS+SURFACES
Todd Gore todd.gore@formssurfaces.com (800) 451-0410
HD-405
DECORATIVE HANDRAIL
AC ELEVATOR CAB
FORMS+SURFACES
Todd Gore todd.gore@formssurfaces.com (800) 451-0410
LEVELe Elevator Interiors, Round Series Handrail, Flat End,
Finish: Satin Stainless Steel
HD-406
BAR FOOTRAIL
LM BAR
HAFELE
Ty Lefever
tlefever@hafeleamericas.com
(800) 423-3531 x5304
Straight Railing Tube Bar Railing System (Custom: System: 51;
Cat. No.: 812.10.802), Stainless Steel Quality 1,4301 in PVD
Coated Brass Coloured Finish, Tube 2" Dia. X Custom
Length:12'-6" L (Refer to DWGs for Dimensions)
HD-407
PURSE HOOK
LM BAR
AMEROCK
http://amerock.com/support/dealer- Arrondi Robe Hook AME-BH26542BBZ | Satin Bronze | 1-15/16"
W x 2-1/4" H x 2" Projection
locator/
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Hafele to provide all railing
components (end caps, post
fittings, foot rail brackets)
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 03.10.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4: 06.09.2016
DECORATIVE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Level 2
CUSTOM DOOR HANDLE
BALLROOM AND PREFUNCTION
ENTRY DOORS
TBD
TBD
BRUSHED ANTIQUE BRASS FINISH
DOOR HANDLE
MEETING ROOM DOORS (BOTH
SIDES)
ROCKY MOUNTAIN
HARDWARE
Scott Corbin (847) 608-9100
FLUTE PASSAGE SET, 3"X10", SILICON BRONZE LIGHT
DECORATIVE PULLS
RESTROOM ENTRY DOORS
ROCKY MOUNTAIN
HARDWARE
Scott Corbin (847) 608-9100
FLUTE GRIP G10023 - 24", FINISH: SILICON BRONZE LIGHT
DOOR HANDLE
TOILET COMPARTMENT DOORS,
FAMILY RESTROOM
ROCKY MOUNTAIN
HARDWARE
Scott Corbin (847) 608-9100
FLUTE PRIVACY SET, 3"x3", FINISH: WHITE BRONZE
BRUSHED (SATIN NICKEL LOOK)
HD-600
DECORATIVE DOOR PULL
FITNESS CENTER ENTRY
ROCKY MOUNTAIN
HARDWARE
Scott Corbin (847) 608-9100
HD-601
DECORATIVE PULL
ROOFTOP BAR ENCLOSURE
RICHELIEU
Heidi Guthrie (847) 373-6727
HD-500
HD-501
HD-502
HD-503
Level 20
FLUTE GRIP G10023 - 24", FINISH: WHITE BRONZE
BRUSHED (SATIN NICKEL LOOK)
Square Recessed, Flush Handle for Sliding Doors 89IN1630035170 - customized brass finish
LM Restaurant
HD-700
4/1/2016
DECORATIVE SHELF BRACKET
WALL SHELVES NEAR BAR
RESTORATION HARDWARE
Todd Hilt (312) 659-0686
ARC BRACKET, ITEM # 40400116 RUST | 10" H, 10" D
HD-701
4/1/2016
DECORATIVE PULL
SERVICE STATIONS/ WINE CASE
RESTORATION HARDWARE
Todd Hilt (312) 659-0686
RUST RING PULL | 2¼"W x ½"D x 2"H | Item#24070192
HD-702
4/1/2016
DECORATIVE PULL
SERVICE STATIONS/ WINE CASE
RESTORATION HARDWARE
Todd Hilt (312) 659-0686
RUST BAIL PULL | 4"W (center-to-center screw holes) |
Item#24070193
HD-703
4/1/2016
DOOR PULL
PRIVATE DINING ROOM
ROCKY MOUNTAIN
HARDWARE
Scott Corbin (847) 608-9100
Verdura Grip (G10526) | Length: 30", Center to center: 28",
Projection: 3 1/4"| Finish: Silicon Bronze Dark. 1 pull on each
side of the door.
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
06.24.15
Rev 1: 06.09.2016
PLUMBING SCHEDULE
Series Designations
100: LM Guestrooms
200: LM Guest Bathrooms
300: LM Guest Tower Corridors / Elevator Lobbies
400: 1st Floor - Lobby Level
500: 2nd Floor
600: 20th Floor - Amenity Level
For AC: Use AC standard designations: PL-XX
TAG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
MODEL / STYLE / FINISH
NOTES
PF-200
6/9/2016
Toilet
LM Guest Bath
Duravit
Steve Harris
#630.694.8945
#216001 Two Piece Toilet
Within toilet compartment,
Ref. plan/elevations
Steve Harris
#630.694.8945
Ara Bath Collection 3567-MPU-DST Two Handle
Widespread Deck Mount. | Dimensions:
Widespread - 4" to 16" centers. 5 3/8" long, 4
3/16" high, rigid spout. Minimum 2 1/2" clearance
to back splash. Maximum mounting deck
thickness is 2 1/4". Finish: Chrome
Faucet @ Vanity,
Ref. plan/elevations
PF-201
6/9/2016
Lavatory Faucet
LM Guest Bath
Delta
PF-202
6/9/2016
Lavatory
LM Guest Bath
Kohler
Christine Topf
#312.507.1470
PF-203
6/9/2016
Tub-Shower System
LM Guest Bath
Delta
Steve Harris
#630.694.8945
PF-204
Tub
LM Guest Bath
Kohler
PF-205
ADA Toilet
LM Guest Bath
Kohler
Christine Topf
#312.507.1470
Christine Topf
#312.507.1470
Ladena Bathroom Sink K-2214-0. | Overall
Dimensions: 20 7/8" W x 14 3/8" D; Bowl Area
Dimensions: Length: 18-3/8", Width: 11-5/8",
Ref. plan/elevations for
Water depth: 4-5/8", Drain hole: 1-3/4"; Underlocations
mount installation. Recommended Accessories: K8998 P-Trap. | Finish: 0-White
Ara Bath Collection T14267 Shower Trim, Head,
Arm & Escutcheon. | Finish: Chrome. Multichoice Within shower compartment,
Ref. plan/elevations
Universal Rough Valve Body- R10000-UNWS
(Universal with Stops)
K-837 Bellwether: White cast iron w/ safeguard
Within tub compartment,
finish
Ref. plan/elevations
K3654 - Persuade Dual Flush Toilet, Finish: 0 Ref. plan/elevations for
White
locations
Bellwether K-838-0 - Bath with integral Apron;
Ref. plan/elevations for
Right drain 60" x 30-1/4" x 14-1/2"; White cast
locations
iron w/ safeguard finish
PF-207
6/9/2016
ADA Tub
LM Guest Bath
Kohler
Christine Topf
#312.507.1470
PF-210
6/9/2016
ADA Tub-Shower System
LM Guest Bath
Delta
Steve Harris
630.694.8945
Ara Bath Collection T14267+51400+50 Duro-TubHand ADA Shower System. Finish: Chrome.
Ref. plan/elevations for
locations
Christine Topf
#312.507.1470
Verticyl Under-mount Bathroom Sink K-2882-0 |
Overall Dimensions: 19-13/16" W x 15-5/8" D;
Bowl Area Dimensions: Length: 17-1/4", Width:
13", Water Depth: 3-1/8", Drain Hole: 1-3/4".
Under-mount installation. Recommended
Accessoreis: K-8998 P-Trap. | Finish: White
Ref. plan/elevations for
locations
PF-211
6/9/2016
ADA Sink Bowl
LM Guest Bath
Kohler
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
06.24.15
Rev 1: 06.09.2016
PLUMBING SCHEDULE
PF- 400
Toilet
Level 1, 2, 20 Public Restroom
Toto
Richard Lussier
#312.661.0876
CT708EVG_Wall mounted flushometer toilet, with
Toto SC534 Seat, Color 01 Cotton; With Toto
TET2LN wall mounted automatic flushometer.
PF- 401
Urinal
Level 1, 2 Public Restroom
Toto
Richard Lussier
#312.661.0876
UE930#1 Lloyd Urinal and electronic flush valve
PF-402
Lavatory
Level 1, 2, 20 Public Restroom
Kohler
Christine Topf
#312.507.1470
K-2314-0 Purist Wading Pool Above-counter/wallmount bathroom sink ADA, Finish: white
Christine Topf
#312.507.1470
Purist Faucet Trim K-T11837-CP Touchless wallmounted faucet trim; 8 1/4" spout; 0.5 gal/min.
flow rate; Insight adaptive infrared technology;
Finish: CP/Polished Chrome; Required
Accessories: K-11830-NA Wall-mount valve
PF-403
6/9/2016
Lavatory Faucet
Level 1, 2, 20 Public Restroom
Kohler
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
06.24.15
Rev 1: 06.09.2016
PLUMBING ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE
LeMeridien Denver - 14017
Series Designations
100: LM Guestrooms
200: LM Guest Bathrooms
300: LM Guest Tower Corridors / Elevator Lobbies
400: 1st Floor - Lobby Level
500: 2nd Floor
600: 20th Floor - Amenity Level
For AC: Use AC standard designations: TA-XX
TAG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
MODEL / STYLE / FINISH
NOTES
BA-200
6/9/2016
Towel Bar
LM Guest Bath ADA
Delta
Jillian Sampson
#630.330.3005
77518 - 18" Towel Bar (3 1/2" projection from wall);
Finish: Chrome
To be mounted @ vanity,
Ref. plan/elevations
BA-201
6/9/2016
Shower Towel Bar Shelf
LM Guest Bath
Delta
Jillian Sampson
#630.330.3005
77535 Robe Hook | Dimensions: 1-1/2"W x 2-1/8" OH
x 3-1/2" Projection | Finish: Chrome
77550 Tissue Holder | Dimensions: 6-1/4" OW x 61/4"OH x 3-1/2" Projection | Finish: Chrome
BA-202
6/9/2016
Robe Hook
LM Guest Bath
Delta
Jillian Sampson
#630.330.3005
BA-203
6/9/2016
Toilet paper holder
LM Guest Bath
Delta
Jillian Sampson
#630.330.3005
WingIts, LLC
David Burcon
#734.330.4662
#734.878.9176
davidburcon@gmail.c
om
BA-204
6/9/2016
Soap Dish
LM Guest Bath
43624-ST Towel Shelf | Dimensions: 24"W x 8-1/2"H x
Within shower compartment, Ref.
9-7/8 Projection from wall | Finish: Bright Stainless plan/elevations
Chrome Appearance
Ceci Gonzales
#800. 421.6144
RM8X8CH | CRL 8" Polished Chrome RM Series Flat
x6183
Outside Surface/Round Tubing Inside Back-to-Back
ceci_gonzales@crlau
Pull Handle
rence.com
LM Guest Bath
C.R. Laurence
BA-206
ADA Shower Seat
LM Guest Bath ADA
Bobrick
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
B-5181
Reversible Folding Shower Seat
BA-207
ADA Tub Shower Grab Bar
LM Guest Bath ADA
Bobrick
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
B-68616.99
Two-Wall Shower/Tub Compartment Grab Bar Peened
BA-208
12" Grab Bar
LM Guest Bath ADA
Bobrick
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
B-6806.99 x 12
Straight Grab Bar Peened
6/9/2016
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Within toilet compartment,
plan/elevations
Ref
Shower corner soap basket, Contour Series
Mounting hardware supplied by
#WCONCBPS8 | Dimensions: 8"W x 6"D x 2-1/4" H |
manufacturer. Within shower
Finish: Polished Stainless Steel (Solid 18/8)
compartment, Ref. plan/elevations
Shower Door Pull
BA-205
(1) Robe hook mounted @ wall
outside of bathroom
compartment, (2) robe hooks
mounted @ wall next to closet at
65"AFF. Ref. plan/elevations
To be mounted @glass shower
door Ref. plan/elevations
Page 1
06.24.15
Rev 1: 06.09.2016
PLUMBING ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE
LeMeridien Denver - 14017
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
B-6806.99 x 18
Straight Grab Bar Peened
B-6806.99 x 24
Straight Grab Bar Peened
Bobrick
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
B-6806.99 x 42
Straight Grab Bar Peened
Bobrick
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
B-6047 x 60 Classic Series
Extra-Heavy-Duty Shower Curtain Rod
BA-209
18" Grab Bar
LM Guest Bath ADA
Bobrick
BA-210
24" Grab Bar
LM Guest Bath ADA
Bobrick
BA-211
42" Grab Bar
LM Guest Bath ADA
BA-212
ADA Shower Curtain Rod/ Hooks
LM Guest Bath ADA
BA-213
Shower Curtain
LM Guest Bath ADA
BA-214
ADA Shower Head
LM Guest Bath ADA
Symmons
Jillian Sampson
#630.330.3005
T-600B-36-V: Chrome Finish
BA-400
Paper Towel Dispenser/ Trash
Recptacle
Public Restrooms L1, L2, L20
Bobrick
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
Recessed Paper Towel Dispenser/Waste Receptacle
B-36903 TrimLineSeries; Finish Satin Stainless Steel
BA-401
Soap Dispenser
Public Restrooms L1, L2, L20
Bobrick
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
BA-402
Toilet Paper Dispenser
Public Restrooms L1, L2, L20
Bobrick
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
BA-403
Toilet Seat Cover
Public Restrooms L1, L2, L20
Bobrick
BA-404
Sanitary Napkin Disposal
Public Restrooms L1, L2, L20
Bobrick
BA-405
42" Grab Bar
Public Restrooms L1, L2, L20
Bobrick
BA-406
18" Grab Bar
Public Restrooms L1, L2, L20
Bobrick
BA-407
36" Grab Bar
Public Restrooms L1, L2, L20
Bobrick
BA-408
Robe Hook
Public Restrooms L1, L2, L20
TBD
B-2013 - Automatic, Wall mounted, foam soap
dispenser,
B-386
Partition-Mounted Multi-Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser
(Serves 2 Compartments)
B-3013 TrimLineSeries
Recessed Seat-Cover Dispenser
B-35303 TrimLineSeries
Recessed Sanitary Napkins Disposal
B-6806.99 x 42
Straight Grab Bar Peened
B-6806.99 x 12
Straight Grab Bar Peened
B-5806.99 x 36
Straight Grab Bar Peened
TBD
FF&E to be spec'd by SDDG
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
Jose Aluquin
#630.853.6786
TBD
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
ADA rooms only
Mounted at side partition in ADA
stall
Vertical Grab Bar in ADA stall
Mounted at back wall in ADA stall
Page 2
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4:04.18.2016
Rev 5:04.22.2016
Rev 6:06.09.2016
DECORATIVE LIGHTING SCHEDULE
Series Designations
100: LM Lobby/ Public
200: AC Lobby/ Public
300: Level 2
400: Level 20
500: LM Guestroom/ Corridor
600: AC Guestroom/ Corridor
700: LM Restaurant - Level 1
Hard wired (not plug in)
TAG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
CONTACT
MODEL / STYLE / FINISH
NOTES
QUANTITY
LM LOBBY/ PUBLIC
LF-100
4/22/2016
Custom Decorative Pendant
LM Registration
Custom pendant with brass metal body/detailng
with decorative, hand-blown glass bulb per image
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
| Overall Size: 5' H x 2' W x 10" D (Exact Size
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
TBD). Bulb type and wattage to be recommended
by manufacturer.
QUANTITY: 2
Edge Lighting
Tim O'Keefe (Edge
Universo Square Suspension Chandelier /
Lighting)
tokeefe@edgelightin Reminiscent of a celestial shape comprised of
interwoven shafts of glass and metal / Custom: CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
g.com (773) 770Glass and Satin Brass / Large Size: 78.7"L x
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
1171, Jackie Bowen
39.25"H x 41"W x 41"D. Bulb type and wattage to
(Lightology)
be recommended by manufacturer.
jbowen@lightology.c
om (312) 229-7451
QUANTITY: 1
Edge Lighting
Tim O'Keefe (Edge
Universo Rectangular Suspension Chandelier /
Lighting)
tokeefe@edgelightin Reminiscent of a celestial shape comprised of
interwoven shafts of glass and metal / Custom: CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
g.com (773) 770CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
1171, Jackie Bowen Glass and Satin Brass / Overall Size: 78.7"L x
15"H x 34"W x 15"D. Bulb type and wattage to be
(Lightology)
recommended by manufacturer.
jbowen@lightology.c
om (312) 229-7451
QUANTITY: 1
Custom spun brass and fabricated steel wall
sconce with fabric shade / Overall Size: 5'-5"H x 4CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
3/4" W x 24" Projection (Exact Size TBD). Bulb
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
type and wattage to be recommended by
manufacturer.
QUANTITY: 4
To Bid
TBD
Image For Inspiration Only LF-101
4/22/2016
LF-102
4/22/2016
LF-103
4/22/2016
Universo Square Suspension,
Surface Mounted Decorative
Chandelier
Universo Rectangular
Suspension, Surface Mounted
Decorative Chandelier
Custom Wall Sconce
LM Hub/ Collective Seating
LM Hub/ Collective Seating
LM Hub/ Collective Seating
To Bid
Image For Inspiration Only Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
TBD
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
LF-104
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4:04.18.2016
Rev 5:04.22.2016
Rev 6:06.09.2016
DECORATIVE LIGHTING SCHEDULE
LM Bar
Custom pendant with brass metal body/detailng
with decorative, hand-blown glass bulb per image
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
/ Overall Size: 84"' H x 108" W x 10" D (Exact
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
Size TBD). Bulb type and wattage to be
recommended by manufacturer.
QUANTITY: 1
Vibia
Tammy Motycka
Wireflow Pendant 0299-04 / Black Matte Lacquer
Ingred Meyer &
/ Custom Overall Size: 48"W x 48"D x 108"H
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
Associates
(Exact Size and drop height to be coordinated).
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
tammy@ingridmeyer
Bulb type and wattage to be recommended by
.com (773) 506-9000
manufacturer.
x 12
QUANTITY: 3
Tammy Motycka
Ingred Meyer &
Associates
tammy@ingridmeyer
.com (773) 506-9000
x 12
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
QUANTITY: 2
CFL Ceiling Mounted, 2008 / Black patinated
stainless steel / Overall Size: 3.15"W x 82"OH
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
sales@michaelanast
w/rod (32.325"H pendant portion) (Exact interval
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
assiades.com
drop heights to be coordinated). Bulb type and
wattage to be recommended by manufacturer.
QUANTITY: 8
4/22/2016
Custom Decorative Pendant
To Bid
4/22/2016
Wireflow 0299 by Arik Levy,
Surface Mounted Decorative
Pendant
LF-201
4/22/2016
SLIM 0916 Design by Jordi
Vilardell,
Surface Mounted Decorative
Pendant
AC Registration
Vibia
LF-202
4/22/2016
CFL Ceiling Mounted, 2008,
Surface Mounted Decorative
Pendant
AC Lobby perimeter in booth
seating
Michael Anastassiades
TBD
Image For Inspiration Only AC LOBBY/ PUBLIC
LF-200
AC Lobby Lounge
LF-203
4/22/2016
Wireflow 0345 by Arik Levy,
Surface Mounted Decorative
Pendant
AC Breakfast
Vibia
LF-204
4/22/2016
Suspended shelving design
with integrated base
downlighting
AC Bar
To Bid
Image For Inspiration Only Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Slim Pendant 0916-04 / White Lacquer Fiber
0916-03 / Overall Size: 15-1/2" Dia. X 96"H of
svelte pendant strands (Exact size and interval
drop heights to be coordinated). Bulb type and
wattage to be recommended by manufacturer.
Wireflow 0345 Hanging Lamps / Matt Black
Tammy Motycka
QUANTITY: 1
Lacquer 04 | 7-3/4" Dia. X 5"H (Light Source) x
Ingred Meyer &
Lot (Approx. 32
Incremental drops of: 48"H, 60"H, 72"H. Pendants
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
Associates
Individual
to fill approx.144" x 114" area. (Spacing/size and
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
tammy@ingridmeyer
Hanging Lamps
interval drop heights to be coordinated and
.com (773) 506-9000
TBD)
determined). Bulb type and wattage to be
x 12
recommended by manufacturer.
TBD
Custom shelving design with integrated base
downlighting / Satin Nickel (TBD) / Overall Size:
108"W x 20"D (Exact Size TBD). Bulb type and
wattage to be recommended by manufacturer.
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
QUANTITY: 1
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
LF-205
TBD
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4:04.18.2016
Rev 5:04.22.2016
Rev 6:06.09.2016
DECORATIVE LIGHTING SCHEDULE
4/22/2016
Custom Pendant
(SDDG to develop design)
AC Bar
TBD
TBD
Custom rectangular pendant / Material TBD /
Overall Size: 108"W x 20"D (Exact Size TBD).
Bulb type and wattage to be recommended by
manufacturer.
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
LEVEL 2
LF-300
4/22/2016
LF-301
4/18/2016
LF-302
4/22/2016
LF-303
4/22/2016
Duke Chandelier, Surface
Mounted
Recessed Light
Custom Fluted Wall Sconce
Custom Sculptural Chandelier
Level 2 - Prefunction
Level 2 - Ballroom
Level 2 - Ballroom
Level 2 - Stairs
Delightful
Joana Reis
(Delightful)
joanareis@delightfull Duke Chandelier / Shade Color: Glossy Black,
.eu (917) 267-8927, Body Finish: Gold / Overall Size: 11.8"H x 65.9"W CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
x 53"OH (TBD). Bulb type and wattage to be
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
Jackie Bowen
recommended by manufacturer.
(Lightology)
jbowen@lightology.c
om (312) 229-7451
Swarovski
Swarovski Octa 1 Light Recessed Light in White,
(866) 344-3875
SKU# A9950NR700125 | Finish: White; Crystal:
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
www.lightingnewyork Clear Swarovski Elements | 3.54"L x 3.54"W x
QUANTITY: 13
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
.com
6.61"H. Primary Bulbs: 1 x 35 watts GU5.3
(Bulbs not included).
TBD
Custom wall sconce with fluted shape / Metal
TBD (to coordinate with Ballroom Chandelier);
Finish: Champagne (to coordinate with Ballroom CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
QUANTITY: 10
Chandelier) / Overall Size: 5-3/4"W x 5'-0"H
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
(Exact Size TBD). Bulb type and wattage to be
recommended by manufacturer.
To Bid
TBD
Custom Sculptural Chandelier. Form and shape
to be derived from floating cottonwood in wind /
Material TBD with designer / Overall Size to be
free floating and span 6'-8' Dia. x 24'H (Exact
Size TBD). Bulb type and wattage to be
recommended by manufacturer.
Sonneman A Way of Light
SWI Lighting
Ryan Hubert
rgh333@rcn.com
847.835.1212
To Bid
Image For Inspiration Only LF-304
4/18/2016
Custom Decorative Chandelier
Level 2 - Ballroom
QUANTITY: 3
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
QUANTITY: 1
Custom Suspenders Chandelier System:
SLS0011 | LED Modular System with Single
Luminaires | Finish: Custom Powder Coated
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
Champagne Finish | Overall Size 10' x 20' (Height
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
TBD). Wattage to be recommended by
manufacturer. Custom specifications to be
coordinated with Sonneman.
QUANTITY: 3
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
DECORATIVE LIGHTING SCHEDULE
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4:04.18.2016
Rev 5:04.22.2016
Rev 6:06.09.2016
LEVEL 20
LF-400
LF-401
LF-402
LF-403
6/9/2016
6/9/2016
6/9/2016
6/9/2016
Alto Sconce
Cedar & Moss Northwest
Modern Pendant
Lucia, Surface Mounted
Fixture
Cedar & Moss Northwest
Modern Pendant
Level 20 Unisex Restroom @
Vanity
Level 20 Bar
Level 20 Elevator Lobby
Level 20 Bar
Cedar and Moss
Rejuvenation
Cedar and Moss
Rejuvenation
Alto Sconce / Material: Brass; Finish: Brass, Opal
(503) 635-0820
Glass Shade | Overall Size: 8.5"D x 10.5"L x 6"W. CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
www.cedarandmoss.
Bulb type and wattage to be recommended by
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
com
manufacturer.
QUANTITY: 4
Cedar & Moss Pendant 10 IN #A0053 | Finish:
Nan Holloway
Brushed Satin, B0023 - 10" White Globe
(Rejuvenation)
(Included). Damp UL Rated | Overall Size:
(971) 200-9058
NHOLLOWAY@WS 10"OW x 9" Shade Length x 22" Overall Length
(Ceiling to the bottom of fixture). Bulb type and
GC.com
www.rejuvenation.co wattage to be recommended by manufacturer
rated for exterior use.
m
Center of globe to suspend at
mid-point of cage frame. Refer
to DWGs for location.
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
QUANTITY: 4
Lucia Surface Mounted Fixture | 18 individual
fixtures to comprise design element (To be
(503) 635-0820
confirmed) | Material: Solid Brass; Finish: Modern
www.cedarandmoss.
Black w/Brass | Overall Size: 4"D x 8"L x 8"W x 5com
3/4" Canopy Width. Bulb type and wattage to be
recommended by manufacturer.
Center of globe to suspend at QUANTITY: 1
mid-point of cage frame. Refer Lot (Approx. 18
to DWGs for location.
Individual
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, Fixtures to be
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
verified)
Cedar & Moss Pendant 14 IN #A0195 | Finish:
Nan Holloway
Brushed Satin, B0023 - 14" White Globe
(Rejuvenation)
(Included). Damp UL Rated | Overall Size:
(971) 200-9058
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
NHOLLOWAY@WS 14"OW x 13" Shade Length x 25" Overall Length
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
(Ceiling to the bottom of fixture). Bulb type and
GC.com
www.rejuvenation.co wattage to be recommended by manufacturer
rated for exterior use.
m
QUANTITY: 5
LM GUESTROOM/ CORRIDOR
LF-500.A
(LF-601)
6/9/2016
Nightstand Wall Sconce
King Model Room | K02-LM
Trinity Lighting
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Custom Glass Globe wall sconce with grey ombre
Design A or B to be selected
glass | Material & Finish: rod, armature, &
pending model room review.
Chris O'Brien
eschutheon plate finished in black matte metal. All
Refer Model Room DWGs for
(901) 871-4942
QUANTITY: 272
fittings finished in satin brass metal. Globe to
location. CONTRACTOR
cobrien@gtrinitylighti
have ombre fade from clear (top) to grey glass
FURNISHED. CONTRACTOR
ng.com
(bottom). | 10" Dia. Globe, 59" OAH, 16-1/4"
INSTALLED.
(Overall Projection).
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
LF-500.B
(LF-601)
LF-501
LF-502
DECORATIVE LIGHTING SCHEDULE
6/9/2016
Nightstand Wall Sconce
Double Queen Model Room |
DQ01-LM
Custom Glass Globe wall sconce with grey ombre
Design A or B to be selected
glass | Material & Finish: rod, armature, &
pending model room review.
Chris O'Brien
eschutheon plate finished in black matte metal. All
Refer Model Room DWGs for
(901) 871-4942
fittings finished in satin brass metal. Globe to
location. CONTRACTOR
cobrien@gtrinitylighti
have ombre fade from grey (top) to clear glass
FURNISHED. CONTRACTOR
ng.com
(bottom). | 10" Dia. Globe, 59" OAH, 16-1/4"
INSTALLED.
(Overall Projection).
Cedar and Moss
Lucia Surface Mounted Fixture | 18 individual
QUANTITY: 16
fixtures to comprise design element (To be
(503) 635-0820
Lots (Approx. 18
confirmed) | Material: Solid Brass; Finish: Modern CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
www.cedarandmoss.
Individual
Black w/Brass | Overall Size: 4"D x 8"L x 8"W x 5- CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
com
Fixtures to be
3/4" Canopy Width. Bulb type and wattage to be
verified)
recommended by manufacturer.
Wall Sconce
LM Model Corridor/Guest
Corridor
Trinity Lighting
Custom Wall Sconce | Material & Finish: stem
Chris O'Brien
and arm finished in black brass, matte finish.
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED. QUANTITY: 10
(901) 871-4942
Decorative connector finished in satin brass. |
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.
Per Floor
cobrien@gtrinitylighti
20"OH x 4" Projection. Shade Dimensions: 2-3/4"
ng.com
Dia. X 8-1/2"H.
Eldridge Rectangular Pendant
LM Restaurant Bar
Ballard Design
Lucia, Surface Mounted
Fixture
LM/AC Guest Floor Elevator
Lobbys
6/9/2016
4/22/2016
6/9/2016
Trinity Lighting
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4:04.18.2016
Rev 5:04.22.2016
Rev 6:06.09.2016
LM RESTAURANT
LF-701
LF-702
4/22/2016
Sara Chandelier
LM Restaurant - Main Dining
Canopy Designs
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Eldridge Rectangular Pendant | Antique Bronze
and Glass | Custom Dimensions: 5' W x 18" H x CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
12" D. Bulb type and wattage to be recommended CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
by manufacturer.
QUANTITY: 1
Sara Chandelier (Old World 3 tier metal
chandelier with decorative colored glass shades
Monica Diaz
and bulbs) | Custom Frame Finish: Champagne
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
monica@canopydesi Bronze Metal: Hurricane Color: Pendeing per
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
gns.com
sample review | Custom Overall Dimension: 30"
Dia. x 30" H. 1. Bulb type and wattage to be
recommended by manufacturer.
QUANTITY: 2
(800) 536-7551
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
LF-703
LF-704
LF-705
LF-706
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4:04.18.2016
Rev 5:04.22.2016
Rev 6:06.09.2016
DECORATIVE LIGHTING SCHEDULE
4/22/2016
Custom Decorative Wicker
Pendant
LM Restaurant - Main Dining
(Niche)
4/22/2016
Bookclub Swing-Arm Sconce
5226
LM Restaurant - Semi-Private
Dining @ Art Wall
4/22/2016
4/22/2016
Woodbury Picture Light
Atelier Task Table Clamp
Lamp
LM Restaurant - Service
Stations
LM Restaurant - Service
Station @ Bar
To Bid
TBD
Custom Woven Wicker Bell Shade | Custom
Finish: Natural | Custom Dimensions: 18"Dia. x
24" H (TBD). Bulb type and wattage to be
recommended by manufacturer. Bulb type and
wattage to be recommended by manufacturer.
Currey & Company
Christina Lucas
christina@lucidcolle
ctions.com
(312) 972-3110
Bookclub Swing-Arm Sconce 5226 | Material:
Wrought Iron; Finish: Hiroshi Gray/Silver Leaf |
12"W x 8"H x 28"D. Bulb type and wattage to be
recommended by manufacturer.
Hudson Valley
Ryan Hubert
rgh333@rcn.com
(847) 835-1212
Restoration Hardware
Todd Hilt
thilt@rh.com
(312) 659-0686
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
QUANTITY: 2
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.
Mounting Height to be
coordinated with Artwork
locations
QUANTITY: 5
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED,
Mounting Height to be
coordinated with Millwork
design
QUANTITY: 6
Atelier Task Table Clamp Lamp | Custom Finish:
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
Champagne Brushed Bronze Finish | Extension
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED,
Arm and Rotating Shade Dimensions: 8½" Dia. x
Mounting Height to be
45¼"H (Max. Extension), Shade: 6½"Dia. Bulb
coordinated with Millwork
type and wattage to be recommended by
design
manufacturer.
QUANTITY: 1
Woodbury Picture Light | Custom Finish:
Champagne Brushed Bronze | Overall
Dimensions: 6"H x 23"W x 11.75" Extension x
9.5"Min. H x 11.75" Max. H (Canopy/Backplate:
18"W x 3.5"H). Bulb type and wattage to be
recommended by manufacturer.
LeMeridien/ AC Hotel Denver - 14017
LF-707
LF-708
LF-709
LF-710
Issued: 06.24.15
Rev 1: 01.29.2016
Rev 2: 02.18.2016
Rev 3: 04.01.2016
Rev 4:04.18.2016
Rev 5:04.22.2016
Rev 6:06.09.2016
DECORATIVE LIGHTING SCHEDULE
4/22/2016
4/22/2016
4/22/2016
4/22/2016
4 - Light Urban Renewal
Chandelier
Eastleigh Wall Sconce 5154
Hemisphere Table Lamp
Woodbury Picture Light
Private Dining Room
Restaurant Façade
Host Stand
Restaurant Exterior (Menu
Board Light)
Feiss
4 - Light Urban Renewal Chandelier, Style #:
F2823/3+1STB | Custom Material & Finish: Steel
Abigail Sorensen
with Antique Brass Finish and Antique Tiled Glass
(PG Enlighten)
Shade. Exposed Decorative Bulbs (3 per fixture) | CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
abigail.sorensen@p
Overall Dimensions: 6-7/8" H x 32-1/8" H; Details: CONTRACTOR INSTALLED,
g-enlighten.com
9-1/2" Flush: 1-1/4"D x 5-1/8"Dia. Canopy. Bulb
(847) 228-1199
type and wattage to be recommended by
manufacturer.
QUANTITY: 2
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED,
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED,
Mounting and Coordination of
Sconce locations to be
coordinated with Operable
Exterior Glazing system and
Architectural Drawings.
QUANTITY: 3
Hemisphere Table Lamp | Material: Brass and
Mounting and Coordination of
Steel; Finish: Custom Champagne Bronze Metal |
Table Lamp location to be
Overall Dimension: 8-3/4" W x 8"D x 19"H;
coordinated with Millwork of
extends to 24"H; Base: 5-3/4"sq. (Cord: 8'L).
Host Stand. Plug In Table
Bulb type and wattage to be recommended by
Lamp to be powered through a
manufacturer.
floor outlet.
QUANTITY: 1
Currey & Company
Christina Lucas
christina@lucidcolle
ctions.com
(312) 972-3110
Restoration Hardware
Todd Hilt
thilt@rh.com
(312) 659-0686
Hudson Valley
Simeone Deary Design Group
605 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 301
Chicago, Illinois 60611
t: 312-274-0606 f: 312-274-0707
Ryan Hubert
rgh333@rcn.com
(847) 835-1212
Eastleigh Wall Sconce 5154 | Material: Wrought
Iron/Ceramic; Finish: Hiroshi | Overall
Dimensions: 9"W x 12"H x 7"D. Bulb type and
wattage to be recommended by manufacturer
rated for exterior use.
Woodbury Picture Light | Custom Finish:
Blackened Steel Finish ( (Must be made for
Mounting and Coordination of
exterior use) | Overall Dimensions: 6"H x 16"W x
Menu Light location to be
11.75" Extension x 9.5"Min. H x 11.75" Max. H
coordinated with Menu Board
(Canopy/Backplate: 12"W x 3.5"H). Bulb type and
and Size. Light Fixture to be
wattage to be recommended by manufacturer
Exterior Rated.
rated for exterior use.
QUANTITY: 1
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
SECTION 081700
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
SUMMARY
Section Includes: Integrated Door Assemblies including frames, doors, operating hardware and
installation of complete opening.
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
1.
ANSI A117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities
B.
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA):
1.
ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Exit Devices.
2.
ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Door Controls - Closers.
3.
ANSI/BHMA A156.6 Architectural Door Trim.
4.
ANSI/BHMA A156.15 Release Devices: Closer Holders, Electromagnetic and
Electromechanical.
5.
ANSI/BHMA A156.16 Auxiliary Hardware.
6.
ANSI/BHMA A156.18 Materials & Finishes.
7.
ANSI/BHMA A156.22 Door Gasketing and Edge Seal Systems.
8.
ANSI/BHMA A156.25 Electrified Locking Devices.
9.
ANSI/BHMA A156.26 Continuous Hinges.
10. ANSI/BHMA A156.28 Recommended Practices for Mechanical Keying Systems.
11. ANSI/BHMA A156.32 Integrated Door Opening Assemblies.
12. ANSI/BHMA A156.115W Hardware Preparation in Wood Doors with Wood or Steel Frames.
C.
Door and Hardware Institute (DHI):
1.
DHI A115.IG Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware
2.
DHI Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule
D.
International Building Code (IBC)
E.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1.
NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Fire Windows
2.
NFPA 252 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
F.
Steel Door Institute (SDI):
1.
ANSI/SDI A250.8 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames
G.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):
1.
UL 10C Positive Pressure Fire Tests Of Door Assemblies
2.
UL 305 Panic Hardware
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit for Information: Manufacturer's technical product data / catalog cut sheets, clearly marked
for each component item, including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of
individual components and profiles, and finishes.
B.
Submit for Approval: Door Schedule organized into headings, grouping doors to receive same
hardware items, indicating quantity and complete designations of every item required for each
door opening. The schedule shall include:
1.
A list of abbreviations used in schedule.
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 1
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.
3.
4.
5.
Listing of each door in numerical order according to door numbers in the Architect's door
schedule, and denoting: location, configuration (single, pair, etc.), door type (elevation,
glazing, etc.), door and frame size(s), door and frame material(s), handing, frame profile,
anchor details, and fire rating.
Type, style, model number, function, size, hand, and finish of each door hardware item.
Manufacturer of each item.
Fastenings and other pertinent information.
C.
Submit for Approval: Shop Drawings showing each door and frame condition; frame type, profile,
electrical rough-in requirements, and installation details. Details to include dimensioned plan view
for each type of opening, and elevation for each type of pocketed opening including all dimensions
required to complete necessary pockets.
D.
Submit for Approval: Electrified Hardware Details, identified by door number, and detailed
specifically for each type and function of electrified door opening. Format shall be single-sided, 81/2 by 11 inch page size:
1.
Sequence of Operation. Include description of component functions that occur when
authorized person wants to enter; authorized person wants to exit; unauthorized person
wants to enter; and unauthorized person wants to exit; indicate alternate after-hours
operation, if applicable. Describe operational interface with fire alarm, access control, and
security systems as applicable.
2.
Elevation (single-line riser diagram), showing interface between electrified door hardware
and fire alarm, power, access control, and security systems as applicable. Detail wiring for
power, signal, and control systems; differentiate between manufacturer-installed and fieldinstalled wiring.
3.
Point-to-point wiring diagram for field-installed wiring.
E.
Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide complete operating and maintenance instructions
listing routine maintenance procedures, possible breakdowns and repairs, and troubleshooting
guides.
F.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
G.
Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer shall have no less than 5 years experience in the provision of Integrated Door
Assemblies for projects similar in size, complexity and type to this Project.
B.
Supplier / Installer of door assemblies shall be authorized representative of manufacturer, and
have minimum of 2 years successful experience in supply and installation of Integrated Door
Assemblies specified on projects of similar size, complexity and type to this Project.
C.
Door manufacturer shall have no less than five years experience in the provision of wood doors
for projects similar in size, complexity and type to this Project.
D.
Comply with the following:
1.
AWI Quality Standard: Section 1300 "Architectural Flush Doors" for grade of door, core
construction, and other requirements.
E.
Tolerances for warp, telegraphing, squareness, and prefitting dimensions as per the latest
editions of AWI Section 1300.
F.
Environmental Certification: All doors shall be marked with Forest Stewardship Council (FSC)
authorized certification and certificate number.
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 2
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Provide integrated door assemblies complying with all applicable
requirements of the most current versions of NFPA 80, UL 10C, IBC; listed and labeled by a
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
At rated doors indicated with panic exit devices, provide devices labeled as “Fire Exit
Device.”
2.
Provide 450 degree temperature rise label at openings at exit passageways, exit
enclosures, and horizontal exits.
B.
Comply with all applicable accessibility guidelines as set forth in Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) -- Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG).
C.
Latching and locking doors that are hand-activated and that are in a path of travel shall be
operable with a single effort by lever-type hardware, panic bars, push-pull activating bars, or other
hardware designed to provide passage without requiring the ability to grasp the opening hardware;
from egress side shall not require the use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation.
1.
All hand-activated hardware shall be mounted between 30 inches and 44 inches above
finished floor, except Panic Exit Devices and Fire Exit Devices shall be mounted between
36 inches and 44 inches above finished floor.
D.
Door closing devices shall comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements:
1.
Interior Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door at latch.
2.
Fire Rated Doors: Minimum force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority, not
to exceed 15 lbf applied perpendicular to door at latch.
E.
Where door closers are provided, adjust sweep speed so that, from an open position of 70
degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch,
measured to the leading edge of the door.
F.
Electrified door hardware shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
1.6
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Each door shall be properly marked to be readily identifiable with the approved door schedule.
B.
Manufacturer's printed installation instructions, fasteners, and special tools shall be included.
C.
Deliver pre-finished doors with protective wrappings. Remove wrappings prior to acceptance of
project.
D.
Store off ground, under cover, protected from weather and construction activities.
1.7
COORDINATION
A.
Electrical System Roughing-in: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware with
connections to power supplies, fire alarm system and detection devices, access control system,
and security system as applicable.
B.
Pre-Installation Conference: Arrange a conference at the job site to coordinate door, frame,
hardware and electronic security hardware installation; to be attended by the Architect, Owner,
Contractor and representative personnel of firms involved in the provision and installation of said
items.
1.8 WARRANTY
A.
Provide two year warranty against defects in material and workmanship:
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 3
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.9
A.
MAINTENANCE
Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's
continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of Integrated Door
Assemblies, including all hardware items.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.2
Subject to compliance with requirements herein, provide products by one of the following
manufacturers for each type of hardware:
1.
Continuous Pinned Hinges: Hager Companies (HAG), Markar Products (MAR), Select
(SEL), Stanley (STA), or approved equal.
2.
Full-Height Continuous Hinges: Openings/Total-Door (OPG) H13 Series, or approved equal.
3.
Integrated Locksets and Latchsets: Openings/Total-Door (OPG) M30 Series, or approved
equal.
4.
Surface Door Closers: Dorma (DOR) 8900 Series, LCN(LCN) 4000 Series, Norton (NOR)
7500 Series, Sargent (SAR) 351 Series, or approved equal.
5.
Overhead Holders And Stops: Glynn-Johnson (GLY), Rixson (RIX), Rockwood (ROC), or
approved equal.
6.
Electromagnetic Holder / Releases: Architectural Builders Hardware (ABH), Rixson (RIX),
Security Door Controls (SDC), or approved equal.
7.
Architectural Door Trim: Ives (IVE), Rockwood (ROC), Trimco (TRI), or approved equal.
8.
Auxiliary Hardware: Ives (IVE), Rockwood (ROC), Trimco (TRI), or approved equal.
9.
Door Seals and Gaskets: National Guard Products (NGP), Pemko (PEM), Reese
Enterprises(RSE), or approved equal.
MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
A.
Requirements for grade, materials, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door
hardware are indicated herein.
B.
Requirements for design, function, finish, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door
hardware at specific openings are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3.
C.
Door Construction: Doors to meet or exceed Premium or Custom Grade, as selected by Architect.
Some components and/or construction requirements in this section may exceed this Grade
standard.
D.
All fire rated doors shall include, as part of the door construction, all components required per
"Category A" positive pressure testing guidelines as published by ITS/Warnock Hersey. No
intumescent material shall be required on frame. Applied smoke gasketing to meet "S" rating
shall be provided under Section 08710 “Door Hardware” and coordinated with this Section
E.
Non-Rated and 20 Minutes Fire-Rated Doors:
1.
Doors to comply with AWI 1300; Type PC-5 ME, SLC-5ME, or SCLC-5ME.
2.
For Particle Core (PC-5): Mat Formed Wood Particle Board, Grade 1-L-2; 28-32 pcf density
meeting requirements of ANSI A208.1. Through-bolting shall not be permitted for attaching
door hardware. Provide mill option hardwood blocking for all surface applied hardware.
3.
For Staved Lumber Core (SLC-5): A combination of blocks or strips, not more than 2-1/2”
wide, of one species of wood at 6% - 9% moisture content. Joints to be tight and staggered
in adjacent rows.
4.
For Structural Composite Lumber Core (SCLC-5): Structural composite lumber (SCL) in
accordance with ASTM D 5456; uniform density of 38 pcf, with minimum target MOR at
6,000 psi/MOE 1.3 x 10^6 psi.
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 4
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Bonding: Fabricate doors using bonded core construction; stiles and rails bonded to core,
using adhesive and pressure during the curing process. Abrasively plane the assembled
and cured core unit to a uniform thickness prior to applying crossbanding and veneers.
Crossbands: Dried to 6-9 percent moisture content, minimum 1/16 inch thick spliced
hardwood with no voids or defects, extending full width of doors with grain at right angles to
face veneer.
Stiles: Hardwood, solid or laminated, minimum 1-1/2 inch thick before fitting; 1-1/8 inch
minimum after trimming; without fingerjoints; on laminated stiles, minimum 1/2 inch thick
outer band specie matching face veneer; meet minimum test ratings as follows:
a.
525 pounds per the WDMA TM-5 "Split Resistance."
b.
930 pounds per the WDMA TM-8 "Hinge Loading Resistance."
c.
1,000 pounds per the WDMA TM-10 "Screw Holding Capacity" test reports.
Rails: Wood Rails, 1-1/8 inch minimum after trimming; mill option hardwood or softwood of
a density equal to or exceeding Douglas Fir.
Pairs: Provide 20 minute labeled pairs with fire retardant stiles, tested to meet fire rating
without metal edges or metal edge and astragal.
F.
Fire Rated, 45, 60, and 90 Minute Doors:
1.
AWI 1300; Type FD-5.
2.
Core: Door manufacturer's standard non combustible mineral core; incombustible,
asbestos-free mineral composition, engineered to meet labeling requirements.
a.
Where concealed rod hardware is indicated, provide Georgia-Pacific Firestop
components, or approved equal, with matching full length wood edge meeting stiles;
no visible finger joints; 1/2 inch maximum width of wood after trim; no metal edges or
metal edge and astragal allowed.
3.
Stiles and Rails: Manufacturer's standard sizes to meet fire rating, bonded to the core,
complying with the following:
a.
Stile Edge Screw Withdrawals: Minimum 740 pounds when tested in accordance with
ASTM D 1037.
b.
Stile Edge Split Resistance: Minimum 750 pounds when tested in accordance with
ASTM D 143 (modified); vertical edge solid, laminated, or veneered of same species
as visible surface. Reinforce hinge edge on all fire doors to accommodate full mortise
hinges and to provide additional screw holding power when hinge is installed, unless
specified otherwise.
4.
Blocking: Through-bolting shall not be permitted for attaching door hardware. Provide
composite blocking designed to maintain fire resistance of door while providing adequate
screw holding and screw withdrawal resistance.
G.
Acoustically Rated Construction:
1.
AWI 1300; Type SR.
2.
Core: Manufacturer's standard sound dampened core construction to achieve a sound
transmission class rating of not less than 41 for a door thickness of 1-3/4 inches (44 mm),
certified by the manufacturer to be based on tests conducted at an independent testing
agency in accordance with ASTM E 90 and E 413, as operating units.
3.
Vertical Stiles: Minimum 1-3/8 inch minimum after trimming, 2 ply construction without
fingerjoints, consisting of 5/8 inch thick mill option hardwood.
4.
Bottom Rail: 2-1/8 inch minimum mill option hardwood.
5.
Top Rail: 1-3/8 inch minimum mill option hardwood.
6.
Face Veneer: Same as non acoustic doors.
7.
Doors provided with perimeter and bottom seals as required for STC rating.
2.3
A.
FLUSH DOOR FACING
Interior Natural Wood Veneer Doors:
1.
Veneer Cut and Specie: As selected by Architect
2.
Veneer Thickness and Grade: 1/50 inch before sanding minimum with quality
characteristics of AWI Section 1300. "A" Grade veneer face with edge glued joints.
D+HC 120011
081700 - 5
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
3.
4.
5.
6.
Veneer Leaf Match: Book or Slip match grain, as selected by Architect.
Veneer Face Match: Running, Balance or Center Balance match, as selected by Architect.
Transoms: Continuous matched.
Pairs and Sets: Provide pair matching and set matching for pairs of doors and for doors
hung in adjacent sets.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A.
2.5
Vision Lights:
1.
Cut openings and install flush (lip profile as detailed) wood beads, of species matching face
veneers. Mount permanently on one side, tacked loose on other side, factory prefinished to
match faces.
2.
Furnish light openings for fire doors with flush wood veneered lite bead, veneer to match
door faces.
PREFIT AND PREMACHINE
A.
Comply with tolerance requirements of AWI Quality Standards, Section 1300.
B.
Prefit doors at the factory with the following clearances:
1.
3/32 inch on top and hinge edges.
2.
3/32 inch on lock edge of single doors.
3.
1/16 inch per leaf on pair meeting edges.
4.
Bevel both edges of door 1/8 inch in 2 inches.
5.
Bottom: 1/4 inch above threshold, or 3/8 inch above finished floor where no threshold is
indicated.
6.
Slightly ease vertical edges.
C.
Factory pre-machine doors for hardware in accordance with approved hardware schedule.
2.6
A.
FACTORY FINISHING
All doors (including beading and mouldings) to be finished at the factory, with UV cured system
with performance properties equivalent to TR-6 Catalyzed Polyurethane per AWI Section 1500.
Individually protect factory pre-finished doors with poly-wrap at the factory. Final color, build, and
sheen to be approved by architect based on actual review samples.
2.7 FASTENERS
A.
Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless
otherwise indicated.
B.
Combination machine screws and expansion shields shall be used for attaching items to concrete
or masonry.
C.
Fasteners exposed to the weather in the finished work shall be of brass, bronze, or stainless steel.
2.8
DOOR FRAMES
A.
Conform to ANSI/SDI A250.8 for steel door frames. Cold rolled steel, 16 gauge. Fire labeled
frames shall comply with NFPA 80.
B.
Frames shall have mitered corners continuously welded and ground smooth on frame faces; shall
be provided with a temporary spreader bar securely fastened to the bottom of each frame, and
anchors for each jamb spaced at 24 inch maximum intervals.
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 6
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.9
DOOR ASSEMBLIES
A.
Door Assemblies shall meet ANSI/BHMA A156.32 requirements.
B.
Door Assemblies shall include door body, with factory installed latching/ locking devices; and
factory installed hinging system components.
C.
Conform to ANSI/SDI A250.8, Grade I for steel doors. Doors shall be 1-3/4 inch thickness, with
composite core, honeycomb core, or steel stiffened type core. Doors shall be internally reinforced
for door closer and electromagnetic holder mountings. There shall be no seams or spot welds
visible on the door faces.
2.10
CONTINUOUS HINGES
A.
Continuous hinges shall meet ANSI/BHMA A156.26 requirements.
B.
Type: Type: Pin and barrel construction; 1/4 inch diameter stainless steel pin; split nylon or
stainless steel bearings. Fabricated from 14 gauge cold-rolled steel or 304 stainless steel as
indicated.
C.
Provide factory anodized or factory finished to match door and frame finish.
D.
Type: Full-height steel body with integral hanger rod.
2.11
INTEGRATED LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS
A. Integrated locks and latches shall meet BHMA A156.13 Grade 1 requirements.
B. Operating trim shall be type as indicated in Hardware Sets.
C. Locksets or latchsets used on fire rated doors shall be listed and labeled for such use by a testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2.12
SURFACE DOOR CLOSERS
A.
Door closing devices shall meet ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 requirements.
B.
Surface closers shall be fully adjustable with sweep speed, latch speed and back check position
valves.
C.
Provide closers size adjusted in accordance with ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Table A1, unless modified
by manufacturer's recommendations, and otherwise as required to insure closing and latching of
doors.
D.
Arm selection shall follow the requirements of the manufacturer's recommendations with brackets,
drop plates and miscellaneous accessories provide as necessary.
E.
Provide full rectangular cover completely enclosing the closer body.
F.
Provide closers with arms designed to permit openings of doors as far as job conditions will
permit; closers with arms restricting opening of door will not be acceptable.
2.13
ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER / RELEASES
A.
Electromagnetic holders shall meet ANSI/BHMA A156.15 requirements.
B.
Size and configuration shall provide degree of swing and hold open position as indicated on the
drawings.
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 7
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.14
ARCHITECTURAL DOOR TRIM
A.
Architectural door trim shall meet ANSI/BHMA A156.6 requirements.
B.
Door Protection Plates: Kick, mop, and armor plates shall be 0.050 inch thick brass, bronze, or
stainless steel depending on finish indicated. Plates shall have beveled edges, and shall be
provided with countersunk mounting holes and No. 6 oval head screw fasteners. Width of kick
and armor plates shall be 2 inches less than door width for single doors and 1 inch less for pairs
of doors. Width of mop plates shall be 1 inch less than door width. Unless otherwise indicated,
height shall be 10 inches for kick and mop plates, and 34 inches for armor plates.
C.
Door Edge Protection: Fabricated from 304 stainless steel as indicated; factory prepared for all
mortise hardware; countersunk screw mounting.
2.15
AUXILIARY HARDWARE
A.
Auxiliary hardware shall meet ANSI/BHMA A156.16 requirements.
B.
Door Stops: Stops shall be of heavy duty construction, provided in finish indicated. Wall bumpers
shall have no visible fasteners. Floor stops shall be of height required by floor conditions. Unless
otherwise indicated, provide stops at all doors as follows:
1.
Provide floor stop Rockwood 441CU, wall bumper Rockwood 400 series, or approved
equal. Where it is not possible to properly place a floor or wall type stop, provide heavy duty
concealed overhead type stop, or when door closer is indicated, provide heavy-duty dead
stop function in closer.
C.
Silencers: Gray rubber, non-marring configured for metal or wood frames as scheduled. Provide 3
per single door and 2 per pair of doors. Silencers shall be tamper resistant once installed in door
frame.
2.16
A.
2.17
GASKETING
Shall be a compression type product for use with wood or steel doors; labeled for use on fire-rated
doors where required.
FINISHES
A.
Door Frames: Factory prime painted for field applied finish.
B.
Door Faces: Factory prime painted for field applied finish, or factory applied high pressure
laminate, or factory applied wood veneer, or factory applied catalyzed polyurethane paint. (colors /
patterns as selected by Architect.)
C.
Hardware: Unless otherwise indicated, finishes shall conform to those identified in ANSI/BHMA
A156.18. Comply with base material and finish requirements indicated by the following:
1.
BHMA 613: Dark-oxidized satin bronze, oil rubbed, bronze base metal.
2.
BHMA 695: Dark bronze painted, any base material.
3.
BHMA 710: Dark-oxidized satin bronze anodized, aluminum base metal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.
Examine rough openings and other site conditions for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and
other conditions affecting performance.
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 8
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B.
Examine rough-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections
before electrified door hardware installation.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Wood doors shall be factory prepared for hardware per ANSI/BHMA A156.115W.
B.
Installation shall be in accordance with DHI A115.IG.
C.
Install work in accordance with approved shop drawings and these specifications using only
manufacturer's certified installers.
D.
Set frames plumb and square and brace until adjacent wall or finish is constructed and securely
anchor thereto. Furnish necessary clips, fastenings and anchorages and conceal unless otherwise
noted.
E.
Fire doors shall be installed conforming with NFPA 80, and all other applicable building codes and
regulations.
F.
Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates
as necessary for proper installation and operation.
G.
Install hardware items using fasteners provided by manufacturer.
H.
If field trimming is required:
1.
Trim non-rated doors in width by cutting equally on both jamb edges. Trim height by cutting
bottom edges to a maximum of 3/4 inch (19 mm).
2.
Trim fire rated door height at bottom edge and in accordance with fire rating requirements.
3.
Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
I.
Protective door wrapping is to remain in place until all work by other trades is complete and final
inspection is finished.
3.3
DOOR CLOSING DEVICES
A.
Door closing devices shall be installed in accordance with the templates and printed instructions
supplied by the manufacturer of the devices.
B.
Door closing devices with adjustable spring power shall be adjusted for proper door operation,
and compliance will all applicable codes and regulations.
3.4 HARDWARE LOCATIONS
A.
Unless otherwise indicated install hardware as follows:
1.
Lockset / Latchset/ Exit Device Operating Trim: 38 inches from finished floor to center of
lever/ trim.
2.
Exit Device: 38 inches from finished floor to center of push bar.
3.
Wall Bumper: Centered at point on wall where lever, or other operating trim, first makes
contact with wall.
4.
Floor Stop: Adjacent to wall; not to exceed 4 inches from face of wall; located 3 inches from
latch edge of door; in any case never more than 50 percent of door width from latch edge of
door.
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 9
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
3.5
ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation
or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust
door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to
comply with referenced accessibility requirements.
B.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to adjust door closing devices, compensating
for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment, and to comply with referenced
accessibility requirements.
C.
Follow-up Adjustment: Approximately 6 months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer
shall perform the following:
1.
Examine and readjust each item of door hardware as necessary to ensure function of door
assembly.
2.
Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel on recommended maintenance procedures.
3.
Replace door assembly items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design,
materials, or installation of door units.
3.6
A.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant:
1.
Engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant, certified by the Door
and Hardware Institute, to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports.
2.
Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant shall inspect installation and prepare written
report whether installed work complies with or deviates from requirements, whether doors
and hardware are properly installed and adjusted, and prepare a specific list of any
deficiencies, a copy of which shall be provided to Architect.
3.
Contractor shall correct all deficiencies noted in above report.
4.
Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant shall re-inspect installation hardware and
prepare a report certifying correction of deficiencies and compliance with requirements.
3.7 COMPLETION
A.
3.8
When complete all door, frame, hardware, and other components shall be properly secured in
place and all exposed surfaces shall be clean and free from scratches, paint, and other defects
and damages.
DOOR HARDWARE SETS
A.
The following is a general listing of Integrated Door Assembly hardware requirements. Provide
hardware items required for function indicated, and to meet state and local codes, whether or not
specifically indicated in the following sets.
B.
Refer to Door Schedule for door opening information, hardware set assignment, and related
requirements.
--- Balance of page intentionally left blank ---
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 10
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
LM-P02
Door(s): 2-01
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
Continuous Hinge
Flush Latchset
Pocket Closer
Electromagnetic Holder
Gasketing
Note:
Electromagnetic holder(s) require 120VAC/24VACDC/12VDC power / connection to Fire Alarm.
H-13
M34 x M35 G01
8907 PKT-180 Series
2000 Series
S88
--613
695
695
---
OPN
OPN
DOR
ABH
PEM
END OF SECTION
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 11
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
--- This page intentionally left blank ---
D+HC 120011
INTEGRATED DOOR OPENING ASSEMBLIES
ASI-6.0 2016-06-013
081700 - 12
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
SECTION 084420
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
SUMMARY
Section Includes:
Aluminum framed folding panel systems and supplementary items
necessary for installation.
DELEGATED ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS
A.
Contract Documents Design Intent: Drawings and Specifications indicate design intent for
products and systems and do not necessarily indicate or specify total Work required. Contract
Documents shall not be construed as an engineered design; furnish and install all Work
required for a complete installation.
B.
Delegated Engineering Responsibility: Contractor shall employ a qualified professional
engineer to provide engineering for products and systems including attachment to building
structure required to meet design intent of Contract Documents.
1.
Preparation of structural analysis data including engineering calculations, shop drawings
and other submittals signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer.
C.
Delegated Engineering Professional Qualifications: Professional engineer legally authorized to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and experienced in providing engineering
services of kind indicated for products and systems similar to this Project and has a record of
successful in-service performance.
D.
Coordination of Work:
1.
2.
Product Variations: In the event of minor differences between products and systems of
acceptable or available manufacturers, Contractor shall notify Architect of such
differences and resolve conflicts in a timely manner. Failure of Contractor to provide
notification shall be construed as acceptance of conditions indicated, and changes
caused by minor differences between products and Contract Documents shall be
included in the Work at no additional cost to Owner.
Allowable Adjustments: Minor dimension and profile adjustments may be made in
interest of fabrication or erection methods or techniques or ability to satisfy design intent,
provided design intent is maintained as determined by Architect. Proposed deviations
shall include a detailed analysis of impact to adjacent substrates or other building
systems, including related design or construction cost impacts. If accepted by Architect,
deviations causing changes in materials, constructability, substrates, or conditions shall
be included in the Work at no additional cost to Owner.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 1
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.3
A.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Manufacturer’s technical literature for each product and system indicated.
1.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show details of fabrication and installation, including plans, elevations,
sections, details of components and attachments to other work. Distinguish between shop and
field-assembled work.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
C.
A.
Glazing: Refer to Division 8 Section “Glazing”.
Fabrication Samples: Of each vertical-to-horizontal intersection of assemblies, made from 12
in (300 mm) lengths of full-size components and showing details of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.4
Prepared by manufacturer, not installer.
Include typical unit elevations at 1/2 in (12 mm) scale and details at full scale.
Indicate where and how the system deviates from Contract Documents.
Shop drawings shall contain seal of a professional engineer currently registered in
licensing jurisdiction of the project and a written statement that the framing system
conforms to project requirements, applicable codes, and specified conditions.
Provide for information only, material properties and other information needed for
structural analysis including computations, prepared, signed, or, and sealed by a
professional engineer licensed to practice in the jurisdiction where the project is located.
Design Modifications: If design modifications are proposed to meet performance
requirements and field conditions, submit design calculations and Shop Drawings. Do
not adversely affect the appearance, durability, or strength of units when modifying
details or materials and maintain the general design concept.
Include Indicate dimensioning, direction of swing, configuration, swing panels, typical
head jamb, side jambs and sill details, type of glazing material and handle height
System Operators for Operable Panel Systems: Show locations, mounting, and details
for installing operator components and controls.
Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide pairs of samples for each finish type and color on
12 in (300 mm) long sections of extrusions or formed shapes and on 6 in (150 mm) squares of
sheet or plate. Include 2 or more units in each sample set showing the extreme limits of
variations expected in color and texture of finish.
1.
D.
Include manufacturer's specifications for materials, finishes, construction details,
installation instructions, and recommendations for maintenance.
Joinery, including concealed welds.
Anchorage.
Expansion provisions.
Glazing.
Flashing and drainage.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
Welding Certifications: Qualification certificates required by “Quality Assurance” Article.
Include names of firms and personnel certified.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 2
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B.
Energy Performance Certificates: For folding panel system, accessories, and components,
from manufacturer.
1.
Basis for Certification: NFRC-certified energy performance values for each folding panel
system.
C.
Delegated Engineering Calculations: Informational submittal for products indicated to comply
with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation; test reports are not acceptable
substitute for calculations.
D.
Product Test Reports: Written reports based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed
by qualified testing agency indicating that each product complies with requirements.
E.
Field Quality Control Reports:
Quality Control”.
F.
Manufacturer’s Project Acceptance Document: Certification by the manufacturer that its
products and systems are approved, acceptable, suitable for use in specific locations, for
specific details, and for applications indicated, specified, or required, and that a warranty will
be issued.
G.
Qualification Data:
1.
H.
A.
1.6
For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" to demonstrate their capabilities
and experience. Include list of completed projects.
Warranty: Sample of warranty.
1.
1.5
Written report of testing and inspection required by “Field
Provide manufacturer’s written warranty covering materials and installation (labor) stating
obligations, remedies, limitations and exclusions.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Maintenance Data: To include in maintenance manuals.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer with not less than 10 years of experience in the
successful production and in-service performance of products and systems similar to scope of
this Project.
B.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
2.
3.
Experience: Installer's personnel with not less than 5 years of experience in the
successful performance of Work similar to scope of this Project.
Supervision: Installer shall maintain a competent supervisor at Project while the Work is
in progress, and who has not less than 5 years of experience installing products and
systems similar to scope of this Project.
Manufacturer Acceptance: Installer shall be certified, approved, licensed, or acceptable
to manufacturer to install products.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 3
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
C.
Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS qualification
requirements and the following:
1.
2.
D.
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum".
Energy Performance Standards: Comply with NFRC for minimum standards of energy
performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication.
Comply with more
stringent requirements if indicated.
1.
Provide NFRC-certified folding panel system with an attached label.
E.
Accessible Entrances for Aluminum Entrance Doors: Comply with applicable provisions in the
U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility
Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1.
F.
Safety Glass: Refer to Division 8 Section “Glazing”.
G.
Preconstruction Sealant Testing:
Perform sealant manufacturer's standard tests for
compatibility with and adhesion of each material that will come in contact with sealants and
each condition.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.7
A.
Test a minimum five production-run samples each of metal, glazing, and other material.
Prepare samples using techniques and primers required for installed assemblies.
Perform tests under environmental conditions that duplicate those under which
assemblies will be installed.
For materials that fail tests, determine corrective measures necessary to prepare each
material to ensure compatibility with and adhesion of sealants including, but not limited
to, specially formulated primers. After performing these corrective measures on the
minimum number of samples required for each material, retest materials.
PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
Pre-Installation Conference: Before Work begins, conduct conference at Project site.
1.
Participants:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
Architect.
Contractor, including superintendent.
Installer, including project manager and supervisor.
If requested, Manufacturer's qualified technical representative.
Installers of other construction interfaced with Work.
Minimum Agenda: Installer shall demonstrate understanding of the Work required by
describing detailed procedures for preparing, installing, and cleaning the Work.
Demonstration shall include, but not be limited to, following topics:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Tour representative areas of Work, inspect and discuss condition of substrate, and
other preparatory work performed by other trades.
Review Contract Document requirements.
Review approved submittals.
Review inspection and testing requirements.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 4
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
e.
f.
3.
1.8
A.
1.9
A.
1.10
A.
Record discussions, including decisions and agreements, and prepare report.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Where products and systems are indicated to fit walls and other
construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication.
COORDINATION
Coordinate installation of products and systems with interfacing and adjoining construction to
provide a successful installation without failure.
WARRANTY
Manufacturer’s Warranty: Furnish manufacturer’s written material and labor warranty signed
by an authorized representative using manufacturer’s standard form agreeing to furnish
materials and labor required to repair or replace work which exhibits material defects caused by
manufacture or design and installation of product. “Defects” is defined to include but not
limited to deterioration or failure to perform as required.
1.
Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
B.
Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.
Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements.
Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering.
Water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas.
Warranty Period: Manufacturer shall warrant the products to be free from material and
labor Defects for a period of 2 years from date of Substantial Completion
Installer’s Warranty: Furnish installer’s written workmanship warranty signed by an authorized
representative using installer’s standard form agreeing to provide labor required to repair or
replace work which exhibits workmanship defects. “Defects” is defined to include but not
limited to deterioration or failure to perform as required.
1.
C.
Review environmental conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable
conditions.
Resolve deviations or differences between Contract Documents and the
manufacturer's specifications.
Warranty Period: Installer shall warrant the installation to be free from workmanship
Defects for a period of 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.
Factory Applied Finish Warranty for High-Performance Fluoropolymer Finishes: Furnish
manufacturer’s written warranty signed by an authorized representative using manufacturer’s
standard form agreeing to repair finish or replace work which exhibits finish defects. “Defects”
is defined to include but not limited to deterioration or failure of finish to perform as required.
1.
Coverage includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244.
Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214.
Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 5
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.
Warranty Period: Manufacturer shall warrant the installation to be free from finish
defects for a period of 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS
Basis of Design (Product Standard): Contract Documents are based on products and systems
specified to establish a standard of quality. Other manufacturers offering products having
equivalent characteristics may be considered, provided deviations are minor and comply with
requirements of Contract Documents as judged by the Architect.
1.
2.2
A.
2.3
Basis of Design: NANA WALL SYSTEMS INC; SL70 Monumental Thermally Broken
Aluminum Framed Folding Panel System, as indicated on Drawings.
MATERIALS, GENERAL
Single Source Responsibility: Furnish each type of product from single manufacturer.
Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer of primary materials.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
System Description: Sliding/folding aluminum and glass door system, including aluminum
frame, threshold, panels, sliding/folding and locking hardware, weather stripping, glass and
glazing; designed to provide an folding panel system, with sizes and configurations as shown
on drawings.
B.
General Performance: Engineer products and systems to withstand loads within limits of
allowable working stresses of the materials involved under conditions indicated and without
permanent deformation or failure of materials.
C.
Design Loads: Engineer to withstand design loads including but not limited to gravity, wind,
seismic, and erection design loads and thermal movements established by authorities having
jurisdiction, applicable local building codes, and as indicated.
1.
Structural Movement: Engineer to withstand movements of structure including, but not
limited to: drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep and deflection from uniformly
distributed and concentrated live loads.
a.
D.
Live Load Deflection: System shall accommodate plus or minus 1/4 in (6 mm)
differential vertical deflection of floors.
Structural Test Performance: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows:
1.
2.
3.
When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not
evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.
When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures,
assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress,
and permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.
Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 6
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
E.
Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No evidence of water penetration through fixed
glazing and framing areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum
static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less
than 6 lbf/sf (285 Pa).
1.
F.
Thermal Movements: Engineer products and systems to accommodate thermal movements of
supporting elements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and
surface temperatures without buckling, damaging stresses, damaging loads on fasteners,
failure of operating units to function properly, and other detrimental effects.
1.
G.
Provide system with saddle sill as indicated and typical field installed weep holes and
drainage in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions that do not evidence water
penetration.
Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (49 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (82 deg C),
material surfaces.
Energy Performance: Certified and labeled energy performance ratings in accordance with
NFRC.
1.
2.
Air Infiltration: Maximum air leakage of 0.30 cfm/sf as determined according to ASTM E
283 at a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 6.24 lbf/sf (300 Pa).
Condensation Resistance (CR): Fixed glazing and framing system shall have NFRC
certified condensation resistance rating as determined according to NFRC 500.
a.
H.
2.4
A.
Dimensional Tolerances: Engineer products and systems to accommodate dimensional
tolerances of framing members and adjacent construction.
MATERIALS
Aluminum:
indicated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
AAMA Condensation Resistance (CRF): In addition to condensation resistance
rating determined according to NFRC 500, provide folding panel system with
thermally improved construction that has been tested in accordance with AAMA
1503 and certified by the manufacturer to provide a condensation resistance factor
(CRF) of not less than 55.
Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish
Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 / B 209M.
Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 / B 221M.
Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429 / B 429M.
Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308 / B 308M.
Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10/A5.10M.
Steel Internal Reinforcement: Shapes and sizes to suit installation meeting delegated
engineered performance requirements, as indicated on Shop Drawings.
1.
2.
3.
Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36 / A 36M.
Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008 / A 1008M.
Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011 / A 1011M.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 7
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
4.
2.5
Primer: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer, complying with
SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and
pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in
SSPC-SP COM and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.
FRAMING AND PANEL SYSTEM
A.
Frame and Panels: From manufacturer’s standard profiles, provide head track, side jambs,
and panels with dimensions shown on drawings.
B.
Locking Hardware and Handles: Provide manufacturer’s standard lever handles at interior
and exterior. Unless indicated otherwise, provide Schlage compatible lock set with lockable
latch, multi-point locking with dead bolt and rods at top and bottom on primary panel. Rods
shall be concealed and not edge mounted. Depression of handles withdraws latch; lifting of
handles engages rods and turn of key or thumb turn engages deadbolt and operates lock. On
the secondary swing panel, if applicable, provide matching dummy lever handles on both sides
and concealed flush bolts that operates rods at top and bottom for secondary swing panel.
C.
Sliding/Folding Hardware: Provide manufacturer’s standard combination sliding and folding
hardware with top, bottom tracks and threshold. Running carriages shall be sealed,
self-lubrication, ball bearing multi-rollers.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Other Components:
1.
2.6
A.
Weather Stripping: Provide manufacturer’s standard double layer EPDM, Q-lon gasket
or brush seals with a two layer fiber glass reinforced polyamide fin at inner and outer
edge of door panels or on frame sealing between panels and between panel and frame.
GLAZING
Glazing: Provide glass of types and thicknesses indicated. Fabricate glass to sizes required
for openings indicated with edge clearances and tolerances complying with manufacturer's
recommendations. Comply with Division 08 Section "Glazing".
1.
B.
Surface mounted hinges and running carriages are not allowed. Panels shall not be
supported by bottom of guide channel in sill.
Carriage: Provide upper guide carriage and lower running carriage with four vertical
stainless steel wheels and two horizontal polyamide wheels. Vertical wheels shall ride
on stainless steel guide track covers full length of the sill track above water run-off level.
Hinges: Zinc die cast with finish closest match to finish of frame and panels. Provide
stainless steel security hinge pins with set screws.
Adjustment:
Provide folding/sliding hardware capable of specified amount of
compensation and adjustments without removing panels from tracks.
Comply with safety glazing requirements of ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR 1201.
Glazing Gaskets, Spacers, Setting Blocks, Sealant Backings, and Bond Breakers:
Manufacturer's standard permanent, non-migrating types compatible with sealants and suitable
for joint movement and assembly performance requirements. Comply with Division 08 Section
"Glazing".
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 8
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
C.
Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer for joint type.
1.
Weatherseal Sealant: ASTM C 920 for Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, neutral-curing
silicone formulation compatible with system components with which it comes in contact;
and recommended by weatherseal-sealant and folding panel system manufacturers for
this use.
a.
b.
2.
2.7
Joint Movement Capability: Accommodates a 50 percent increase or decrease in
joint width at time of application when measured according to ASTM C 719.
Color: Black, unless otherwise indicated.
Bond-Breaker Tape:
Manufacturer's standard tetrafluoroethylene-fluorocarbon or
polyethylene material to which sealants will not develop adhesion.
ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A.
Joint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of glazed systems, as specified in Division 07
Section "Joint Sealants".
B.
Bituminous Paint:
Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12
requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30 mils (0.762 mm) thickness per
coat.
2.8
FABRICATION
A.
Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.
B.
Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration
of finish. Welds shall be of adequate strength and durability, with jointing tight, flush, smooth
and clean. Weld behind finished surfaces so as to cause no distortion and/or discoloration on
the finished side. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by
descaling or grinding.
C.
Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D.
Profiles that is sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.
Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.
Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.
Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to
maintain required glazing edge clearances.
Provisions for field replacement of glazing. Provide minimum clearances and depth of
glazing pockets as recommended by glass manufacturer for thickness and type of glass
indicated.
Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view.
Internal guttering systems or other means to drain water passing joints, condensation
occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within folding panel systems
to exterior.
For Factory-Assembled and Glazed Frame Units:
1.
2.
3.
Rigidly secure non-movement joints.
Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.
Factory-install glazing to comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing".
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 9
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
E.
2.9
A.
Hardware Installation: Factory-install hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and
tap for factory-installed hardware before applying finishes.
FINISHES, GENERAL
General Finish Quality Standard: NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and
Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
1.
2.
Finish fabrications after assembly.
Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend
into surrounding surface.
B.
Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
C.
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of accepted Samples. Noticeable variations
in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within the range of accepted Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.
2.10
A.
ALUMINUM FINISHES
Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum
Association for designating aluminum finishes.
1.
B.
2.11
Selections: As indicated in Division 01 “Design Selections”.
High-Performance Organic Finish (Two-Coat): Two-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with
AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat.
Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and
resin manufacturers' written instructions.
STAINLESS STEEL FINISHES
A.
General: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish. Grind and polish
surfaces to produce uniform, directionally textured, polished finish indicated, free of cross
scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece.
B.
Directional Satin Finish: No. 4.
C.
When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces.
matter and leave surfaces chemically clean.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
Remove embedded foreign
084420 - 10
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
EXAMINATION
Acceptance of Surfaces and Conditions: Examine substrates to receive products and systems
and associated work for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting
performance. Proceed only when unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
complying with Contract Documents. Starting work within a particular area will be construed
as acceptance of surface conditions.
1.
3.2
A.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Installation Quality Standards: In addition to standards listed elsewhere, perform Work
according to following, unless otherwise specified:
1.
2.
3.
B.
2.
A.
General: Comply with manufacturer’s instructions, recommendations, and specifications for
cleaning and surface preparation. Surfaces shall have no defects, contaminants, or errors
which would result in poor or potentially defective installation or would cause latent defects in
Work.
2.
A.
Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting
contact surfaces with primer, applying sealant or tape, or installing nonconductive
spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.
Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting
contact surfaces with bituminous paint.
PREPARATION
1.
3.4
Respective manufacturer’s written installation instructions.
Accepted submittals.
Contract Documents.
Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by isolating metals
and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
1.
3.3
Verify header live and dead load deflection is limited to the lesser of L/720 of the span
and ¼” (6 mm).
Furnish inserts for setting in concrete forming, and similar work required to support
folding panel system.
Field measure and verify governing dimensions, including floor elevations, floor-to-floor
heights, minimum clearance between folding panel system and structural frames and
other permissible dimensional tolerances in building frame.
INSTALLATION OF FOLDING PANEL SYSTEMS
General:
1.
2.
3.
Do not install damaged components.
Fit joints between aluminum components to produce hairline joints free of burrs and
distortion.
Rigidly secure non-movement joints.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 11
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
4.
5.
6.
7.
Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent impediments to movement of
joints.
Do not cut, trim, weld or braze component parts during erection, in any manner which
would damage finish, decrease strength or result in visual imperfection or failure in
performance of construction.
Weld components in concealed locations to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish.
Protect glazing surfaces from welding.
Seal joints within folding panel system according to sealant manufacturer's written
instructions to produce weatherproof joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as
recommended by sealant manufacturer.
B.
Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing
members, and moisture migrating within folding panel systems to exterior.
C.
Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed and install perimeter joint sealants
as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation.
D.
Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, and without
warp or rack. Secure to structure with non-staining and non-corrosive shims, anchors,
fasteners, spacers and fillers.
E.
Install folding panel system to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points.
F.
Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping.
3.5
A.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Manufacturer's Field Service:
Manufacturer's qualified technical representative shall
periodically inspect Work to ensure installation is proceeding in accordance with manufacturer's
designs, recommendations, instructions, and warranty requirements. Representative shall
submit written reports of each visit indicating observations, findings, and conclusions of
inspection.
1.
B.
Testing Agency: The Owner may employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to
perform field quality control. Materials and installation failing to meet specified requirements
shall be replaced at Contractor's expense. Retesting of materials and installations failing to
meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor’s expense.
1.
C.
3.6
A.
Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: Direct employee of technical
services department of manufacturer with experience in providing recommendations,
observations, evaluations, and problem diagnostics.
Structural Requirements: Field inspections and testing.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
ADJUSTING FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
Adjust folding panel system hardware to function smoothly as recommended by manufacturer.
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 12
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
3.7
A.
TOUCH-UP AND FINAL CLEANING
Touch-up Painting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of any field welds and abraded areas of
shop paint or stainless parts shall be completed to blend with the adjacent surfaces of the
product. Such touch-up work shall be done in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions
END OF SECTION
HKS 16811.000
ALUMINUM FRAMED FOLDING PANEL SYSTEM
2016-06-13
084420 - 13
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
SECTION 087100
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes: Items commercially known as finish or door hardware required for operation
of doors, and accessories necessary to complete installation.
B.
Products Furnished But Not Installed Under this Section: Coordinating, purchasing, delivering,
and scheduling remain requirements of this Section.
1.
1.2
A.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Manufacturer's technical literature for each item of door hardware indicated,
specified, or required.
1.
2.
B.
Permanent cores to be installed by Owner.
Including material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles,
finishes, and installation instructions.
Index product data sheets according to hardware schedule by use of numbers or letters,
or combination.
Shop Drawings for Electrified Hardware:
1.
Wiring Diagrams: Indicate power, signal, and control wiring detailed in following forms
distinguishing between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
C.
System schematic.
Point-to-point wiring diagrams.
Riser diagrams.
Door elevations.
Interface: Details between electrified hardware and fire alarm, access control and
security.
Sequence of Operation: Narrative operation description of doors controlled by electrified
hardware.
Hardware Set Schedules: Prepared by suppliers AHC detailing fabrications and assembly of
door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate hardware sets with doors,
frames, and related Work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of item.
1.
Format: Use same numbering shown on Drawings and Schedules.
a.
Content: Organize into hardware sets indicating designations of each item
required for each door or opening. Include following information:
1)
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
Type, style, function, size, and finish of each item.
087100 - 1
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
b.
2.
1.3
Manufacturer and product number of each item.
Fastenings and other pertinent attachment information.
Location of each set cross referenced to room name and number in which
door serves.
Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
Mounting locations for hardware.
Door and frame sizes and materials.
Additional Specific Information: Include type of strike plates; length of spindle,
hand, backset and bevel of locks; hand and degree opening for closers; length of
kickplates; length of rods for flush bolts; type of door stop; and other functions of
mechanisms.
Keying Schedule: Submit indicating Owner's instructions for keying of locks.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Certification for Electrified Hardware: Written data from product manufacturer certifying
electrified hardware is approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire rated doors comply
with listed fire rated door assemblies.
B.
Product Test Reports: Written reports for extended cycle testing based on evaluation of
comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer or other qualified testing facility and witnessed
by a qualified testing agency, for locksets, exit devices and closers.
C.
Manufacturers Project Acceptance Document: Certification that products are approved,
acceptable, or suitable for use in specific locations, for specific details, and for applications
indicated, specified, or required, and that warranty will be issued.
1.4
CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For inclusion in operation and maintenance manual required
by Division 01, submit manufacturer’s instructions for operation and maintenance of installed
Work, including methods and frequency recommended for maintaining optimum condition under
anticipated use. Include precautions against cleaning materials and methods which may be
detrimental to finishes and performance.
B.
Operational and Maintenance Training: Training materials, including instructor qualifications,
required by Close-Out Activities Article.
1.5
A.
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
Extra Stock Materials: Furnish full-size units of door hardware described below that match
products installed, packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels
describing contents.
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Locksets:
Closers:
Exit Devices:
Electrical Parts:
Maintenance Tools and Instructions:
Furnish complete set of specialized tools and
maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and
removal and replacement of door hardware.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 2
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.6
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Supplier Qualifications:
1.
2.
Experience: Architectural door hardware supplier that has record of successful in-service
performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that
indicated for this Project.
Staff Hardware Expertise: Experienced professional currently certified by DHI as AHC,
CDC, and EHC, and experienced in door hardware installations that are comparable in
material, design, and extent to this Project that will be responsible for following activities:
a.
b.
c.
3.
B.
Electro-Mechanical or Electronic Hardware: When supplied, technician, with minimum of
5 years experience in low voltage installation, shall be available for assistance to Owner,
Architect, Contractor, and Installer.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
2.
3.
Experience: Company with not less than 10 years experience in performing specified
Work similar to scope of this Project; with a record of successful in-service performance;
and sufficient capability, facilities and personnel, to produce required Work.
Supervision: Installer shall maintain a competent supervisor who is at Project during
times specified Work is in progress, and, who is experienced in installing systems similar
to type and scope required for Project.
Manufacturer Training: Technical representatives of manufacturer of locksets, exit
devices and closers shall train Installer’s installation personnel (supervisor and
installers), either at Project or at manufacturers facility, on following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
C.
Proper installation of products.
Proper sequence of installation of Work.
Situations that require special attention or care during installation.
Situations and conditions that should be avoided.
Other topics relevant to installation.
Pre-Construction Extended Performance Testing:
Manufacturer shall, through its own
laboratory testing facilities witnessed and verified by Intertek, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., or
other testing laboratory agency acceptable to Architect, perform pre-construction testing to
establish compliance of proposed Work with specified requirements.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Preparation of submittals, including hardware set schedules.
Available for consultation to Owner, Architect, and Contractor during course of
Work.
Finalizing keying requirements with Owner.
General Requirements: Test hardware items identified in PART 2 for extended cycle
performance.
Test Method: ANSI/BHMA Grade 1.
Reports: Prepare certified reports tabulating test results and indicating if hardware items
meet or exceed requirements.
Equivalent Option to Testing: Testing not required if manufacturers has tested hardware
items within previous 5 years.
Keying Conference: Before beginning Work of this Section, conduct conference at Project to
comply with requirements of applicable Division 01 Sections. Incorporate keying conference
decisions into final keying schedule.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 3
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.
Required Attendees:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
Minimum Agenda:
a.
b.
c.
d.
3.
E.
Owner.
Architect.
Contractor, including supervisor.
Supplier’s architectural hardware consultant.
Hardware installer, including supervisor.
Security installer, including supervisor.
Manufacturer’s technical representative.
Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security
required, and plans for future expansion.
Preliminary key system schematic diagram.
Requirements for key control system.
Address for delivery of keys.
Reports: Record discussions, including decisions and agreements reached, and furnish
copy of record to each party attending.
Pre-Installation Conference: Before beginning Work of this Section, conduct conference at
Project to comply with requirements of applicable Division 01 Sections.
1.
Required Attendees:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
Architect.
Contractor, including supervisor.
Supplier’s architectural hardware consultant.
Hardware installer, including supervisor.
Security installer, including supervisor.
Manufacturer’s technical representative.
Minimum Agenda: Installer shall demonstrate understanding of Work required by
reviewing and discussing procedures for, but not limited to, following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Tour representative areas of required Work, discuss and evaluate for compliance
with Contract Documents, including substrate conditions, surface preparations,
sequence of installation and other preparatory Work performed by other installers.
Review Contract Document requirements.
Review approved submittals.
Review installation procedures, including, but not limited to, following:
1)
2)
3)
e.
f.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
Installation requirements for each hardware item.
Sequence of operation for each type of electrified door hardware
Relationships between electrified hardware and [fire alarm] [access control]
[security] [building control system].
Review required inspection, testing, certifying, and material usage accounting
procedures.
Review forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable
conditions.
087100 - 4
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
3.
1.7
A.
Reports: Record discussions, including decisions and agreements reached, and furnish
copy of record to each party attending.
WARRANTY
Manufacturer’s Special Warranty: Furnish labor and material warranty for following time periods
from date of substantial completion agreeing to repair or replace defects, faulty Work and
failures, signed by authorized representative using manufacturer’s standard form.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Mortise Locksets: 5 years on mechanical components with 2 years on electrical
components.
Cylindrical Locksets: 5 years on mechanical components with 2 years on electrical
components.
Exit Devices: 5 years on mechanical components with 2 years on electrical components.
Overhead Manual Closers: 10 years.
Floor Closers: 5 years.
Electrified Hardware: 2 years
Electromagnetic Hardware: 5 years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Basis of Design: Contract Documents are based on products specified in PART 3 “Door
Hardware Sets” Article below to establish a standard of quality. Other manufacturers with
products having equivalent characteristics may be considered, provided deviations are minor
and does not change intent of Contract Documents as judged by Architect.
B.
Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Subject to compliance with requirements of Contract
Documents, provide product by one of manufacturers listed alphabetically below. If not listed,
submit as substitution according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Sections.
C.
Available Manufacturers and Products: Subject to compliance with requirements of Contract
Documents, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, those listed alphabetically below.
2.2
HARDWARE, GENERAL
A.
Single Source Responsibility: Furnish each type of hardware unit from single manufacturer.
B.
Manufacturer's Nameplate: Hardware units shall not have manufacturer's name or trade name
displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire rated labels;
manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only.
C.
Base Metals: Hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using
manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a
quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. Do
not furnish manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified
standard.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 5
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
D.
Fasteners: Hardware units manufactured to comply with published templates generally
prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to
commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum
fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match
surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
2.
Concealed Fasteners: Hardware units that are exposed when door is closed, except for
units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation
where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is only means of securely
attaching hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame
construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt.
Steel Machine or Wood Screws: For following fire rated applications:
a.
b.
c.
3.
Steel Through Bolts:
provided:
a.
b.
c.
4.
5.
E.
Mortise hinges to doors.
Strike plates to frames.
Closers to doors and frames.
For following fire rated applications unless door blocking is
Surface hinges to doors.
Closers to doors and frames.
Surface mounted exit devices.
Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors.
Fasteners for Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.2.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:
1.
2.
Fire Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and
labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252.
Test Pressure: After 5 minutes into test, neutral pressure level in furnace shall be
established at 40 inches or less above sill.
F.
Accessibility Requirements: Hardware units and installation shall comply with Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA), ANSI A 117.1, and state and local accessibility standards.
G.
Electrical Requirements: Furnish electrical products that are listed and classified by UL as
suitable for purpose specified and indicated.
1.
2.
2.3
Electrified Functions: Concealed PTFE-jacketed wires, secured at each leaf and
continuous through hinge knuckle.
Concealed Plug Connectors: Termination of multi-wire bundles up to 8 conductors shall
be by 8 position concealed plug connector or by 8 position and 4 position connector for
12 wire applications.
BUTT HINGES
A.
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A 156.1, Grade 1, 2 or 3.
B.
Description:
1.
Generic Type: Full-mortise, concealed bearings.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 6
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.
Weight:
a.
b.
3.
Doors with Closers: Heavy anti-friction bearing.
Doors without Closers: Standard plain bearing.
Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, hinge pins as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Out-Swing Exterior Doors: Non-removable pins (NRP) or safety stud.
Out-Swing Corridor Doors with Locks: Non-removable pins (NRP) or safety stud.
Interior Doors: Non-rising pins.
Top Tips: Flat button and matching plug, finished to match leaves, except where
hospital tip (HT) indicated.
Bottom Tips: Hole in bottom for easy pin removal.
C.
Templates: Except for hinges to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and wood
frames, provide only template-produced units.
D.
Screws: Phillips flat-head screws with heads to match surface of hinges.
1.
2.
3.
Metal Doors and Metal Frames: Machine screws installed into drilled and tapped holes.
Wood Doors and Wood Frames: Wood screws.
Fire Rated Wood Doors: No. 12 by 1-1/4 in, threaded-to-head steel wood screws.
E.
Basis of Design, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets"
Article.
F.
Acceptable Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.4
Hager Companies (HAG).
Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company (IVE)
McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (MCK).
Stanley Commercial Hardware; Division of Stanley Black & Decker (STA).
CONTINUOUS BARREL-TYPE HINGES
A.
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A 156.26, Grade 1, 2 or 3.
B.
Description: Continuous hinge with knuckles formed around a pin that extending entire length
of hinge.
C.
Screws: Phillips flat-head screws with heads to match surface of hinges.
1.
2.
3.
Metal Doors and Metal Frames: Machine screws installed into drilled and tapped holes.
Wood Doors and Wood Frames: Wood screws.
Fire Rated Wood Doors: No. 12 by 1-1/4 in, threaded-to-head steel wood screws.
D.
Basis of Design, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets"
Article.
E.
Available Manufacturers:
1.
2.
Hager Companies (HAG).
Ives, an Allegion Company (IVE).
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 7
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.5
Markar Architectural Products, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (MAR).
McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (MCK).
Select Products Limited (SEL).
Stanley Commercial Hardware; Division of Stanley Black & Decker (STA).
Zero International, Allegion Company (ZER).
SLIDING DOOR HARDWARE
A.
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A 156.14.
B.
Description: Sets including rails, hangers, supports, bumpers, guides, trim, and accessories
indicated.
C.
Basis of Design: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
D.
Available Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.6
A.
Hafele (HAF).
Hawa (HAW).
K.N. Crowder (KNC).
Pemko, an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (PEM)
FLUSH BOLTS
Manual Flush Bolts:
1.
Product Quality Standards:
a.
b.
2.
Description:
a.
b.
3.
4.
Minimum 1/2 in round rods, forged brass or bronze, furnished in pairs, (top and
bottom of door); lengths of rod 12 in; where door is higher than 84 in, top bolt shall
be of sufficient length to locate flush bolt operator 72 in above finish floor.
Standard top strike and dustproof bottom strike.
Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
B.
ANSI/BHMA A 156.16.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed for fire doors.
Door Controls International (DCI).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company (IVE).
Rockwood, an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (ROC).
Trimco (TRI).
Automatic Flush Bolts:
1.
Product Quality Standards:
a.
b.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
ANSI/BHMA A156.16.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed for fire doors.
087100 - 8
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.
Description:
a.
b.
3.
4.
Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
C.
Product Quality Standards:
a.
b.
2.
b.
c.
3.
4.
Constant latching flush bolt at top remaining engaged when active door is opened,
retracting only when plunger on face of bolt is depressed.
Automatic flush bolt at bottom.
Standard top strike and dustproof bottom strike.
Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.8
ANSI/BHMA A 156.16.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed for fire doors.
Description:
a.
A.
Door Controls International (DCI).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company (IVE).
Rockwood; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (ROC).
Trimco (TRI).
Constant Latching Flush Bolts:
1.
2.7
Minimum 1/2 in round rods, forged brass or bronze, furnished in pairs, (top and
bottom of door); lengths of rod 12 in; where door is higher than 84 in, top bolt shall
be of sufficient length to locate flush bolt operator 72 in above finish floor.
Standard top strike and dustproof bottom strike.
Door Controls International (DCI).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company (IVE).
Rockwood, an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (ROC).
Trimco (TRI).
KEY CONTROL PROTECTION
Level of Key Control Protection: Restricted patented.
CYLINDERS
A.
Conventional and Restricted Lock Cylinders: ANSI/BHMA A 156.5, Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is
indicated.
B.
Description: Tumbler type, not less than 6 pins.
C.
Permanent Cores:
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 9
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.
Interchangeable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key; usable with other
manufacturers' cylinders.
D.
Temporary Cores – Construction Cores: Cores that are replaceable by permanent cores;
provide 10 construction master keys. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation.
E.
Basis of Design, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets"
Article.
F.
Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2.9
A.
KEYING
Keying System: Factory registered incorporating decisions made in keying conference.
1.
2.
B.
Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (ARR); Choice HS.
ASSA, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (ASA); Twin V10 & Exclusive.
Best Access Systems; Division of Stanley Black & Decker (BES), Kaba Peaks.
Corbin Russwin; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (COR); Pyramid.
Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (MED); Keymark.
Sargent Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (SAR); XC.
Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Allegion Company (SCH); Everest.
Yale Commercial Locks; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (YAL); Keymark.
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A 156.28, Appendix A.
Grand Master Key System: Cylinders operated by a change key, a master key, and a
grand master key.
Keys:
1.
Metal: Nickel silver.
2.
Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include
notation “DO NOT DUPLICATE”.
3.
Key Egress Identification: All keys necessary for unlocking doors installed in a means of
egress shall be individually identified by both touch and sight in accordance with NFPA
101.
4.
Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock, provide following:
a.
b.
c.
2.10
Cylinder Change Keys: 3.
Master Keys: 5.
Grand Master Keys: 5.
MORTISE LOCKS AND LATCHES
A.
Product Quality Standards:
1.
ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Grade 1 Operational and Security, except extended cycle
performance testing shall be 4 million cycles minimum.
B.
Description:
1.
Mortise Box Construction:
a.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
Heavy duty construction with minimum wrought case thickness of not less than
0.093 in thickness.
087100 - 10
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.
8 in by 1-1/4 in front adjustable to 1/8 in 2 in.
2-3/4 in backset.
Minimum 3/4 in latchbolt throw, or as required for fire rated doors.
Minimum 1 in deadbolt throw.
Split hubs for split spindles.
Lever handles supported by internal spring.
Square, split spindles (with all-thread connector), set-screw receiver/retainer notch.
Strikes: Metal strike plate with extended lip to protect frame, and with metal or plastic
strike box.
a.
b.
Single Swing Doors: Minimum lip projection necessary to project from trim.
Pairs of Doors: With or without astragal, lip projection not beyond face of lock style
of inactive leaf.
C.
Basis of Design, Function, Accessories, Lever Base Metal, Face Plate, Rose, and Finish: As
scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
D.
Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.11
A.
BORED LOCKSETS AND LATCHES
Product Quality Standards: ANSI/BHMA A 156.2, Grade 1, except cycle testing shall be 2
million cycles minimum.
1.
2.
B.
NFPA 101 in means of egress.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed for fire rated doors.
Product Quality Standards: ANSI/BHMA A 156.2, Grade 1, except cycle testing shall be 1
million cycles minimum. Grade 2 may be used for certain applications as scheduled.
1.
2.
C.
Best Access Systems; Division of Stanley Black & Decker (BES); 45H Series.
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (COR);
ML2200 Series.
Sargent Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (SAR); 8200
Series.
Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Allegion Company (SCH); L9000 Series.
Falcon Lock; an Allegion Ingersoll-Rand Company (FAL); LM500 Series.
Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (YAL); 8800
Series.
NFPA 101 in means of egress.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed for fire rated doors.
Description:
1.
Bored Box Construction:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
Interlocking construction between lock body and latch bolt tube.
2-3/4 in backset.
2-1/4 in by 1 in front.
Minimum 1/2 in latchbolt throw, or as required for fire rated doors.
Provision to prevent lever from sagging.
087100 - 11
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.
Strikes: Metal strike plate with metal or plastic strike box with extended lip to protect
frame.
a.
b.
Single Swing Doors: Minimum lip projection necessary to project from trim.
Pairs of Doors: With or without astragal, lip projection not beyond face of lock style
of inactive leaf.
D.
Basis of Design, Function, Accessories, Lever Base Metal, Face Plate, Rose, and Finish: As
scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
E.
Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.12
Best Access Systems; Division of Stanley Black & Decker (BES); 9K Series.
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (COR);
CL3300 TL3700 Series.
Sargent Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (SAR); DL, 10 Line
Series.
Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Allegion Company (SCH); LT ND Series.
Falcon Lock; an Allegion Company (FAL); T Series.
Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (YAL); RL
4700LN Series.
AUXILIARY LOCKS AND LATCHES
A.
Product Quality Standard: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated.
B.
Description: Locks having latchbolt or deadbolt operated by key, turn or both and may be used
in addition to another lock operated by levers.
C.
Available Manufacturers:
1.
Adams Rite Manufacturing, an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (ADR).
2.
Best Access Systems; Division of Stanley Black & Decker (BES).
3.
Falcon Lock; an Allegion Company (FAL).
4.
Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (MED).
5.
Sargent Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (SAR).
6.
Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Allegion Company (SCH).
7.
Yale Lock; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (YAL).
2.13
EXIT DEVICES
A.
Product Quality Standards:
B.
Product Quality Standards: ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1, except extended cycle performance
testing shall be 8 million cycles minimum.
1.
2.
3.
4.
NFPA 101 in means of egress.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed for fire rated doors.
Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305.
NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, for fire and panic protection, based on testing according to
UL 305 and NFPA 252.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 12
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
C.
Product Quality Standards: ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1, except extended cycle performance
testing shall be 4 million cycles minimum.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
NFPA 101 in means of egress.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed for fire rated doors.
Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305.
NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, for fire and panic protection, based on testing according to
UL 305 and NFPA 252.
Description:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Touch bar type, unless scheduled otherwise.
Concealed vertical rods on pairs of doors, unless surface mounted vertical rods required
for fire rated doors.
Mortise lock or rim type devices on single doors only.
Outside trim as scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
Except on fire rated doors where closers are provided on doors equipped with exit
devices, equip units with keyed dogging device to keep latch bolt retracted, when
engaged.
Except at doors with thresholds, provide vertical rod devices which hold rods in retracted
position when door is open.
E.
Basis of Design, Function, Accessories, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door
Hardware Sets" Article.
F.
Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.14
A.
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (COR);
ED5000 Series / ED4000 Series Narrow Stile.
DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of the DORMA Group North America (DOR);
9000 Series.
Sargent Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (SAR); 30/80
Series.
Von Duprin; an Allegion Company (VON); 22/33/35/98/99 Series.
Yale Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (YAL); 2100/7100 Series.
SELF-CONTAINED ELECTRONIC LOCKS
Description: Internal, battery-powered, self-contained electronic locks; consisting of complete
lockset, motor-driven lock mechanism, and actuating device; enclosed in zinc-dichromateplated, wrought-steel case. Provide key override, low-battery detection and warning, LED
status indicators, and ability to program at lock; type and function indicated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Type: Mortise.
Actuating Device: Proximity card reader, with card encoder and software.
Faceplate Material: Wrought brass
Trim: Match trim specified for mechanical locks.
B.
Basis of Design, Function, Accessories, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door
Hardware Sets" Article.
C.
Available Manufacturers:
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 13
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.
2.
2.15
Saflok (SAF).
VingCard; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (VIN).
PUSH/PULL TRIM
A.
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A 156.6.
B.
Description:
1.
2.
Flat Push Plates: 0.050 in thick, 4 in wide by 16 in high wide by high); with square
corners and beveled edges, secured with exposed screws.
Pull-Plate Door Pulls: 0.050 in thick plate, 4 in wide by 16 in high wide by high, with
square corners and beveled edges; 3/4 in constant-diameter pull, with minimum
clearance of 1-1/2 in from face of door; fastened at 8 in o.c., secured with exposed
screws.
C.
Basis of Design, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets"
Article.
D.
Available Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.16
Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company (IVE).
Richelieu (RIC).
Rockwood Manufacturing, an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (ROC).
Rocky Mountain Hardware (RMH).
Trimco (TRI).
CLOSERS
A.
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A156.4. Grade 1. except cycle testing shall be 6 million
cycles minimum.
B.
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A156.4. Grade 1. except cycle testing shall be 4 million
cycles minimum.
C.
Description: Manual overhead surface and concealed closers.
D.
Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with manufacturer's
recommendations for size of door control unit depending on size of door, exposure to weather,
and anticipated frequency of use.
E.
Access-Free Manual Closers: Where manual closers are indicated for doors required to be
accessible, provide adjustable units complying with accessibility requirements for door opening
force and delayed action closing.
F.
Basis of Design, Function, Accessories, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door
Hardware Sets" Article.
G.
Surface Closers Acceptable Manufacturer and Model Series:
1.
2.
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (COR); DC
8000 Series.
LCN Closers; an Allegion Company (LCN); 4040XP Series.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 14
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
3.
4.
5.
H.
Guestroom Surface Closers Acceptable Manufacturer and Model:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.17
DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America (DOR);
8900 Series.
Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (NOR); 7500 Series.
Sargent Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (SGT); 281/351
Series.
LCN Closers; an Allegion Company (LCN); 1461 Series.
Sargent Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (SGT); 1331
Series.
DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America (DOR);
8600 Series.
Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (NOR); 8300 Series.
STOPS AND HOLDERS
A.
Product Quality Standard for Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.
B.
Product Quality Standard for Overhead Stays: ANSI/BHMA A 56.16, Grade 1.
C.
Product Quality Standard for Electromagnetic Door Holders: BHMA A156.15; coordinate with
fire detectors and interface with fire alarm system for fire rated doors.
D.
Product Quality Standard for Door Silencers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16.
E.
Basis of Design, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets"
Article.
F.
Available Manufacturers and Products:
1.
2.
3.
2.18
Ives, an Allegion Companies (IVE).
Rockwood Manufacturing, an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (ROC);
Trimco (TRI).
PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS
A.
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A 156.6.
B.
Description: Minimum 0.050 in thick metal plates with beveled top and 2 sides fabricated in
following configurations:
1.
2.
3.
Armor Plates: 36 in high by door width, with allowance for frame stops.
Kick Plates: 12 in high by door width, with allowance for frame stops.
Mop Plates: 6 in high by 1 in less than door width.
C.
Fasteners: Exposed fasteners consisting of either machine screws or self-tapping screws.
D.
Width and Thickness: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
E.
Basis of Design, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets"
Article.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 15
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
F.
Available Manufacturers and Products:
1.
2.
3.
2.19
A.
IVES Hardware; an Allegion Company (IVE).
Rockwood Manufacturing, an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (ROC).
Trimco (TRI).
DOOR GASKETING
Product Quality Standards: ANSI/BHMA A156.22, and according to following when required:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm/ft. of crack length for gasketing other than for
smoke control according to ASTM E 283.
Smoke Leakage: Comply with NFPA 105 and listed and labeled by a testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings
indicated according to UL 1784.
Fire Rating: Comply with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction according to NFPA 252. After 5
minutes into test, neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40 in or less
above sill.
Sound Rating: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency according to ASTM
E 1408.
B.
Basis of Design: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
C.
Available Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.20
K.N. Crowder (KNC).
National Guard Products (NGP).
Pemko Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (PEM).
Reese Enterprises (REE).
Zero International, an Allegion Company (ZER).
THRESHOLDS
A.
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A156.21.
B.
Basis of Design: As scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article.
C.
Available Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.21
A.
K.N. Crowder (KNC).
National Guard Products (NGP).
Pemko Manufacturing, an ASSA ABLOY Group Company (PEM).
Reese Enterprises (REE).
Zero International, an Allegion Company (ZER).
KEY CONTROL SYSTEM
Key Control Cabinet:
1.
Product Quality Standard: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 16
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Available Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
C.
A.
Product Quality Standard: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.
Description: Multiple-index system for recording and reporting key-holder listings,
tracking keys and lock and key history, and printing receipts for transactions. Include
instruction manual.
MISCELLANEOUS DOOR HARDWARE
Boxed Power Supplies:
1.
2.
B.
Key Control Systems, Inc. (KCS).
Lund Equipment Co., Inc. (LUN).
MMF Industries (MMF).
Key Control System Software:
1.
2.
2.22
Description: Metal cabinet with baked-enamel finish; containing key-holding hooks,
labels, 2 sets of key tags with self-locking key holders, key-gathering envelopes, and
temporary and permanent markers; with key capacity of 150 percent of number of locks.
Multiple-Drawer Cabinet: Cabinet with drawers equipped with key-holding panels and
key envelope storage, and progressive-type ball-bearing suspension slides. Include
single cylinder lock to lock all drawers.
Wall-Mounted Cabinet: Cabinet with hinged-panel door equipped with key-holding
panels and pin-tumbler cylinder door lock.
Portable Cabinet: Tray for mounting in file cabinet, equipped with key-holding panels,
envelopes, and cross-index system.
Description: Modular unit in NEMA ICS 6, Type 4 enclosure; filtered and regulated;
voltage rating and type matching requirements of door hardware served; and listed and
labeled for use with fire alarm systems.
Basis of Design, Function, Accessories, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3
"Door Hardware Sets" Article.
Auxiliary Hardware:
1.
2.
3.
Product Quality Standard: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.
Basis of Design, Function, Accessories, Base Metal and Finish: As scheduled in PART 3
"Door Hardware Sets" Article.
Available Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
C.
2.23
A.
IVES Hardware; an Allegion Company (IVE).
Rockwood Manufacturing, an ASSA ABOY Group Company (ROC).
Trimco (TRI).
Silicone Sealant: Exterior non-sag silicone sealant as specified in Division 07 Section “Joint
Sealants.”
FINISHES
Product Quality Standard: ANSI/BHMA A 156.18, as scheduled in PART 3 "Door Hardware
Sets" Article.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 17
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B.
Protection: Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
C.
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of range of approved samples. Noticeable variations in
same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable
if they are within range of approved samples and are assembled or installed to minimize
contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
3.2
A.
EXAMINATION
Acceptance of Surfaces and Conditions: Examine doors and frames to receive door hardware
and associated Work for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting
performance. Proceed only when unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
complying with Contract Documents. Starting Work within a particular area will be construed as
acceptance of surface conditions.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Installation Quality Standards: In addition to standards listed elsewhere, perform Work
according to following, unless otherwise specified:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
3.3
Respective manufacturer written installation instructions.
Accepted submittals.
Contract Documents.
ANSI/DHI A115.IG.
Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by isolating metals
and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
PREPARATION
A.
General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions, recommendations, and specifications for
cleaning and surface preparation. Surfaces shall have no defects, contaminants, or errors
which would result in poor or potentially defective installation or would cause latent defects in
Work.
B.
Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI A115 Series.
C.
Surface-Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI A 250.6.
D.
Wood Doors: Comply with DHI A115-W Series.
E.
Electrical: Verify raceway system and other provisions for electrical power are adequate for
electrified door hardware installation.
3.4
A.
INSTALLATION
Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows unless otherwise
indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 18
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.
2.
B.
Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders'
Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames."
Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for
Wood Flush Doors."
Hardware Installation:
1.
2.
3.
Set hardware items level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce
attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space
fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
Do not install surface-mounted hardware items until finishes have been completed on
substrates involved.
C.
Key Control System: Tag keys and place on markers and hooks in cabinet, as determined by
final keying schedule.
D.
Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, above
accessible ceilings or in equipment room. Verify location with Architect. [Provide one power
supply for each door opening.] [Provide least number of power supplies required to adequately
serve doors with electrified door hardware.]
E.
Control Wiring:
1.
2.
F.
3.5
A.
Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of silicone sealant
complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." Extend full width
of opening and notch at door stops.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Manufacturer's Field Service:
Manufacturer's qualified technical representative shall
periodically inspect Work to ensure installation is proceeding in accordance with manufacturer's
designs, recommendations, instructions, and warranty requirements. Representative shall
submit written reports of each visit indicating observations, findings, and conclusions of
inspection.
1.
3.6
A.
Raceways: As specified and provided under appropriate Division 26 Section.
Connections: Coordinate with appropriate Division 28 Section.
Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: Direct employee of technical
services department of manufacturer with experience in providing recommendations,
observations, evaluations, and problem diagnostics.
ADJUSTMENTS
Post-Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately 6 months after date of substantial completion,
qualified technicians of supplier or installer, accompanied by manufacturers technical
representatives of locksets, exit devices, closers, and other hardware manufacturers as
required, shall perform following Work:
1.
2.
Examine and adjust each item of hardware as necessary to restore proper function of
doors and hardware to comply with specified requirements.
Replace hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faculty design, materials,
or installation.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 19
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B.
Maintenance Service:
1.
First Year Maintenance Service: Beginning at date of substantial completion, supplier or
installer shall provide 12 months maintenance service by qualified technicians.
a.
b.
2.
3.7
A.
3.8
Include preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective
components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper hardware
operation.
Provide parts and supplies same as those used in manufacture and installation of
original products.
Proposal for Continuing Maintenance Service: Before expiration of first year maintenance
service term, supplier shall furnish Owner with continuing maintenance service
agreement, renewable yearly, proposing services, obligations, conditions, and terms for
continuing maintenance service.
CLOSE-OUT ACTIVITIES
Operational and Maintenance Training: Train Owner's personnel on maintenance, operation,
and adjustment of door hardware at Project using factory-trained and certified technicians.
Provide attendees with bound copies of training materials.
HARDWARE SCHEDULE
--- Balance of page intentionally left blank ---
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 20
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B01
BOH STAIR
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Closer
Floor Stop
Adjustable Door Sweep
Gasketing
B02
BOH MECHANICAL STAIR
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Floor Stop
Adjustable Door Sweep
Gasketing
B03
BOH STOREROOM W/O CLOSER
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Floor Stop
Silencer
B04
BOH STOREROOM W/CLOSER
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Floor Stop
Silencer
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA2714
2100F-626F
12-3828
7500/PR7500
481
18100CNB (mount on stair side)
S88
652
630
689
689
626
628
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
TA2714
8805FL
8204
7500/PR7500
481
18100CNB
S88
652
630
630
689
626
628
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
TA2714
8805FL
8204
481
608/609
652
630
630
626
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
ROC
ROC
TA2714
8805FL
8204
7500/PR7500
481
608/609
652
630
630
689
626
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
087100 - 21
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B05
BOH STOREROOM PANIC
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Closer
Floor Stop
Gasketing
B06
BOH CLASSROOM
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Classroom Lockset
Classroom Lockset
Closer
Floor Stop
Silencer
B07
BOH STOREROOM RATED
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
TA2714
2100F-627F
12-3828 28-K-LL
Per Specification
7500/PR7500
481
S88
652
630
689
--689
626
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
--NOR
ROC
PEM
TA2714
8808FL
8237
7500/PR7500
481
608/609
652
630
630
689
626
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Floor Stop
Gasketing
TA2714
8805FL
8204
7500/PR7500
481
S88
652
630
630
689
626
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer w/Hold-Open
Flush Bolt
DP Strike
OH Concealed Stop
Overlapping Astragal (HM Door)
Silencer
TA2714
8805FL
8204
7500-H/PR7500-H
555/557
570
1ADJ Series
306-AST
608/609
652
630
630
689
626
626
626
600
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
RIX
ROC
ROC
B08
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 22
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B09
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
Hinges
Classroom Lockset
Classroom Lockset
Closer
Auto Flush Bolts
DP Strike
Coordinator x Filler Bar x Brackets
Floor Stop
Overlapping Astragal (HM Door)
Silencer
TA2714
8808FL
8237
7500/PR7500
1842/1942
570
1600 Series
481
306-AST
608/609
652
630
630
689
626
626
600
626
600
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
B10
BOH OFFICE
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Office Lockset- ADA Turn
Office Lockset- ADA Turn
Floor Stop
Silencer
TA2714
8807FL
LB-8205
481
608/609
652
630
630
626
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
ROC
ROC
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Continuous Hinge
Classroom Lockset
Classroom Lockset
Closer
Floor Stop
Armor Plate
Gasketing
FM-300-MB
8808FL
8237
7500/PR7500
481
K1050F 34" x 2" LDW
S88
630
630
630
689
626
630
---
MAR
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
PEM
B12
BOH LAUNDRY
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Continuous Hinge
Classroom Lockset
Classroom Lockset
Closer
Auto Flush Bolts
DP Strike
Coordinator x Filler Bar x Brackets
Floor Stop
Armor Plate
Overlapping Astragal (HM Door)
Gasketing
FM-300-MB
8808FL
8237
7500/PR7500
1842/1942
570
1600 Series
481
K1050F 34" x 2" LDW
306-AST
S88
630
630
630
689
626
626
600
626
630
600
---
MAR
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
PEM
B11
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 23
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B13
BOH RESTROOM ENTRY
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Classroom Deadlock- ADA Turn
Classroom Deadlock- ADA Turn
Closer
Floor Stop
Push Plate
Pull Plate
Kick Plate
Mop Plate
Silencer
B14
BOH ELEVATOR PIT
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Floor Stop
Adjustable Door Sweep
Gasketing
Door Position Switch
TA2714
357
LB-4877
7500/PR7500
481
70C
110 x 70C
K1050 10" x 2" LDW
K1050 6" x 2" LDW
608/609
652
626
626
689
626
630
630
630
630
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
TRI
ROC
TA2714
8805FL
8204
7500/PR7500
481
18100CNB
S88
DPS-M/W
652
630
630
689
626
628
-----
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
SEC
FM-300-MB
2100F-Less Trim (By Others)
12-19-8843-Less Trim (By Others)
MT RFID Series Troy
7500/PR7500
K1050F 34" x 2" LDW
S88
900 Series
630
630
630
626
689
630
--689
MAR
YAL
SAR
SAF
NOR
ROC
PEM
RIX
B15
BOH FIRE SERVICE ELEVATOR
LOBBY
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
Continuous Hinge
Exit Device
Exit Device
Guest Card Entry Lever Trim
Closer
Armor Plate
Gasketing
Electromagnetic Holder
Note:
Electromagnetic holder(s) require 120VAC/24VAC or DC/12VDC power / connection to Fire
Alarm.
B16
BOH W/AUDIT TRAIL
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Guest Card Entry Lock
Closer
Floor Stop
Silencer
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA2714
MT RFID Series
7500/PR7500
481
1229
652
626
689
626
---
MCK
SAF
NOR
ROC
TRI
087100 - 24
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B17
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Passage Latchset
Passage Latchset
Closer
Auto Flush Bolts
DP Strike
Coordinator x Filler Bar x Brackets
Door Stop
Overlapping Astragal (HM Door)
Meeting Stile Gasket
Gasketing
TA2714
8801FL
8215
7500/PR7500
1842/1942
570
1600 Series
Per Specification
FMA
S772
S88
652
626
630
689
626
626
600
--600
-----
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
--ANE
PEM
PEM
B18
BOH STOREROOM DOUBLE RATED
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Auto Flush Bolts
DP Strike
Coordinator x Filler Bar x Brackets
Door Stop
Overlapping Astragal (HM Door)
Meeting Stile Gasket
Gasketing
TA2714
8805FL
8204
7500/PR7500
1842/1942
570
1600 Series
Per Specification
FMA
S772
S88
652
630
630
689
626
626
600
--600
-----
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
--ANE
PEM
PEM
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Continuous Hinge
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Auto Flush Bolts
DP Strike
Coordinator x Filler Bar x Brackets
Door Stop
Armor Plate
Overlapping Astragal
Overhead Rain Drip
Threshold
Door Sweep
Gasketing
FM-300-MB
8805FL
8204
7500H/PR7500H
1842/1942
570
1600 Series
Per Specification
K1050 34" x 1" LDW
355CS
346C
To Suit Sill Condition
3452CNB
S88
630
630
630
689
626
626
600
--630
628
628
719
628
---
MAR
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
--TRI
PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
B19
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 25
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
B20
Hinges
Classroom Lockset
Classroom Lockset
Closer
Door Stop
Lock Astragal (at outswing doors)
Overhead Rain Drip
Threshold
Door Sweep
Gasketing
TA386
8808FL
8237
CPS7500
Per Specification
5001
346C
To Suit Sill Condition
3452CNB
S88
630
630
630
689
--626
628
719
628
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
--TRI
PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Key Removable Mullion
Key Removable Mullion
Cylinder To Suit Mullion
Closer
Floor Stop
Mullion Seal
Gasketing
TA2714
2100F Exit Only
2100F-627F
12-3828 Exit Only
12-3828 28-K-LL
Per Specification
KRM200
12-L980
Per Specification
PR7500
481
5110
S88
652
630
630
689
689
--600
600
--689
626
-----
MCK
YAL
YAL
SAR
SAR
--YAL
SAR
--NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Pr.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges (HW-02)
Guest Card Entry Lock (HW-01)
Guest Card Entry Lock (HW-01)
Lever Trim
Closer (HW-03)
Floor Stop
Door Viewer (HW-06)
Privacy Door Latch (HW-04)
Door Bottom
Gasketing (HW-07/HW-08)
TA2714
MT RFID Series
Signature RFID Less Lever Trim
E2-MD
8600 S-IS Series
446
627
PDL
2343AV
S773
651
625
625
625
689
626
625
681
719
---
MCK
SAF
VIN
SAR
DOR
ROC
ROC
PEM
PEM
PEM
Note:
Stone threshold. Provide 2 viewers at accessible rooms - 1 at 60" AFF and 1 at 43" AFF.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
B21
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
AC-G01
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 26
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
AC-G02
1 Set
1 Ea.
Sliding Door Hardware
Door Pull - Single Mount
Hawa Junior 80/120 GS/GP Series
By Door Manufacturer
Note:
Provide floor guide, soft-close at both open and closed position.
Note:
Balance of hardware by door manufacturer.
719
---
HAF
---
719
---
HAF
---
640
626
613
624
695
613
613
704
710
---
MCK
SAF
VIN
SAR
DOR
ROC
ROC
PEM
PEM
PEM
AC-G03
1 Set
2 Ea.
Sliding Door Hardware
Door Pull - BTB Mount
Hawa Junior 80/120 GS/GP Series
By Door Manufacturer
Note:
Provide floor guide, soft-close and track stopper at both open and closed position.
Note:
Balance of hardware by door manufacturer.
LM-G01
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Pr.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Guest Card Entry Lock
Guest Card Entry Lock (HW-01)
Lever Trim
Track-Arm Closer
Floor Stop
Door Viewer
Privacy Door Latch
Door Bottom
Gasketing
TA2714
MT RFID Series
Signature RFID Less Lever Trim
E2-MB
8616 JT
446
627
PDL
2343DV
S773
Note:
Stone threshold. Provide 2 viewers at accessible rooms - 1 at 60" AFF and 1 at 43" AFF.
LM-G02
1 Set
1 Ea.
Sliding Door Hardware
Door Pull - Single Mount
Note:
Provide floor guide and soft-close at both open and closed position.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
Hawa Junior 80/120 Series
89IN1630035170
719
630
HAF
RIC
087100 - 27
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
LM-G03
1 Set
2 Ea.
Sliding Door Hardware
Door Pull - BTB Mount
Hawa Junior 80/120 Series
89IN1630035170
719
630
HAF
RIC
Note:
Provide floor guide, soft-close and track stopper at both open and closed position.
TA2714
8835FL
12-DLU15-3 E2-MB
479
446
PDB411AE
ACP112
S773
640
626
624
624
613
719
-----
MCK
YAL
SAR
SAR
ROC
PEM
PEM
PEM
TA2714
7100-628F
12-19-8815 ET
7500/PR7500
481
18100CNB (mount on stair side)
S88
651
630
629
689
625
628
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
TA2714
12-19-8815 ET
7500/PR7500
481
18100DNB (mount on stair side)
S88
640
624
695
613
710
---
MCK
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
LM-G04
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Set
Hinges
Exit Lockset
Exit Latchset
Thumb-Turn Deadbolt
Floor Stop
Auto Door Bottom
Acoustic Corner Pad
Gasketing
Note:
Stone threshold
AC-P01
Door(s): 1-ST1
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Closer
Floor Stop
Adjustable Door Sweep
Gasketing
LM-P01
Door(s): 2-ST01A, 2-ST01B, 2-ST02
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Closer
Floor Stop
Adjustable Door Sweep
Gasketing
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 28
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
AC-P02
PUBLIC ELEVATOR LOBBY
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
2 Ea.
Hinges
Passage Latchset
Passage Latchset
Closer
Auto Flush Bolts
DP Strike
Coordinator x Filler Bar x Brackets
Door Stop
Overlapping Astragal (WD Door)
Meeting Stile Gasket
Gasketing
Electromagnetic Holder
TA2714
8801FL
8215 E2-MD
7500/PR7500
2942
570
2600 Series
Per Specification
355CS
S772
S88
900 Series
651
626
626
689
629
625
693
--628
----689
Note:
Electromagnetic holder(s) require 120VAC/24VAC or DC/12VDC power / connection to Fire
Alarm.
LM-P02
Door(s): 2-01
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
2 Ea.
Hinges
Passage Latchset
Closer
Auto Flush Bolt x Fire Bolt
Coordinator x Filler Bar x Brackets
Door Stop
Overlapping Astragal (WD Door)
Meeting Stile Gasket
Gasketing
Electromagnetic Holder
Note:
Note:
TA2714
8801FL
7500/PR7500
1848/1948
1600 Series
Per Specification
355CS
S772
S88
900 Series
652
626
689
626
600
--628
----689
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
--PEM
PEM
PEM
RIX
MCK
YAL
NOR
ROC
ROC
--PEM
PEM
PEM
RIX
Electromagnetic holder(s) require 120VAC/24VAC or DC/12VDC power / connection to Fire
Alarm.
Integrated Door Opening Assembly - All hardware by manufacturer under Section 081700
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 29
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
LM-P03
Door(s): 2-04A, 2-04B
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Hinges
Latch Hold-Back Lockset
Door Pull - Single Mount
Classroom Lockset
Closer
Door Viewer
Gasketing
Auto Door Bottom
Acoustic Corner Pad
Electromagnetic Holder
TA2714
8824FL Less O/S Lever Trim
Flute Passage Set, 3"x10"
8237 E2-H001
7500/PR7500
619/620/621
S773
PDB411AE
ACP112
900 Series
640
630
SBL
624
695
613
--719
--695
Note:
Electromagnetic holder(s) require 120VAC/24VAC or DC/12VDC power / connection to Fire
Alarm.
LM-P04
Door(s): 2-31A, 2-31B, 2-31C, 2-31D, 2-33A, 2-34A
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
1 Set
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Door Pull - Single Mount
Closer
Door Viewer
Split Astragal
Gasketing
Auto Door Bottom
Acoustic Corner Pad
Electromagnetic Holder
TA2714
7160
7160-121NL
19-8646 ET-H001
Per Specification
Flute Passage Set, 3"x10"
7500/PR7500
619/620/621
29324DNB
S773
PDB411AE
ACP112
900 Series
640
630
630
624
--SBL
695
613
710
--719
--689
Note:
Electromagnetic holder(s) require 120VAC/24VAC or DC/12VDC power / connection to Fire
Alarm.
LM-P05
Door(s): 2-31E, 2-31F, 2-31G
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Closer
Floor Stop
Door Viewer (Looking into room)
Auto Door Bottom
Acoustic Corner Pad
Gasketing
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA2714
7100-628F
19-8843 ET
Per Specification
7500/PR7500
446
622
PDB411AE
ACP112
S773
640
630
624
--695
613
613
719
-----
MCK
YAL
RMH
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
PEM
RIX
MCK
YAL
YAL
SAR
--RMH
NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
RIX
MCK
YAL
SAR
--NOR
ROC
ROC
PEM
PEM
PEM
087100 - 30
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
AC-P06
Door(s): B1-53B, 1-12, 1-13
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Classroom Deadlock- ADA Turn
Classroom Deadlock- ADA Turn
Closer
Floor Stop
Push Plate
Pull Plate
Silencer
LM-P06
Door(s): 2-08A, 2-09A
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Classroom Deadlock- ADA Turn
Closer
Floor Stop
Push Plate
Pull Plate
Silencer
AC-P07
PUBLIC TOILET STALL
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Spring Hinge @ only
Privacy Lockset
Privacy Lockset
Coat Hook & Bumper
Silencer
LM-P07
Door(s): 2-08B, 2-08C, 2-08D, 2-08E, 2-08F, 2-09B, 2-09C
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Spring Hinge @ 2-08F, 2-09C only
Privacy Lockset
Coat Hook & Bumper
Silencer
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA2714
357
LB-4877
7500/PR7500
446
As selected by Interior Designer
As selected by Interior Designer
608/609
651
626
629
689
625
-------
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
----ROC
TA2714
357
7500/PR7500
446
As selected by Interior Designer
As selected by Interior Designer
608/609
640
624
695
613
-------
MCK
YAL
NOR
ROC
----ROC
TA714
1502
AU4702LN
DLU65 E2-MD
7010
608/609
651
640
626
629
625
---
MCK
MCK
YAL
SAR
TRI
ROC
640
640
624
613
---
MCK
MCK
SAR
TRI
ROC
TA714
1502
DLU65 E2-H001
7010
608/609
087100 - 31
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
P08
Door(s): 20-ST02
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Closer
Lock Astragal (at outswing doors)
Overhead Rain Drip
Threshold
Door Sweep
Gasketing
P09
Door(s): 20-10, 20-11
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Privacy Lockset- ADA Turn
Privacy Lockset- ADA Turn
Closer
Wall Bumper
Silencer
LM-P09
Door(s): 2-21
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Privacy Lockset- ADA Turn
Closer
Wall Bumper
Silencer
P10
Door(s): 20-12
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Wall Bumper
Silencer
AC-P10
Door(s): 1-25A
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Wall Bumper
Silencer
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA386
7100F-626F
12-19-8843 ET-H001
Per Specification
CPS7500
325
346C
To Suit Sill Condition
3452CNB
S88
629
630
629
--689
625
628
719
628
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
--NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
TA2714
8862FL
LB-8265 E2-H001
7500DA/PR7500DA
400 Series
608/609
651
630
629
689
629
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
TA2714
LB-8265 E2-H001
7500DA/PR7500DA
400 Series
608/609
640
624
695
613
---
MCK
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
TA2714
8805FL
8204 E4-H001
7500/PR7500
400 Series
608/609
651
630
629
689
629
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
TA2714
8204 E4-MD
7500/PR7500
400 Series
608/609
651
629
689
629
---
MCK
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
087100 - 32
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
LM-P10
Door(s): 1-25B, 2-32
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Wall Bumper
Silencer
P10A
NOT USED
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Concealed Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Wall Bumper
Silencer
P10B
NOT USED
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
TA2714
8805FL
8204 E4-H001
7500/PR7500
400 Series
608/609
640
630
624
695
613
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
Tectus TE340 3D
8805FL
7500/PR7500
400 Series
608/609
124
630
689
630
---
SIM
YAL
NOR
ROC
ROC
Hinges
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Closer
Wall Bumper
Silencer
TA2714
2100F-627F
Per Specification
7500/PR7500
400 Series
608/609
652
630
--689
630
---
MCK
YAL
--NOR
ROC
ROC
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Closer
Floor Stop
Gasketing
TA2714
7100-628F
19-8815 ET-H001
7500/PR7500
446
S88
640
630
630
695
613
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
AC-P12
PUBLIC NON-RATED STOREROOM W/CLOSER
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Wall Bumper
Gasketing
651
630
624
689
629
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
LM-P11
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA2714
8805FL
8204 E4-H001
7500/PR7500
400 Series
S88
087100 - 33
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
LM-P12
Door(s): 1-26
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Wall Bumper
Gasketing
LM-P13
Door(s): 2-33B, 2-34B
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Closer
Floor Stop
Door Viewer (Looking into room)
Auto Door Bottom
Acoustic Corner Pad
Gasketing
LM-P14
Door(s): 2-07
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
Hinges
Latch Hold-Back Lockset
Door Pull - Single Mount
Classroom Lockset
Dummy Trim @ pullside inactive leaf
Closer
Flush Bolt @ Top only
Coordinator x Filler Bar x Brackets
Auto Flush Bolt (Top Inactive Leaf)
Door Viewer (Looking into room)
Gasketing
Auto Door Bottom
Acoustic Corner Pad
Electromagnetic Holder
Note:
TA2714
8204 E4-H001
7500/PR7500
400 Series
S88
640
624
695
613
---
MCK
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
TA2714
7100 628F
19-8843 ET-H001
7500/PR7500
446
622
PDB411AE
ACP112
S773
640
630
630
695
613
613
719
-----
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
PEM
PEM
PEM
TA2714
8824FL Less O/S Lever Trim
Flute Passage Set, 3"x10"
8237 E2-H001
8295 E2-H001
7500/PR7500
555/557
2600 Series
2960
622
S773
PDB411AE
ACP112
900 Series
640
630
SBL
624
624
695
626
693
613
613
--719
--695
MCK
YAL
RMH
SAR
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
PEM
PEM
PEM
RIX
AC-P15
Electromagnetic holder(s) require 120VAC/24VAC or DC/12VDC power / connection to Fire
Alarm.
PUBLIC PRIVATE DINING
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
Hinges
Roller Latch (Top of Each Leaf)
Pull
Door Stop
Silencer
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA2714
1559B
As Selected By Interior Designer
Per Specification
608/609
651
625
-------
MCK
TRI
----ROC
087100 - 34
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
LM-P15
Door(s): 1-28C
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
Hinges
Roller Latch (Top of Each Leaf)
Pull
Door Stop
Silencer
AC-P16
Door(s): 1-11
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Passage Latchset
Closer
Door Stop
Gasketing
LM-P16
Door(s): 1-21, Ice Machine (2-01)
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Passage Latchset
Closer
Door Stop
Gasketing
P17
Not Used
P18
Not Used
P19
Not Used
P20
Not Used
P21
Door(s): 20-15A, 20-15B
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Continuous Hinge
Guest Card Entry Lock
OH Concealed Closer
Flush Bolt
DP Strike
Door Stop
Overlapping Astragal
Threshold
Note:
Alum/ Glass Door - Perimeter and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA2714
1559B
As Selected By Interior Designer
Per Specification
608/609
640
613
-------
MCK
TRI
----ROC
TA2714
8215 E2-MD
7500/PR7500
Per Specification
S88
651
629
689
-----
MCK
SAR
NOR
--PEM
TA2714
8215 E2-H001
7500/PR7500
Per Specification
S88
640
624
695
-----
MCK
SAR
NOR
--PEM
SL11HD
MT RFID Series
2030 Series
555/557
570
Per Specification
355CS
To Suit Sill Condition
--625
689
625
625
--628
719
SEL
SAF
LCN
ROC
ROC
--PEM
PEM
087100 - 35
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
P22
Door(s): 20-09
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
Continuous Hinge
Exit Device
Exit Device
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
OH Concealed Closer
Door Pull
Door Stop
Threshold
Note:
Alum/ Glass Doors - Perimeter, meeting stile and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
P23
Door(s): 20-02
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Passage Latchset
Passage Latchset
Closer
Door Stop
Silencer
SL11HD
7220
7220 121NL
8410
8410 x 106
Per Specifications
2030 Series
BF157
Per Specification
To Suit Sill Condition
TA2714
8801FL
8215 E2-H001
7500/PR7500
Per Specification
608/609
--630
630
629
629
--689
629
--719
SEL
YAL
YAL
SAR
SAR
--LCN
ROC
--PEM
651
630
629
689
-----
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
--ROC
625
625
613
629
--629
629
719
RIX
RIX
YAL
SAR
--ROC
ABH
PEM
P24
Note:
All hardware by Revolving Door manufacturer.
AC-P25
Door(s): 1-06C
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Floor Closer /Pivot Set
Intermediate Pivot(s)
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Door Pull
OH Concealed Stop
Threshold
Note:
Alum/ Glass Door - Perimeter and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
SCPH27N Series
M19
7100 121NL
AD8504
Per Specifications
BF157
1000SL ADJ Series
To Suit Sill Condition
087100 - 36
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
LM-P25
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Floor Closer /Pivot Set
Intermediate Pivot(s)
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Door Pull
OH Concealed Stop
Bronze Threshold
SCPH27N Series
M19
AD8504
Per Specifications
BF157
1000SL ADJ Series
To Suit Sill Condition
Note:
Alum/ Glass Door - Perimeter and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
AC-P26
Door(s): 1-06B
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Floor Closer /Pivot Set
Intermediate Pivot(s)
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Door Pull
OH Concealed Stop
Note:
Alum/ Glass Door - Perimeter and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
PH27N Series
M19
7100 121NL
AD8504
Per Specifications
BF157
1000SL ADJ Series
613
613
624
--613
613
722
RIX
RIX
SAR
--ROC
ABH
PEM
625
625
613
629
--629
629
RIX
RIX
YAL
SAR
--ROC
ABH
613
613
624
--613
613
RIX
RIX
SAR
--ROC
ABH
626
626
630
--630
630
719
RIX
RIX
YAL
--ROC
ABH
PEM
LM-P26
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Floor Closer /Pivot Set
Intermediate Pivot(s)
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Door Pull
OH Concealed Stop
Note:
Alum/ Glass Door - Perimeter and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
P27
NOT USED
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Floor Closer /Pivot Set
Intermediate Pivot(s)
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Door Pull
OH Concealed Stop
Threshold
Note:
Alum/ Glass Door - Perimeter and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
PH27N Series
M19
AD8504
Per Specifications
BF157
1000SL ADJ Series
SCPH27N Series
M19
7100 121NL
Per Specifications
BF157
1000SL ADJ Series
To Suit Sill Condition
087100 - 37
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
AC-P28
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Floor Closer /Pivot Set
Intermediate Pivot(s)
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Door Pull
OH Concealed Stop
Note:
Alum/ Glass Door - Perimeter and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
LM-P28
Door(s): 1-24B, 1-24C, 1-24D, 1-24E
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Floor Closer /Pivot Set
Intermediate Pivot(s)
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Door Pull
OH Concealed Stop
Note:
Alum/ Glass Door - Perimeter and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
AC-P29
Door(s): 1-03
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Floor Closer /Pivot Set
Intermediate Pivot(s)
Exit Device
Exit Device
OH Concealed Stop
Threshold
Note:
Alum/ Glass Door - Perimeter and door bottom seals by door manufacturer.
P30
Door(s): 1-ST02
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Key Removable Mullion
Cylinder To Suit Mullion
Closer
Door Stop
Mullion Seal
Overhead Rain Drip
Threshold
Door Sweep
Gasketing
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
PH27N Series
M19
7100 121NL
AD8504
Per Specifications
BF157
1000SL ADJ Series
PH27N Series
M19
AD8504
Per Specifications
BF157
1000SL ADJ Series
SCPH27N Series
M19
7100 Exit Only
AD8504
1000SL ADJ Series
To Suit Sill Condition
TA386
7100 Exit Only
12-19-MD8410
KRM200
Per Specification
PR7500
Per Specification
5110
346C
To Suit Sill Condition
90100CNB or 90137CNB, as req.
S88
625
625
630
629
--629
629
RIX
RIX
YAL
SAR
--ROC
ABH
613
613
624
--613
613
RIX
RIX
SAR
--ROC
ABH
625
625
630
629
629
719
RIX
RIX
YAL
SAR
ABH
PEM
630
630
630
600
--689
----628
719
719
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
YAL
--NOR
--PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
087100 - 38
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
P31
Door(s): 1-ST3B
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
Hinges
Electrified Exit Device
Electrified Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Closer
Door Stop
Overhead Rain Drip
Threshold
Door Sweep
Gasketing
Power Supply
Electric Power Transfer
Door Position Switch
TA386
7100-B 691F
12-19-55-8876 ET 24VDC
Per Specification
PR7500
Per Specification
346C
To Suit Sill Condition
3452CNB
S88
BPS-12/24
CEPT
180-12
630
630
630
--689
--628
719
628
----630
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
--NOR
--PEM
PEM
PEM
PEM
SEC
SEC
GRI
Note:
Controlled Opening - Card Reader, Wiring, and Controls by Security. Free egress at all times.
Power supply requires 120VAC.
AC-T01
TYPICAL AC GUEST LEVEL STAIR
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Classroom Lockset
Classroom Lockset
Closer
Floor Stop
Adjustable Door Sweep
Gasketing
Note:
Finishes: AC=Bright Chrome Finish; LM=Dull Chrome Dark Bronze Finish
LM-T01
TYPICAL LM GUEST LEVEL STAIR
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Classroom Lockset
Closer
Floor Stop
Adjustable Door Sweep
Gasketing
Note:
Finishes: AC=Bright Chrome Finish; LM=Dull Chrome Dark Bronze Finish
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA2714
8808FL
8237 E2-MD
7500/PR7500
446
18100CNB (mount on stair side)
S88
TA2714
8237 E2-MB
7500/PR7500
446
18100DNB (mount on stair side)
S88
651
629
630
689
625
628
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
640
624
695
613
710
---
MCK
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
PEM
087100 - 39
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
T02
Door(s): T-02
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
Hinges
Hinges
Closer
Closer
Push Plate
Push Plate
Pull Plate
Pull Plate
Floor Stop
Floor Stop
Silencer
Note:
Finishes: AC=Bright Chrome Finish; LM=Dull Chrome Dark Bronze Finish
AC-T03
TYPICAL GUEST LEVEL AC ELEVATOR LOBBY
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
2 Ea.
Hinges
Passage Latchset
Passage Latchset
Closer
Auto Flush Bolt x Fire Bolt
DP Strike
Coordinator x Filler Bar x Brackets
Overlapping Astragal (WD Door)
Gasketing
Electromagnetic Holder
TA2714
TA2714
7500/PR7500
7500/PR7500
70C
70C
110 x 70C
110 x 70C
446
446
608/609
TA2714
8801FL
8215 E2-MD
7500/PR7500
2848
570
2600 Series
355CS
S88
900 Series
651
640
689
695
629
613
629
613
625
613
---
MCK
MCK
NOR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
ROC
651
629
629
689
625
625
689
628
--689
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
ROC
PEM
PEM
RIX
Note:
Electromagnetic holder(s) require 120VAC/24VAC or DC/12VDC power / connection to Fire
Alarm.
AC-T04
TYPICAL GUEST AC LEVEL HOUSEKEEPING
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Wall Bumper
Silencer
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
TA2714
8805FL
8204 E2-MD
7500/PR7500
400 Series
608/609
651
629
629
689
629
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
087100 - 40
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
AC-T05
TYPICAL GUEST LEVEL ELECTRICAL W/PANIC
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Cylinder to Suit Device
Closer
Wall Bumper
Gasketing
AC-T06
TYPICAL GUEST LEVEL IDF
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
3 Ea.
Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Closer
Wall Bumper
Silencer
AC-T07
TYPICAL 20 GUEST LEVEL EGRESS
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
TA2714
2100F-627F
12-3828 28-K-LL
Per Specification
7500/PR7500
400 Series
S88
652
629
689
--689
630
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
--NOR
ROC
PEM
TA2714
8805FL
8204
7500/PR7500
400 Series
608/609
652
629
630
689
630
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
ROC
Hinges
Exit Device
Exit Device
Closer
Wall Bumper
Gasketing
TA2714
7100-628F
12-19-8815 ET
7500/PR7500
400 Series
S88
651
629
629
689
629
---
MCK
YAL
SAR
NOR
ROC
PEM
Hinges
Spring Hinges
Storeroom Lockset
Storeroom Lockset
Wall Bumper
Kick Plate
Gasketing
TA2714
1502
8805FL
8204
400 Series
K1050 10" x 2" LDW B4E CSK
S88
652
652
630
630
630
630
---
MCK
MCK
YAL
SAR
ROC
ROC
PEM
AC-T08
2 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Ea.
1 Set
END OF SECTION
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 41
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
--- This page intentionally left blank ---
D+HC 120011
DOOR HARDWARE
ASI-6.0 2016-06-13
087100 - 42
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
SECTION 260933
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1.
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
SUMMARY
Provide, install and test the architectural lighting control system as specified herein for the areas indicated on the drawings, specifications and load schedule(s)
DESCRIPTION
The architectural lighting control system consists of factory pre-assembled dimming panels,
centralized preset lighting control(s), low voltage wall stations and/or control interfaces and
solid-state high frequency fluorescent dimming ballasts (where applicable). System shall provide interface with audio visual equipment and building energy management system. The entry
controls shall have conditional logic, allowing a single station on a specific floor to activate different scenes depending on the day of the week and time of day.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Provide a written line-by-line review of the specification
B.
Shall include a load schedule which indicates the actual connected load and load types per circuit, circuits and their respective control zones, circuits that are on emergency and the capacity,
phase and corresponding circuit numbers (per electrical drawings).
C.
Shall include a complete schematic of the system.
D.
Shall include catalogue cut sheets with performance specifications including historical testing
data demonstrating complete compliance to all of the specifications herein.
1.4
A.
1.5
APPROVALS
Deviation from this specification must be documented in writing to the Lighting Designer, Architect and Electrical Engineer at least ten business days in advance to bid date. Complete catalogue data, specifications and technical information on alternate equipment must be provided
including all associated cost savings or additions, including but not limited to equipment, programming, documentation and project management.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 20 years continuous experience in the manufacturing of
lighting controls.
B.
Architectural lighting control system shall be UL, CSA, NOM or CE listed (where appropriate)
specifically for the required loads (i.e.: incandescent, magnetic and electronic low voltage, fluorescent, etc.). Manufacturer shall provide evidence of compliance on request.
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 1
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
C.
Architectural lighting control system shall meet IEC801-2, tested to withstand a 15kV electrostatic discharge without damage or loss of memory.
D.
Architectural lighting control system shall be bid separately from all other lighting equipment.
Packages of lighting equipment and architectural lighting control systems are not acceptable.
1.6
A.
1.7
A.
1.8
A.
1.9
PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
The architectural lighting controls must operate in an ambient temperature range of 0ºC (32ºF)
to 40ºC (104ºF) and 90% non-condensing relative humidity without the requirement of a regularly scheduled maintenance program for air filtration components.
WARRANTY
The manufacturer shall provide a full two-year limited warranty on all equipment supplied. The
warranty shall cover 100% of the parts and manufacturers labor costs required over the first
two-years, which are directly attributable to the manufacturer. Warranty coverage shall begin
on the date that the equipment is energized.
COMMISSIONING
A factory-employed engineer shall make a minimum of two site visits to ensure proper system
installation and operation.
MAINTENANCE
A.
The manufacturer shall make available to the end user a method of ordering new equipment for
expansions, replacement or parts to be used as spares.
B.
The manufacturer must make available new replacement parts for a minimum period of ten
years from the final date of commissioning.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
DIMMING PANEL
A.
Panels shall be UL listed, CSA certified, NOM approved or CE marked (as appropriate).
B.
Panels shall be wall or recess mountable. Enclosure shall be NEMA type 1 and IP-20 rate as
specified by IEC 60529. Panel shall be constructed of steel with steel gauge of type required
by UL508. Contractor shall reinforce wall as required.
C.
Panels shall be completely pre-assembled and factory tested by the manufacturer prior to shipment. The contractor shall be required to provide input feed wiring, load wiring and control wiring. No other wiring or assembly by the contractor shall be permitted. Panels requiring field
assembly are not acceptable.
D.
All input feed, load and control terminals shall be front accessible without the need to remove
dimmer assemblies or other components.
E.
Panels shall be cooled passively by free-convection or with fan assistance. Systems that require or recommend regularly scheduled maintenance for air filtration components are not acceptable.
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 2
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
F.
Each dimmer may be controlled independently or in combination with any other dimmer within
the panel or with dimmers from other panels within the system. Each dimmer shall be rated for
16A.
G.
Unless the panel is a dedicated feed-through-type panel or otherwise indicated, panels shall
contain branch circuit protection for each dimmer.
H.
Branch Circuit Breakers in 120 volt panels shall have the following performance characteristics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I.
Be UL 489 listed as molded case circuit breaker for use on lighting circuits.
Contain a visual trip indicator and shall be rated at 10,000 AIC unless otherwise noted.
Panel shall accept breakers rated up to 22,000 AIC.
Be thermal-magnetic in construction for overload, short-circuit and over temperature protection. The use of fully magnetic breakers is not acceptable.
Be replaceable without moving or replacing dimmer assemblies or other components of
the panel
Be switching duty (SWD) rated so that loads can be switched off via the breakers.
Branch Circuit Breakers in 277 volt panels shall have the following performance characteristics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Be UL 489 listed as molded case circuit breaker for use on lighting circuits.
Contain a visual trip indicator and shall be rated at 14,000 AIC unless otherwise noted.
Panel shall accept breakers rated up to 42,000 AIC.
Be thermal-magnetic in construction for overload, short-circuit and over temperature protection. The use of fully magnetic breakers is not acceptable.
Be replaceable without moving or replacing dimmer assemblies or other components of
the panel
Be switching duty (SWD) rated so that loads can be switched off via the breakers.
J.
Panels shall have a minimum UL listed short circuit current rating (SCCR) of 42,000A. Panels
not providing this level of short circuit current (SCCR) protection are not acceptable.
K.
Panels shall be equipped with an electronic bypass dimmer which electronically switches the
lighting loads to full light output form any level by toggling the individual branch circuit breakers
(for individual circuits) or main breaker (for all circuits) when there is no intensity data available
from the control system.
L.
Panels shall be shipped with each dimmer in mechanical bypass position via a jumper bar inserted between the input and load terminals to allow dimming panel to use as a temporary lighting panel with no possibility of dimmer failure due to short-circuit condition. These jumpers
shall carry the full-rated load current and shall be reusable at any time. Mechanical bypass device must allow for switching operation of connected load with the dimmer removed via a circuit
breaker. Bypass devices that are integral to the dimmer are not acceptable.
M.
Panel shall be capable of operation from a normal feed, emergency feed or a normal/emergency feed. Panels requiring additional devices to make them capable of accepting normal/emergency or emergency feeds are not acceptable.
N.
Under fully loaded operating conditions, all semiconductor devices shall operate at a minimum
20ºC (36ºF) safety margin below the component manufacturer’s maximum component temperature rating at a 40ºC (104ºF) ambient room temperature.
O.
A positive air gap switch shall be employed by each dimmer in the panel to ensure that the load
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 3
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
circuits are open when the “off” function is selected from the control system.
P.
Dimmer shall be capable of withstanding inrush current of 50 times operating current typically
generated by a full circuit of switching electronic non-dim ballasts.
Q.
Each dimmer shall compensate for incoming line voltage variation such as changes in RMS
voltage, frequency shifts, harmonics and line noise. Dimmer shall be capable of maintaining
constant light level with no visible flicker.
R.
Dimmer output voltage shall be a minimum of 95% of input voltage at maximum intensity setting
under full load conditions.
S.
Each dimmer shall incorporate an electronic “soft-start” default at initial turn-on that smoothly
ramps the lights up to the appropriate levels within 0.5 seconds.
T.
Each dimmer shall be designed and tested to withstand surges, without impairment to performance, of 6000V, 3000A (equivalent to a near lighting strike) as specified by ANSI/IEEE std.
C62.41.
U.
One type of dimmer shall be used for all sources, line voltages and frequencies. Systems requiring different types of modules are not acceptable. Dimmers shall be capable of electronic
assignment to any source and any zone. Upon replacement of a dimmer, only that dimmer
shall require replacement, and no re-programming shall be required.
V.
Filtering shall be provided for each dimmer such that the current rise shall be at least 350usec
as measured from 10% to 90% of the load current waveform and at least 525usec as measured
from 0% - 100% of the load current waveform at 50% rated dimmer capacity at a 90º conduction angle. Current rise shall be at least 400usec as measured form 10%-90% of the load current waveform and at least 600 used as measured from 0%-100% of the load current waveform
at 100% rated dimmer capacity at a 90º conduction angle.
W.
Dimmers shall operate the sources/load types listed below in sections with a smooth continuous Square Law dimming curve or a non-dim basis. Dimmers shall be electronically assigned
to the appropriate load type/dimming curve and can be reassigned at any time. Universal type
dimmers that do not adjust the dimming curve based on load type are not acceptable.
1.
2.
3.
4.
X.
Incandescent, Tungsten and Magnetic low voltage transformer: Dimmer shall contain
circuitry specifically designed to control and provide a symmetrical AC waveform to the
input of magnetic low voltage transformers. It shall not cause the transformer to operate
above the transformer’s rated operating current and temperature.
Electronic Low Voltage Transformer: Dimming shall not adversely affect sound rating of
the electronic transformers. In addition, no flicker or interaction shall occur at any point in
the dimming range.
Fluorescent Electronic Dimming Ballasts: Dimming ballasts and controls shall be fully
compatible and not limit each other’s performance.
Neon & Cold Cathode: Dimmer shall provide the ability to dim lamps down to 10% of full
light output when used with normal power factor transformers. Lamp performance over
the range specified shall be continuous and free of flicker or striations.
Manufacturer: Lutron (GP dimming panel series, sizes per electrical drawings)
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 4
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 5
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.2
CENTRAL LIGHTING CONTROL PROCESSOR
A.
Central lighting control processor shall provide power failure memory. Should power be interrupted and subsequently returned, the lights must come back on to the same levels set prior to
the power interruption without requiring any actions on the part of the user. Restoration to
some other default level is not acceptable.
B.
Wiring from dimming and switching panel(s) to central lighting processor, wall stations, preset
local controls and control interfaces shall be low voltage type Class 2 wiring (PELV).
C.
Central lighting control processor shall provide preset lighting scenes for up to 512 zones.
D.
Central lighting control processor shall be expandable to 16,384 zones when using multiple
processors.
E.
Central lighting control processor shall allow design of system off site and downloading upon
installation or modifications after installation.
F.
Central lighting control processor shall be capable of interfacing to other equipment via integral
RS232 interface and/or modem and/or RS232 wall stations.
G.
Central lighting control processor shall be capable of operating up to 192 wall stations, preset
local lighting controls and control interfaces-expandable to 6,144 when using multiple processors.
H.
Central lighting control processor shall have integral astronomical time clock.
I.
Central lighting control processor shall have a full internal battery backup that can store all system memory for 1 year without power. It shall not be necessary to re-boot the central lighting
control processor manually nor use any tape or floppy disc/hard drive to restore the system after power outage. System shall automatically return to its previous state.
J.
Manufacturer: Lutron (Quantum 1.5 Light Management Hub) – 2 required
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 6
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.3
WIRELESS PROGRAMMING WALLSTATION (WS2)
A.
LCD wall station must be capable of accepting software enhancements without the need for
hardware modifications.
B.
LCD screen must provide 320x240 pixels of resolution. Contrast and backlight brightness must
be adjustable.
C.
LCD wall station must automatically configure itself upon installation with all building zone
names, scene names, area names, scene intensities, fade times, delay times and time clock
status from preprogrammed information from the system processor.
D.
LCD wall station should be able to display zone names, scene names and area names in English, French, Spanish, Dutch, German, Italian or Portuguese if user enters this information into
the processor.
E.
LCD wall station must be capable of accessing every area, scene and zone within the associated architectural lighting control processor. LCD wall station must allow the user to: view and
modify the scene status of an area, modify the zone intensities, view timeclock status for all areas, enable/disable timeclock for an area, permanently modify zone intensities, zone delay
times and zone fade times in an area via online or offline programming.
F.
If power to lighting control system is lost, LCD wall station control must automatically update
when power is restored. Light levels in area where power to system processor is lost shall not
change or turn off as a result.
G.
LCD wall station shall have several configuration options for each area. Each option limits user
access to the system. Each area shall be configurable to any of the following access levels:
Hidden, Monitor Only, Change scenes or Programmable.
H.
Manufacturer: Lutron (LUT-iPAD-WALL-WH) Provide (1) for AC lobby, (1) for Le Meridien
Lobby & (1) 2nd floor ballroom
2.4
WALLSTATION – 8 SCENE (WS1)
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 7
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
A.
Faceplate shall attach using no visible means of attachment.
B.
Wall stations shall be engraved with appropriate zone and/or scene descriptions, furnished to
the manufacturer prior to fabrication. Size and style of engraving type shall be determined by
the Architect or his consultant. Any silkscreened borders, logos, graduations, etc. shall use a
graphic process that chemically bonds the graphics to the faceplate.
C.
Wall stations shall provide an immediate local LED response upon button activation to indicate
that a system command has been requested. LED will remain lit contingent upon receiving system confirmation of the successful completion of the command.
D.
Wall stations shall have removable button assemblies that can be replaced in the field to
change colors, button configurations and engraving.
E.
Wall stations shall have a backlighting option.
F.
Eight scene wall stations shall be capable of recalling 8 individual lighting scenes, as programmed, master raise/lower and off.
G.
Manufacturer: Lutron (#SO-4SN-WH-EGN & SO-4BN-WH-EGN) - Provide (1) at each service
entrance to the ballroom salons and (1) for each restaurant
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 8
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.5
WALLSTATION – 4 SCENE (WS4)
A.
Faceplate shall attach using no visible means of attachment.
B.
Wall stations shall be engraved with appropriate zone and/or scene descriptions, furnished to
the manufacturer prior to fabrication. Size and style of engraving type shall be determined by
the Architect or his consultant. Any silk-screened borders, logos, graduations, etc. shall use a
graphic process that chemically bonds the graphics to the faceplate.
C.
Wall stations shall provide an immediate local LED response upon button activation to indicate
that a system command has been requested. LED will remain lit contingent upon receiving system confirmation of the successful completion of the command.
D.
Wall stations shall have removable button assemblies that can be replaced in the field to
change colors, button configurations and engraving.
E.
Wall stations shall have a backlighting option.
F.
Four scene wall stations shall be capable of recalling 4 individual lighting scenes, as programmed, master raise/lower and off.
G.
Manufacturer: Lutron (#SO-4SN-WH-EGN) Provide (1) per meeting room
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 9
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.6
WALLSTATION – 2 SCENE (WS3)
A.
Faceplate shall attach using no visible means of attachment.
B.
Wall stations shall be engraved with appropriate zone and/or scene descriptions, furnished to
the manufacturer prior to fabrication. Size and style of engraving type shall be determined by
the Architect or his consultant. Any silkscreened borders, logos, graduations, etc. shall use a
graphic process that chemically bonds the graphics to the faceplate.
C.
Wall stations shall provide an immediate local LED response upon button activation to indicate
that a system command has been requested. LED will remain lit contingent upon receiving system confirmation of the successful completion of the command.
D.
Wall stations shall have removable button assemblies that can be replaced in the field to
change colors, button configurations and engraving.
E.
Wall stations shall have a backlighting option.
F.
Two scene wall stations shall have condition logic allowing each station to recall various preset
scenes, depending upon day of week and time of day, plus off.
G.
Manufacturer: Lutron (#SO-2BN-WH-EGN)
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 10
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.7
ROOM ASSIGNMENT
A.
For Ballroom and Partitioned meeting rooms with operable partitions, the A/V system shall be
programmed with a page that shows the room configuration.
B.
The A/V touchscreen shall show a room map with each partition indicated. The partitions shall
each be assigned a letter or number. The A/V page shall show the corresponding letter/number as a button on the page. By touching the button, the A/V system shall communicate to the
dimming system that the wall is closed. There shall be some graphic confirmation that informs
the user whether the wall is open or closed – either the word ‘open’ or ‘closed’ appear at the
respective wall or the wall changes a different color on the touchscreen – green for open, red
for closed.
C.
The dimming system in turn will operate the room lighting collectively or individually.
D.
The communication shall occur through the Network A/V interface – see 2.10
Le Meridien Ballroom Partition Plan
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 11
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.8
DMX INTERFACE
A.
Allows portable theatric board to have control of architectural lighting in each ballroom.
B.
Provide (2) input jacks for the grand ballroom plus a DMX signal combiner.
C.
The jacks shall be located at the front and rear of each room as indicated on the electrical
drawings.
D.
The combiner shall be mounted in a back of house location – network/telecom closet. Provide
120v power supply for operation.
E.
Manufacturer: Lutron #421 DMX combiner
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 12
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.09
HALF DIMMED DUPLEX OUTLET (DP)
A.
Faceplate shall attach using no visible means of attachment.
B.
The device shall provide user a means of automatically adjusting the illumination level of decorative floor or table lamps in the public spaces.
C.
Top outlet shall have projecting hubs to prevent standard plugs from being connected. This
outlet shall be wired back to the central dimming panel. The other outlet will be standard and
connected to unswitched/controlled power supply.
D.
Decorative fixtures will require a special plug (Lutron #RP-FDU-10). Interior designer shall
specify this plug as part of the FF&E package
E.
Duplex outlets shall be mounted at the same height as other wall outlets and have the same
finish. Some outlets will be mounted in floors. An appropriate concrete pour box shall be supplied by others.
Manufacturer: Lutron (#CAR-20-HFDU-color) Allocate 20 for the project
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 13
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.10
NETWORK AUDIO VISUAL INTERFACE
A.
Integrates dimming system with digital A/V equipment using either RS232 communication or
TCP/IP over Ethernet.
B.
Enables A/V touch screen devices digital control of scene selection, scene lock, sequencing,
zone lock and zone raise/lower. Provides status monitoring through button feedback and
scene-status updates
C.
Power provided thru Quantum network link – 24vdc
D.
Device may be wall mounted or rack mounted in Telecom or Data closet – refer to electrical
plans for location. Provide LUT 5x10-ENC wall mount enclosure or LUT-19AV-1U for rack
mount with A/V equipment.
E.
Manufacturer: Lutron (#QSE-CI-NWK-E) Provide (2) for 2nd floor function spaces. Mount with
A/V equipment.
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 14
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.11
EMERGENCY LIGHTING INTERFACE
A.
Senses the normal (non-essential) line voltage on all three phases of normal power. When one
or more phases are lost, the interface will send a signal to the Quantum bus supply causing it to
enter the emergency lighting mode. Any lights controlled by the Quantum system will go to the
emergency light level setting.
B.
Provide separate - 24vdc power supply
C.
Device may be wall mounted to a standard 4”x4” junction box. Provide (1) device per 8 Quantum network hubs.
D.
Manufacturer: Lutron (#LUT-ELI-3PH) Provide (1) device per Quantum network hub.
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 15
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.12
DIMMING CONTROL ZONES:
Control
Zone
Control
Type
Lamp Type
A1
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
A2
DIM
A3
Lamp
Watts
Qty
Total
Load
Description
Location
100
1
100
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
AC Entry 1-06
LEDMR16 ELV
100
13
1300
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
AC Entry 1-06 &
AC Lobby 1-03
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
50
2
100
Recessed adjustable Type RR2
AC Lobby 1-03
A4
DIM
Decorative
100
2
200
Decorative pendant LF-201
AC Registration 1-04
A5
DIM
Decorative
300
2
600
Decorative pendants LF-204
AC Lounge 1-07
A6
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
3
300
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
AC Lobby 1-03
A7
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
2
200
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
Market 1-02
A8
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
50
10
500
Recessed adjustable Type RR5a
AC Elevator Lobby 1-01
A9
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
8
800
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
FOH Corridor 1-14
A10
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
50
4
200
Recessed adjustable Type RR5
Restrooms 1-12 & 1-13
A11
DIM
MLV LED
3w/lf
52
156
Mirror Lights – SL6a
Restrooms 1-12 & 1-13
A12
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
50
18
900
Recessed adjustable Type RR5
Restrooms 1-12 & 1-13
A13
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
10
1000
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
AC Library 1-11
A14
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
7
700
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
AC Buffet 1-11
A15
DIM
LED MLV
25
75
Linear tapelight Type SL6
AC Buffet 1-11
A16
DIM
Decorative
200
1
200
Decorative pendant LF-203
AC Library 1-11
A17
DIM
LED 1-10V
5.5
20
110
Recessed linear grazer Type SL5
1-06, 1-07, 1-09, 1-11
A18
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
2
200
Recessed adjustable Type RR3a
AC Entry 1-06
A19
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
50
5
250
Recessed adjustable Type RR2
AC Entry 1-06
A20
DIM
LEDMR16 LV
100
6
600
Recessed adjustable Type RR8
AC Entry 1-06
A21
DIM
Decorative
2
600
Decorative pendants LF-200
AC Entry 1-06
A22
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
50
4
200
Recessed adjustable Type RR2
AC Lounge 1-07
A23
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
6
600
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
AC Lounge 1-07
A24
DIM
Decorative
100
2
200
Decorative pendant
AC Lounge 1-07
A25
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
50
6
300
Recessed adjustable Type RR4
AC Lounge 1-07
A26
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
6
600
Recessed adjustable Type RR8
AC Lounge 1-07
A27
DIM
Decorative
100
1
200
Decorative pendant
AC Lounge 1-07
A28
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
5
500
Recessed adjustable Type RR3a
AC Lounge 1-07
A29
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
100
9
900
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
AC Breakfast 1-09
A30
DIM
LEDMR16 ELV
50
2
100
Recessed adjustable Type RR2
AC Breakfast 1-09
A31
DIM
Decorative
60
5
300
Decorative pendant
AC Breakfast 1-09
A32
DIM
LED ELV
72
357
Linear tapelight Type SL3
1-03, 1-07, 1-08, 1-09
3
/lf
/lf
300
4.95
/lf
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 16
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
Control
Zone
Control
Type
Lamp Type
Lamp
Watts
Qty
Total
Load
Description
Location
A33
DIM
LED MLV
3
/lf
14
42
Linear tapelight Type SL6
AC Breakfast 1-09
A34
DIM
LED MLV
3
/lf
28
84
Linear tapelight Type SL6
AC Bar 1-08
A35
DIM
LED MLV
3
/lf
14
42
Linear tapelight Type SL6
AC Entry 1-06
A36
DIM
LED MLV
3
/lf
51
153
Linear tapelight Type SL6
Market 1-02
A37
DIM
LED ELV
3
/lf
14
42
Linear tapelight Type SL3
AC Bar 1-08
A38
DIM
LED 0-10V
24/33
11/3
363
Ext adj Type OL1/OL1a
AC Canopy & 1-ST02
A39
DIM
LED 0-10v
31
12
372
Entry Accent – AC Canopy
AC Canopy
A40
DIM
LED ELV
100
2
200
Art Accent – RR2
AC Entry 1-06
A41
DIM
LED 0-10v
3
22
66
Shelf Accent
AC Entry/Library
B1
DIM
LED ELV
9
5
45
Recessed adjustable Type RR6
LM Hub 1-23
B2
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
8
288
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Hub 1-23
B3
DIM
Decorative
300
2
600
Decorative Pendant LF-100
LM Registration 1-22
B4
DIM
LED 0-10V
9
20
180
Recessed linear Type RF1
LM Registration 1-22
B5
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
2
72
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Hub 1-23
B6
DIM
Not Used
B7
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
B8
DIM
LED 1-10V
5.5
B9
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
B10
DIM
LED MLV
3
B11
DIM
LED 0-10V
9
B12
DIM
LEDMR16
MLV
18
B13
DIM
LED 0-10V
B14
DIM
B15
/lf
/lf
LM Hub 1-23
2
72
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Staircase
13
72
Curtain Accent Type SL4
LM Hub 1-23
11
396
Recessed adjustable Type RL3c
LM Elevator Lobby 1-21
/lf
18
54
Linear tapelight Type SL6
LM Hub 1-23
/lf
20
180
Recessed linear Type RF1
LM Elevator Lobby 1-21
2
36
36
3
108
Recessed adjustable Type RL3c
LM Hub 1-23
Incandescent
100
4
400
Decorative Sconce LF-103
LM Hub 1-23
DIM
Decorative
300
1
300
Decorative pendant – LF-101
LM Hub 1-23
B16
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
8
288
Recessed adjustable Type RL3c
LM Hub 1-23
B17
DIM
LED 1-10V
5.5
45
248
Recessed linear Type SL4
LM Hub 1-23
B18
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
8
288
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Hub 1-23
B19
DIM
Decorative
300
1
600
Decorative pendant – LF-102
LM Hub 1-23
B20
DIM
Decorative
60
10
600
Decorative pendant
LM Latitude Bar 1-27
B21
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
8
288
Recessed adjustable Type RL3a
LM Latitude Bar 1-27
B22
DIM
LED ELV
3
/lf
19
67
Linear tapelight Type SL3
LM Latitude Bar 1-27
B23
DIM
LED MLV
3
/lf
11
33
Linear tapelight Type SL3
LM Latitude Bar 1-27
B24
DIM
LED MLV
3
/lf
168
504
Linear tapelight Type SL6
LM Latitude Bar 1-27
/lf
/lf
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
Recessed adjustable Type RR3
FOH Corridor 1-14
260933 - 17
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
Control
Zone
Control
Type
Lamp Type
Lamp
Watts
Qty
Total
Load
Description
Location
B25
DIM
LED MLV
3
18
66
Linear tapelight Type SL6
LM Hub 1-23
B26
DIM
LED 0-10V
9
17
153
In-grade uplight Type GL1
South Facade
B27
DIM
LED 0-10V
12.2
/lf
42
513
Exterior pendant Type OL2a
South Canopy
B28
DIM
LED 0-10V
12.2
/lf
50
610
Exterior pendant Type OL2
South Canopy
B29
DIM
Decorative
-
3
-
Decorative pendant – LF303
LM Staircase
B30
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
2
66
Recessed adjustable Type RL5
LM Staircase
B31
DIM
Decorative
100
4
400
Decorative Sconces
South Facade
C1
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
12
432
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
Prefunction 2-02
C2
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
8
264
Recessed adjustable Type RL4
Prefunction 2-02
C3
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
3
108
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
Prefunction 2-02
C4
DIM
LED 0-10V
24
32
768
Surface linear cove Type SL1
Prefunction 2-02
DIM
LED 0-10V
6
40
240
Surface linear cove Type SL1a
Prefunction 2-02
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
10
330
Recessed downlight Type RL1
Prefunction 2-03
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
16
528
Recessed downlight Type RL1a
Prefunction 2-03, 2-36
C6
DIM
Decorative
-
3
-
Decorative pendant
Prefunction 2-03, 2-36
C7
DIM
12
38
456
Surface linear cove Type SL2
Prefunction 2-03, 2-36
DIM
3
18
54
Surface linear cove Type SL2a
Prefunction 2-03, 2-36
21.5
65
Linear tapelight Type SL6
Prefunction 2-03, 2-36
C5
/lf
C8
DIM
LED MLV
3
C9
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
3
108
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
Prefunction 2-36
C10
DIM
LED 0-10V
24
25
600
Surface linear cove Type SL1
Prefunction 2-03
DIM
LED 0-10V
6
3
18
Surface linear cove Type SL1a
Prefunction 2-03
C11
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
6
216
Downlights Type RL3/RL1
Prefunction 2-03
C12
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
5
180
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
AC/FS Elev Lobby 2-01
C13
DIM
LED 0-10V
24
11
264
Surface linear cove Type SL1
AC/FS Elev Lobby 2-01
DIM
LED 0-10V
6
8
48
Surface linear cove Type SL1a
AC/FS Elev Lobby 2-01
C14
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
5
165
Recessed adjustable Type RL4
Prefunction 2-03
C15
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
5
180
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
Prefunction 2-03
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
1
33
Recessed adjustable Type RL1
Prefunction 2-03
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
5
180
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
Prefunction 2-03
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
1
33
Recessed adjustable Type RL1
Prefunction 2-03
C16
/lf
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 18
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
Control
Zone
Control
Type
Lamp Type
D1
DIM
LED 0-10V
D2
DIM
D3
Lamp
Watts
Qty
Total
Load
Description
Location
40
7
280
Recessed wall wash Type RL2a
LM Ballroom 2-31
LED 0-10V
40
2
80
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
3
120
Recessed DL Type RL1b/RL3b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D4
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
6
240
Recessed Adj Type RL3b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D5
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
6
240
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D6
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
7
280
Recessed adjustable Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D7
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
6
240
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D8
DIM
LED ELV
1200
1
1200
Decorative Pendant
LM Ballroom 2-31
D8
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
4
160
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D9
DIM
ELV
35
4
140
Decorative Ceiling at Entry
LM Ballroom 2-31
D10
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
9
360
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D11
DIM
ELV
30
3
90
Decorative Sconces
LM Ballroom 2-31
D12
DIM
ELV
30
1
30
Decorative Sconce
LM Ballroom 2-31
D13
DIM
LED 0-10v
12/3
32/4
396
Indirect Cove
LM Ballroom 2-31
D14
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
7
280
Recessed wall wash Type RL2a
LM Ballroom 2-31
D15
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
5
200
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D16
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
6
240
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D17
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
13
520
Recessed DL Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D18
DIM
LED 0-10V
1200
1
1200
Decorative Pendant
LM Ballroom 2-31
D19
DIM
LED 0-10v
40
12
480
Recessed adjustable Type RL3b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D20
DIM
ELV
35
5
180
Decorative Ceiling at Entry
LM Ballroom 2-31
D21
DIM
ELV
30
1
30
Decorative Sconce
LM Ballroom 2-31
D22
DIM
ELV
30
1
30
Decorative Sconce
LM Ballroom 2-31
D23
DIM
LED 0-10v
12/3
32/4
396
Indirect Cove
LM Ballroom 2-31
D24
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
2
80
Recessed DL Type RL1b/RL3b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D25
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
7
280
Recessed wall wash Type RL2a
LM Ballroom 2-31
D26
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
3
120
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D27
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
6
240
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D28
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
6
240
Recessed DL Type RL3b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D29
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
13
520
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D30
DIM
LED 0-10V
1200
1
1200
Decorative Pendant
LM Ballroom 2-31
D31
DIM
LED 0-10V
40
10
400
Recessed downlight Type RL1b
LM Ballroom 2-31
D32
DIM
ELV
35
4
140
Decorative Ceiling at Entry
LM Ballroom 2-31
D33
DIM
ELV
30
3
90
Decorative Sconces
LM Ballroom 2-31
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 19
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
Control
Zone
Control
Type
Lamp Type
D34
DIM
ELV
D35
DIM
LED 0-10v
D36
Lamp
Watts
30
12/3
Qty
Total
Load
Description
Location
1
30
Decorative Sconce
LM Ballroom 2-31
32/4
396
Indirect Cove
LM Ballroom 2-31
LM Ballroom 2-31
SPARE
E1
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
14
462
Recessed adjustable Type RL1a
LM Meeting Room 2-33
E2
DIM
LED 0-10V
12/3
20/6
258
Surface linear cove Type SL2
LM Meeting Room 2-33
E3
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
4
132
Recessed adjustable Type RL2
LM Meeting Room 2-33
E4
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
4
132
Recessed adjustable Type RL2
LM Meeting Room 2-33
E5
DIM
LED ELV
9
8
72
Recessed adjustable Type RR1
LM Meeting Room 2-33
E6
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
6
198
Recessed downlights Type RL1
LM Meeting Room 2-33
F1
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
14
462
Recessed adjustable Type RL1a
LM Meeting Room 2-34
F2
DIM
LED 0-10V
12/3
20/6
258
Surface linear cove Type SL2
LM Meeting Room 2-34
F3
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
4
132
Recessed adjustable Type RL2
LM Meeting Room 2-34
F4
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
4
132
Recessed adjustable Type RL2
LM Meeting Room 2-34
F5
DIM
LED ELV
9
4
36
Recessed adjustable Type RR1
LM Meeting Room 2-34
F6
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
6
198
Recessed downlights Type RL1
LM Meeting Room 2-34
G1
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
8
264
Recessed adjustable Type RL1a
LM Boardroom 2-07
G2
DIM
LED 0-10V
12/3
10/2
126
Surface cove Type SL2/SL2a
LM Boardroom 2-07
G3
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
4
144
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Boardroom 2-07
H1
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
8
264
Recessed adjustable Type RL1a
LM Meeting Room 2-04
H2
DIM
LED 0-10V
12/3
8/8
120
Surface linear cove Type SL1
LM Meeting Room 2-04
H3
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
2
72
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Meeting Room 2-04
H4
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
3
108
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Meeting Room 2-04
H5
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
4
144
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Meeting Room 2-04
J1
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
8
264
Recessed adjustable Type RL1a
LM Meeting Room 2-04
J2
DIM
LED 0-10V
8/10
8/8
144
Surface linear cove Type SL1
LM Meeting Room 2-04
J3
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
2
72
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Meeting Room 2-04
J4
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
2
72
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Meeting Room 2-04
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 20
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
Control
Zone
Control
Type
Lamp Type
Lamp
Watts
Qty
Total
Load
K1
DIM
LED MR16
MLV
9
3
27
K2
DIM
LED 0-10V
36
4
K3
DIM
LED 0-10V
33
K4
DIM
LED 0-10V
8
K5
DIM
LED MR16
MLV
K6
DIM
K7
Description
Location
Recessed downlight Type GR4
LM Elevator Lobby 20-02
144
Recessed adjustable Type RL3
LM Elevator Lobby 20-02
8
264
Recessed adjustable Type RL1
Common Foyer 20-09
56
448
Recessed linear Type OL5
Terrace Canopy
9
8
72
Planter adjustable Type OL6
Terrace Planter
LED MLV
3
15
45
Ingrade bollard Type OL7
Terrace Planter bed
DIM
LED MLV
9
6
54
Wall mounted steplight Type WL1
Terrace Stair
K8
DIM
LED 0-10V
25.3
5
127
Exterior Sconce Type OL4
Terrace Canopy
K9
DIM
LED 0-10V
3
40
120
Ingrade paver light Type OM1
Terrace Pavers
K10
DIM
LED MR16
MLV
9
5
45
Planter adjustable Type OL6
Terrace Planter
K11
DIM
LED 0-10V
3
Lf
23
99
Bar Die Wall Accent
Roof Bar
K12
DIM
LED 0-10v
3
Lf
35
105
Bar Task Light
Roof Bar
K13
DIM
LED 0-10V
3
Lf
20
60
Bar Shelving
Roof Bar
K14
DIM
Incandescent
40
15
600
Decorative Pendants
Roof Bar
L1
DIM
Incandescent
100
3
300
Decorative Ext Sconce
Restaurant Patio
L2
DIM
LED 0-10V
20
3
60
Recessed Downlights RL9
Restaurant Entry
L3
DIM
LED 0-10V
20
4
80
Recessed Downlights RL6a
Bar Seating – Window
L4
DIM
LED 0-10V
20
5
100
Recessed Adj Accent RL6a
Restaurant Bar
L5
DIM
Incandescent
200
1
200
Decorative Pendant – LF701
Restaurant Bar
L6
DIM
LED 0-10V
20
5
100
Recessed Downlight RL6a
Restaurant Bar
L7
DIM
LED 0-10V
20
8
160
Wall Accent – booths
Restaurant
L8
DIM
LED ELV
30
Lf
32
960
Track Lights
Restaurant Bar
L9
DIM
LED ELV
30
Lf
37
1110
Track Lights
Restaurant
L10
DIM
LED 0-10V
20
4
80
Recessed Downlights RL6a
Bar Seating – Lobby
L11
DIM
LED 0-10V
5.5
Lf
51
281
Curtain Accents
Restaurant
L12
DIM
LED 0-10V
5.5
Lf
12
66
Curtain Accents - center
Restaurant
L13
DIM
Incandescent
60
3
180
Decorative Sconce LF-705
Restaurant
L14
DIM
Incandescent
150
2
300
Decorative Pendant LF-702
Restaurant
L15
DIM
LED 0-10V
20
4
80
Recessed Downlights RL6a
Restaurant
L16
DIM
Incandescent
150
2
300
Decorative Pendant LF-703
Restaurant
L17
DIM
LED 0-10V
20
4
80
Wall Accent – RL6a
Restaurant
L18
DIM
LED 0-10v
20
6
120
Wall Wash – Kitchen
Restaurant
/lf
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 21
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
Control
Zone
Control
Type
Lamp Type
L19
DIM
LED 0-10V
L20
DIM
L21
Lamp
Watts
Qty
Total
Load
Description
Location
20
5
100
Counter Accent – Kitchen
Restaurant
Incandescent
60
5
300
Decorative Sconce LF-704
Semi Private Dining
DIM
LED ELV
30
Lf
61
1830
Track
Semi Private Dining
L22
DIM
LED MLV
20
Lf
15
300
Wine Wall Accent
Semi Private Dining
L23
DIM
LED 0-10v
20
3
60
Recessed Accents RL6a
Semi Private Dining
L24
DIM
LED 0-10v
36
9
324
Recessed Downlights
Kitchen - Right
L25
DIM
LED 0-10v
36
5
180
Recessed Downlights
Kitchen – Front
L26
DIM
LED 0-10v
36
17
612
Recessed Downlights
Kitchen - Center
L27
DIM
LED 0-10v
36
5
180
Recessed Downlights
Kitchen - Left
L28
DIM
LED 0-10v
3w
Lf
19
57
Bar Die Wall Accent
Restaurant Bar
L29
DIM
LED 0-10v
3w
Lf
9
27
Task Accent
Restaurant Bar
L30
DIM
LED 0-10v
3w
Lf
18
54
Liquor Shelves
Restaurant Bar
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 22
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Equipment shall be installed utilizing manufacturer’s catalogue cut sheets and installation instructions and in accordance with these specifications.
B.
Contractor shall furnish all equipment, labor, system setup and other services necessary for the
proper installation of the products/system as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.
System setup shall include defining each dimmer’s load type, assigning each load to a zone
and setting the control functions.
3.2
A.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
Normal / Emergency Panels
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Upon the loss of normal input power, a panel operating from a normal/emergency feed
shall immediately turn on all circuits within that panel to full-on condition when emergency
input power is present.
During the presence of normal power, circuits designated as emergency circuits shall be
controlled via the same controls as circuits designated as normal. If both normal and
emergency circuits are on the same zone of control, all circuits shall react identically to a
control intensity change.
Emergency power feed may be provided by an emergency generator, a UPS system or
an IPS system with true sine wave output and a maximum of 10% THD when driving
dimmed loads. The generator, UPS system, or IPS system must be capable of operating
under no load conditions. Alternatively, the generator can be turned on only under emergency conditions.
Normal/Emergency panels shall be fed by a single Normal/emergency feed through the
use of a line side (upstream) normal/emergency power transfer switch supplied by others.
Under emergency input power feed, unless otherwise indicated all dimmers shall operate
at 100% of dimmer output voltage. Under these conditions, semiconductor device will be
in the full-on state.
Under emergency input power feed, if required, dimmer shall be capable of operating
lighting load at an emergency level lower than 100% dimmer output voltage. Panels shall
provide means to modify this emergency output level via panel processor without requiring external programming devices.
Under emergency input power feed, all local control stations shall be inoperable. Once
normal power is restored, all lighting zones shall revert back to their status prior to the
emergency condition without requiring any action on the part of the user. Restoration to
OFF, ON or a default level is not acceptable.
Emergency Panels
1.
2.
3.
Upon the loss of normal input power, a panel operating from an emergency feed shall immediately turn all circuits within the panel to full-on condition when emergency input
power is present.
Emergency power feed may be provided by an emergency generator, a UPS system or
an IPS system with true sine wave output and a maximum of 10% THD when driving
dimmed loads. The generator, UPS system, or IPS system must be capable of operating
under no load conditions. Alternatively, the generator can be turned on only under emergency conditions.
Under emergency input power feed, unless otherwise indicated all dimmers shall operate
at 100% of dimmer output voltage. Under these conditions, semiconductor device will be
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 23
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
4.
5.
6.
in the full-on state.
Under emergency input power feed, if required, dimmer shall be capable of operating
lighting load at an emergency level lower than 100% dimmer output voltage. Panels shall
provide means to modify this emergency output level via panel processor without requiring external programming devices.
Under emergency input power feed, all local control stations shall be inoperable. Once
normal power is restored, all lighting zones shall revert back to their status prior to the
emergency condition without requiring any action on the part of the user. Restoration to
OFF, ON or a default level is not acceptable.
Illumination levels shall be field programmable to meet local code requirements for Emergency power conditions. Such options include, but are not limited to, providing a constant minimal light level for emergency circuits during normal operation or providing full
function dimming under emergency power.
END OF SECTION
MCLA, Inc.
CENTRAL DIMMING CONTROLS – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
260933 - 24
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
SECTION 265100
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
1.4
DESCRIPTION
Provide and install lighting fixtures as shown on drawings and as specified in this and all related
Sections.
RELATED SECTIONS
265600.00
Exterior Luminaries, Lamps, Ballasts, Standards.
DEFINITIONS
“Alternate Manufacturers” are defined as those manufacturers whose products equal to the
specified product as to design intent of performance.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Provide all lighting fixtures as shown complete with all lamps, completely wired, controlled and
securely attached to supports.
B.
Where a catalog number and a narrative or pictorial descriptions are provided, the written
description shall take precedence and prevail.
C.
General Contractor shall provide electrical subcontractor with entire lighting specification
(including fixture illustrations and sketches); electrical subcontractor shall provide each
specified Manufacturer with complete information about the fixtures they will supply.
D.
Type of fixtures shall be as indicated alphanumerically and as specified.
E.
Fixture details shown may be modified by the Manufacturer provided all of the following
conditions have been met:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.5
A.
Fixture performance is equal or improved;
Structural, mechanical, electrical, safety and maintenance characteristics are equal or
improved;
Cost to the Owner is reduced or equal.
Modifications have been reviewed by the Architect and have been approved by the
Architect in writing.
STANDARDS
The standards and regulating committees referred in this specification and to which compliance
with is required are:
1.
2.
UL
NRTL
Underwriters Laboratories
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 1
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
NEC
ANSI
ASTM
NEMA
IEC
National Electric Code
American National Standards Institute
American Society of Testing and Materials
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
International Electrotechnical Commission
B.
All fixtures and assembled components shall be new, of good quality, and be approved by and
bear the label of UL for the applicable location and conditions (wet, damp, dry, etc.) or other
approved testing agencies, i.e., CSA, ETL, unless otherwise specified in writing.
C.
All fixtures shall meet all required local, state and/or national building, electrical and energy
codes and regulations.
1.6
SUBMITTALS
A.
For standard catalog items with no modification, submit catalog cut sheets prepared by the
Manufacturer which clearly show all elements to be supplied and all corresponding product
data (including lamping; ballast Manufacturer and model number; voltage; accessories or
option and any miscellaneous items detailed in the written description of the specification.) If
cut sheet show more than one (1) fixture type, all non-applicable information shall be crossed
out.
B.
For standard cataloged fixtures:
1.
2.
Submit one sample cone for each fixture type for review. Submit a certificate of
compliance with Alzak finish requirements with all requests for approval.
When more than one louver panel occurs in a fixture, submit as a part of shop drawings
the dimensional layout of individual louver panels and supporting “tee” members.
C.
For custom fixtures, modified fixtures or linear fluorescent fixtures mounted in continuous rows,
submit a sepia drawing prepared by the Manufacturer showing all details of construction,
lengths of runs, lamping layout, pendant locations, power locations, finishes and list of
materials. Drawing must be to scale. Contractor shall provide Manufacturer with field
dimensions where required. If scallop shields, wallwash reflectors or baffles are required,
drawings shall indicate relative position to wall or adjacent vertical surface.
D.
For all submittals under paragraphs A through C above, Manufacturer shall provide submittals
with fixture installation instruction sheets.
E.
For all submittals under paragraphs A through C above, Manufacturer shall provide submittals
within two weeks of receipt of order. All submittals shall have project name and fixture type
clearly shown.
F.
Fixture cuts and shop drawings shall be submitted in quantities and format as described in the
general conditions section in the specification.
G.
The Architect shall make the final determination as to whether or not the submittal contains
sufficient information and reserves the right to request a shop drawing if the fixture cut is
insufficient.
H.
Cold Cathode and Neon: Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval and maintenance.
Shop drawings shall include scale plans and details showing method of installation of
lampholders, lamps, reflectors, transformer housings and secondary feeds, as well as a
complete bill of materials. Contractor shall furnish field dimensions to Manufacturers so that
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 2
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
they may properly fabricate lamps to fit. Field dimensions required shall be shown on shop
drawings. Shop drawings shall be revised after receipt of field dimensions to show exact
locations or lampholders and lamps. A copy of these revised shop drawings shall be given to
the Owner for his use in lamp replacements and maintenance. Full-size cartoons of lamp
configuration shall be submitted, when required.
I.
Mock-ups
1.
2.
3.
J.
Samples
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.9
A.
1.10
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide a mock-up of the lighting fixture
or lighting systems as indicated in the fixture description. The mock-up shall be erected
within a time period and in a location that is acceptable to the Architect.
The mock-up installation shall closely conform to the conditions of the actual installation
as to: height, distance from ceiling, number and type of lamps, material, color and etc.
The Contractor shall submit a written description of each proposed mock-up with drawing
in order to obtain the Architect’s approval prior to commencement of each mock-up.
The purpose of the mock-up will be to study the general appearance and performance of
the intended lighting systems. At that time, certain minimal test variations may be
requested as to lamp location, lamp type, reflector shape, color and etc. Final
modifications, if any, shall be considered a part of these Specifications and shall be
accomplished with no additional cost to the Owner.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide a sample(s) fixture as indicated in
the Lighting Fixture Schedule. When samples are called for the Manufacturer shall
provide two working samples complete with lamp, ballast (rated for 120 Volt operation)
and 1800mm pig-tail with 3-prong Edison plug.
The sample(s) shall be shipped to a location that is determined by the Architect.
Shipping and return shipping costs shall be provided as part of the contract.
The purpose of the sample is to review manufacturing techniques, detailing, lamping and
scale. Sample fixtures must be approved prior to fabrication of fixtures for the project.
Minor modifications, if any, shall be considered part of these Specifications and shall be
accomplished with no additional cost to the Owner.
Sample fixtures may not be used on the project.
EXTRA STOCK
Furnish to the owner an store at the site where directed, extra stock of each lamp – 5%
minimum, ballast – 1% minimum and globes, lenses or lamp guards – 1% or 2 minimum.
WARRANTIES
A.
All fixtures and workmanship shall be guaranteed free of defects and fully operational for a
minimum of one year after the acceptance of the project by the Owner. Any fixtures or
workmanship found to be defective during the warranty period will be either fixed or replaced by
the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
B.
Ballasts for fluorescent fixtures shall be covered by a five year warranty and high intensity
discharge fixtures shall be covered by a two year warranty against defects in workmanship or
material. Warranty shall include in-warranty service program providing for payment of
authorized labor charges incurred in replacement of inoperative, in-warranty ballasts.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 3
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.1
GENERAL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Ferrous mounting hardware and accessories shall be finished using either a galvanic or
phosphate primer/baked paint processes to prevent corrosion and discoloration of adjacent
materials.
B.
For weatherproof and vapor tight installation, painted finishes of fixtures and accessories shall
be weatherproof enamel using proper primers or hot dipped galvanized and bonderized epoxy,
in accordance with Manufacturer’s requirements. Unless otherwise specified all painted
surfaces shall have a life expectancy of not less than twenty years.
1.
2.
3.
Hangers shall be conduit with chemically resistant, weatherproof, baked enamel finish.
Where dissimilar metal parts come in contact with each other, apply to both surfaces a
coating material to prevent corrosion.
Colors shall be as specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule.
C.
Fasteners shall be manufactured of non-magnetic stainless steel or anodized aluminum, except
in indoor applications where galvanized steel shall be acceptable.
D.
Fixtures shall be free of light leaks and shall be designed to provide sufficient ventilation of
lamps and ballasts including vent holes where required.
E.
Outdoor fixtures shall have wire mesh corrosion resistant screens in the vent holes properly
sized to prevent incursion of insects, small animals, and/or other small rodents.
F.
All sheet metal work shall be free from tool marks and dents and shall have accurate angles
bent as sharp as compatible with the gauges of the required metal. All intersections and joints
shall be formed true and of adequate strength and structural rigidity to prevent any distortion
after assembly. All sheet metal shall be free of light leaks. All edges shall be finished so there
are no sharp edges exposed. All miters shall be in accurate alignment with abutting
intersecting members. Piecing of plates in individual runs in single plans and the used of
spliced pieces or filler material to cover defective workmanship shall not be acceptable. Sheet
metal work shall be properly fabricated so that planes will not deform (i.e. become concave or
convex, due to normal expected ambient and operating conditions).
G.
Lampholders shall hold lamps securely against normal vibrations and maintenance handling.
Provide solid nickel or nickel-and-silver-plated contacts in lampholders for following types of
lamps:
1.
2.
3.
Mogul screw base incandescent, metal halide, and high pressure sodium.
Lamps in outdoor fixtures.
Tungsten-halogen lamps.
H.
Wiring channels and lampholder mountings shall be rigid and accurately made.
I.
Reflector Cones:
1.
2.
3.
Provide 45° lamp and lamp image cut-off unless otherwise specified. In fixtures where
upper reflector is separate from cone, cut-off shall be 45° unless otherwise specified.
Plastic materials shall not be used for reflector cones or aperture plates.
Fixtures in which reflector cones are riveted or welded to housing or where removal of
cone requires pressure to be applied to finished surface of reflector shall not be
acceptable.
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 4
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
J.
Cone flange shall be formed as an integral part of the cone and shall have identical color
and finish as the cone, except as shown. The flange major surface shall be
perpendicular to the cone axis. The width of the flange shall adequately cover the ceiling
opening without light leaks. No fixture parts (housing, mounting frames, etc.) shall be
visible between the ceiling surface and the edge of the cone flange.
The same
requirement shall be applicable to fixtures where main reflector extends down to the
bottom edge of the fixture without a separate cone. In such case, the flange shall be
formed as an integral part of the main reflector.
Reflector cones shall be manufactured of uniform gauge, not less than 0.032” thick, high
purity aluminum Alcoa 3002 alloy free for spin marks or other defects or blemishes
caused during manufacturing.
The finish of the inner surface of the reflector shall be highly specular as produced under
the Alzak process. The reflector shall have an anodic coating of not less than four mils
thick. The reflector inner surface shall be free of water spotting and shall maintain a
reflectivity ratio or not less than 83% on clear specular finish. The reflector shall have a
low iridescence finish free from multiple colors seen from normal viewing angles. Colors
shall be derived from dyes supplied by Sandoz Company or approved equal.
The reflecting surface of the cone shall be tested for proper sealing. Test per ASTM
B136-63T.
Fixtures with Alzak reflector cones, unless otherwise specified, must be furnished by the
same Manufacturer.
Reflector cone retention devices shall not deform cone in any manner whatsoever.
Submit a certificate of compliance with Alzak finish requirements with all requests for
approval.
Lenses:
1.
Fresnel:
a.
2.
Lenses shall have uniform brightness throughout the entire visible area at angles
from 45° to 90° from vertical, without bright spots or striations.
b.
Lens shall have opaque risers; color shall be as specified in Lighting Fixture
Schedule.
c.
Finish of visible regress surface of door shall be matte baked enamel paint, special
color as selected by Architect.
d.
All fixtures with fresnel lenses, unless otherwise specified, must be furnished by the
same Manufacturer.
Glass:
a.
b.
3.
Flat glass lenses shall be heat tempered low iron glass unless otherwise noted.
Glass finishes, i.e. sandblasting, etching, polishing shall be performed as described
in the fixture description.
Acrylic
a.
b.
Lenses shall be of injection molded crystal clear material 100% virgin acrylic. For
lenses with male pattern of pyramids or cones, specified minimum thickness refers
to distance from flat surface to base of pyramids (cones), or thickness of
undisturbed material. For lenses with female pattern, specified minimum thickness
refers to overall thickness of material.
Lenses shall fully eliminate lamp images when viewed from all directions within the
45° to 90° angle from vertical when the ratio of lamp spacing to the distance from
lamp underside to top of lenses does not exceed 1.50. Within the viewing angle
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 5
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
from 0° to 45° the ratio of maximum brightness (under a lamp) to minimum
brightness (between lamps) shall not exceed 3 to 1.
K.
Louvers:
1.
Parabolic:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Louvers shall be continuously bound in channel formed frame, finish and color as
specified or as selected.
Louver shall provide a minimum visual cut-off to the lamp of 45°.
The finish of the inner surface of the reflector shall be highly specular as produced
under the Alzak process. The reflector shall have an anodic coating of not less
than four mils thick. The reflector inner surface shall be free of water spotting and
shall maintain a reflectivity ratio of not less than 83% on clear specular finish. The
reflector shall have a low iridescence finish free from multiple colors seen from
normal viewing angles.
Flat Blade:
a.
b.
c.
Provide flat blade louvers within formed frame, finish and color as specified.
Louvers to provide minimum of 45° degree cut-off from lamp image.
Blade thickness to minimum 3.125mm flat steel.
L.
In adjustable fixtures, aiming and positive locking devices shall be provided.
M.
Fixtures with an adjustable lamp and using a lamp with an asymmetrical light pattern shall have
an aiming stop which can be permanently set so that the lamp shall remain correctly positioned
after service or relamping.
N.
Fluorescent Fixtures:
1.
Hot Cathode:
a.
Housing
1.
2.
3.
No. 22 minimum gauge steel, bonderized or equal rust protected, or No. 16
gauge aluminum rigid construction, suitable for continuous row mounting
where indicated.
Finish: Baked enamel paint finish unless otherwise specified, color as
specified or as selected.
Exterior Fixture Finishes:
a)
b)
b.
c.
Unless otherwise specified, all painted surfaces shall have an outdoor
life expectancy of not less than 20 years. Surfaces shall be prepared,
primed, and material applied in accordance with the Manufacturer’s
requirements.
Color: Colors shall be as specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule.
Reflector: Minimum 85% reflectance.
Lightshields:
1.
2.
Frames: Provide extruded aluminum frames with mitered corners filled and
ground smooth. Provide fixture with concealed hinges and invisible latching.
No cross bars shall be permitted over lightshields.
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 6
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
d.
Lampholders:
1.
e.
For rapid start lamps on single ballasts, provide one (1) grounding lampholder per
lamp. Lampholders operating with open circuit voltage in excess of 300 volts shall
be safety type and shall open supply circuit when lamp is removed from
lampholder.
1.
2.
f.
g.
Lampholders shall be UL listed, and meet IEC-60400, “International
Standard: Lampholders for tubular fluorescent lamps and startholders.”
Mount lamps used in rapid start circuits 430MA and below: within 12.5mm of
grounded metal as long as the lamp.
800mA and 1500mA lamps: mount within 25mm of grounded metal as long
as the lamp.
Fluorescent fixtures shall conform to NEMA Standards, including references to
fixture dimensions and temperature ratings.
Ballasts shall be electronic high power factor (greater than 90%), ballast factor
(greater than 87%) and approved by UL (UL 935 listed). Ballasts shall be certified
for voltage and number of lamps specified and equipped with internal thermal
protectors unless otherwise specified.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ballasts shall have a Crest Factor of less than one and seven tenths.
Ballasts for indoor applications shall be “Class P.”
Provide multi-lamp ballasts where possible including continuous rows of onelamp fixtures, and one-lamp ballasts only where the fixture layout does not
permit the use of multi-lamp ballasts.
Ballast shall be a dedicated ballast to operate a specific lamp, i.e., T8
ballasts specifically for a T8 lamp.
All ballasts shall operate at the voltage as described in the Lighting Fixture
Schedule and confirmed on electrical drawings. Ballasts shall operate lamps
properly through the following supply voltage ranges:
a)
b)
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Rated voltage +/- 10%
Universal voltage of 108 to 305V on 50 or 60Hz supply
Ballast shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions
without damage.
Frequency shall be 20 Khz or greater except as noted without any
discernable flicker (<3% flicker index).
Ballast shall have input current total harmonic distortion not to exceed 10% of
the fundamental harmonic (60 Hz).
Ballast shall not contain PCB materials.
Ballast shall provide transient immunity as recommended by ANSI C62.411991 location Category A2.
Ballast shall be encapsulated to ensure maximum thermal and structural
integrity.
Ballast minimum sound ratings:
a)
b)
c)
d)
265 mA:
430 mA:
800 mA:
1500 mA:
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
Class ‘A’
Class ‘A’
Class ‘B’
Class ‘C’
265100 - 7
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
All fixtures installed in exterior or unheated interior spaces shall be supplied
with ballasts which start lamps down to 0°F unless noted otherwise.
Ballasts fro T5, T5HO,and CFL lamps shall incorporate auto resetting lamp
shutdown circuitry for end of lamp life protection thereby allowing fro relamping without the need to cycle power.
Program Rapid start ballasts shall be used when the lamps are to be
frequently turned on/off (with cycles of less than 3 hours). Otherwise ballast
shall provide instant starting sequence consistent with ANSI standard
C82.11-1993.
Ballast shall be Manufactured in an ISO 9002 certified facility.
Manufacturer shall have minimum 15 years of manufacturing experience.
Ballast, unless specified otherwise, shall be same Manufacturer and model in
each fixture of the same type. Acceptable ballast Manufacturers unless
otherwise noted are:
a.
b.
c.
d.
h.
2.
Philips/Advance
Universal Lighting Technologies
Osram/Sylvania
Lutron
Lighting fixtures recessed in a hung ceiling where the space above the hung ceiling
is used as a plenum chamber for either supply or return air for the air conditioning
system shall be designed, Manufactured and wired to conform to NEC Article 30022.
Cold Cathode/Neon: In the following description, “cold cathode” refers to lamps with an
18-25mm diameter; “neon” refers to lamps with an 8-15mm diameter.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Lamp color, size, and shape shall be as specified, fully evacuated before filling with
high purity gas.
Lampholders shall be UL listed 7500 volts minimum. Cold cathode and neon
lampholders shall be dry-process or wet-process glazed porcelain or Pyrex glass.
All lampholders shall be supplied with spring bronze clip contacts which shall
provide electrical contact and support by lamp supports at a minimum of 450mm
apart. When adjacent lampholders are of opposite polarity, lampholders shall be
located at a minimum of 50mm apart. Lamp holders shall be recessed unless
otherwise specified.
Maximum nominal lamp length shall be 2400mm or 8’-0”.
For continuous lamp runs, the space between lighted lamp ends shall not exceed
2.5”.
For all neon tube bend backs, lamp shall be painted with black or gray block-out
paint as Manufactured by Stazon or approved equal. If paint color is required to
match adjacent surfaces, it shall be applied only over block-out paint.
Transformers for non-dimming installations shall be high power factor type, voltage
as specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule. Transformers for dimming
installations shall be 115-120 volt, 60 hertz, low (normal) power factor type. Fixture
Manufacturer shall confirm compatibility of transformer with dimming system
Manufacturer. Secondary voltage shall be as required by lamp footage, cold
weather usage and dimming. Transformers shall be UL listed, self-contained in a
1.61mm steel housing, with separate secondary and primary wiring compartments
and equipped with a disconnect switch which shall automatically disconnect the
primary when the wiring compartment cover is removed. Transformers shall have
a remote capacitor in a ventilated compartment so that the transformer does not
have to be removed in case of capacitor failure. Transformers shall be installed in
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 8
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
an accessible and ventilated area (37.78°C maximum ambient temperature) with
air circulation on all sides to dissipate approximately 100 watts each. Each
transformer shall be installed as close to the lamp as possible in order to keep the
secondary feeds as short and equal in length as possible. Wiring compartments
shall be accessible if mounted above ceilings, in partitions, or in any location other
than electrical closets.
Operating current for cold cathode shall be 120 mA or 200 mA, as specified.
Ballasts only shall be used for 200 mA operating current. Operating current for
neon shall be 30 mA or 60 mA, as specified.
Secondary feeds shall be UL listed blue GT015 cable. Only one (1) cable shall be
installed in 12.5mm PVC rigid plastic or metal conduit. Conduits shall be installed
at a minimum of 50mm apart unless polarity is maintained. If plastic conduit is
used, component parts shall be grounded. Cold cathode lighting not controlled by
dimmers shall be mid-point grounded.
Adjustable snap-on reflectors for cold cathode lamps, when specified shall be of
high reflectance white extruded plastic. Reflectors shall snap onto the lamps and
be adjustable to direct the illumination.
Lamps, lampholders, secondary feeds and transformers shall be installed in strict
accordance with shop drawings. Lamps and lampholders shall be kept at a
minimum of 50mm from metal. Contractor shall make sure that all lamps make
secure electrical contact in the lampholders.
Switches or circuit breakers
controlling cold cathode lighting transformers shall be capable of being locked in
the open position.
All neon and cold cathode fixtures shall be supplied electrically through distribution
transformers dedicated to lighting only, in order to prevent injection of “noise” into
electrical system which may affect public address, radio, computer and other such
systems.
1)
3.
O.
Contractor shall take care to install secondary feed wiring in accordance with
Manufacturer’s recommendation when near public address, computer or
other such system components, or associated wiring or any voltage.
When specified, fluorescent luminaries shall have radio frequency interference (RFI) or
electromagnetic interference filters. Filters shall either be integral or external to the
ballast, but must be integral to the luminarie assembly with one filter per ballast and shall
suppress electromagnetic interference in the AM radio band from 500 to 1700 kHz.
Filters shall also be in the circuit serving the lightening fixture.
Incandescent Fixtures
1.
2.
Incandescent fixtures, unless otherwise specified, shall be operated at 90% of rated lamp
voltage by means a bucking transformer at the distribution panel for extended lamp life.
Bucking transformers shall not be used on those circuits where dimmers are used. Refer
to Electrical Engineers drawings and Specifications for Manufacturer, quantity and size of
bucking transformers required. (Refer to the Lighting Fixture Schedule for lamp
voltages.)
Housing:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Steel, bonderized or equal rust protected or aluminum, rigid construction. Minimum
gauge thickness shall be as follows:
Interior locations: 1.01mm steel, 1.29mm aluminum.
Exterior locations: 1.31mm steel, 1.63mm aluminum.
Finish: Baked enamel finish (except when otherwise specified).
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 9
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
e.
f.
g.
h.
Concealed interior surfaces (this applies to interior hardware, lampholders, yokes,
brackets, etc.): matte black.
Concealed exterior surfaces: matte black
Visible surfaces: color and texture as specified below for each fixture type or as
selected.
Exterior Fixture Finishes:
1)
2)
3.
4.
5.
6.
P.
Unless otherwise specified, all painted surfaces shall have an outdoor life
expectancy of not less than 20 years. Surfaces shall be prepared, primed,
and material applied in accordance with the Manufacturer’s requirements.
Color: Colors shall be as specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule.
Reflector Cones: refer to “Reflector Cones,” above.
Reflectors not visible within normal viewing angles shall be highly specular as produced
under the Alzak process, except when otherwise specified. Minimum reflectance shall be
83%.
Provide safety devices for removable fixture elements (cones, reflectors, lenses and
fixture doors, etc.). Safety devices shall support removable elements when not in normal
operating position, and be detachable if necessary. This device shellac not interfere with
fixture performance, maintenance, or the seating of any fixture element, and shall not be
visible during normal fixture operation.
Thermal protection device shall be provided as required by code.
High Intensity Discharge Fixtures
1.
Housing, where applicable:
a.
Steel bonderized or equal rust protected, or aluminum, rigid construction. Minimum
gauge thickness shall be as follows:
1)
2)
b.
Interior locations: 1.01mm steel, 1.61mm aluminum
Exterior locations: 1.31mm steel, 1.63mm aluminum.
Finish: Baked enamel finish
1)
2)
3)
Concealed surfaces: matte black
Visible surfaces: color and texture as specified below for each fixture type or
as specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule.
Exterior Fixture Finishes:
a)
b)
c.
d.
2.
Unless otherwise specified, all painted surfaces shall have an outdoor
life expectancy of not less than 20 years. Surfaces shall be prepared,
primed, and material applied in accordance with the Manufacturer’s
requirements.
Color: Colors shall be as specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule.
Lampholder housing: cast aluminum with integral heat radiating fins to assure cool
lamp base operation.
Fixture housing design shall provide for top and bottom relamping, unless
otherwise specified.
Reflector: High purity (not less than 99.0%) aluminum. Specular finish shall be achieved
by mechanical- and electro-polishing. Reflector shall be anodized to prevent surface
corrosion or deterioration. The reflectance shall not be less than 83%.
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 10
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
3.
4.
Provide safety devices for removable fixture elements (cones, reflectors, lenses, fixture
doors, etc.). Safety devices shall support removable element when not in normal
operating position, and be detachable if necessary This device shall not interfere with
fixture performance, maintenance, or the seating of any fixture element, and shall not be
visible during normal fixture operation.
Magnetic Ballasts: High power factor, UL approved constant wattage auto-transformer
type for voltage and lamp specified – 60 hertz.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
5.
Ballasts shall be designed in accordance with all applicable ANSI specifications
including ANSI C82.4 and shall comply with UL 1029.
Ballast shall have a normal ambient operating temperature of 40°C.
The light output shall not vary more than 11% with a +/- 5% voltage variation in
high reactance circuit.
The light output shall not vary more than 5% with +/- 10% voltage variation in CWA
circuit.
Lamp drop out voltage shall not exceed minus 25% of the rated voltage for the high
reactance circuit and minus 30% for the CWA circuit.
Ballasts for indoor applications shall be encased in a housing which provides
necessary wiring compartments and provision for required electrical connectors or
devices.
Ballast components shall be surrounded with a thermosetting fill to assure
adequate heat dissipation and quiet operation.
Ballasts shall be provided with necessary mounting hardware and vibration
dampers.
Ballasts for outdoor use shall be encased in watertight enclosures with proper
outdoor wiring devices.
Ballasts shall be suitable for starting lamps at
temperatures between -29°C, and 41°C.
Electronic Metal Halide ballasts:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
Unless specified otherwise, shall be same Manufacturer and model in each fixture
of the same type.
Shall have an input voltage range with a variation of at least +/- 20% and +/- 1%
lamp regulation resulting in greater lamp stability in areas with poor power
regulation.
Output shall be “square wave” with an operating frequency of less than 200 Hz.
Shall incorporate a “Turn Off” shutdown safety feature not exceeding a response
time of 3 seconds to prevent excessive ignition, undue system stress and improved
long term performance of the ballast under the following conditions: no lamp, failed
lamp, end of life lamp, leaker lamps and other sustained abnormal conditions such
as rectification and glow mode.
Shall comply with FCC Part 18 Class A. The Manufacturer shall provide
documentation of compliance with non-consumer limits for EMI and RFI.
Shall have a Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) less than 10%.
Shall have a lamp Crest Factor of less than 1.3.
Shall have a Power Factor of not less than 96%.
Shall be sound rated “A”.
Shall be equipped with internal thermal protection to shut down the ballast when
operation temperatures reach unacceptable levels.
Shall be UL and CUL “Listed or Recognized” for 120v and 277v applications and
CE “Listed” for 220 to 240 v 50 Hz applications.
Shall incorporate a metal case and be suitable for recessed use.
Shall be designated Type 1 – Outdoor.
Shall be capable of remote mounting with a distance of not less than 10’-0”.
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 11
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
Shall incorporate Electrolytic Capacitor(s) with minimum rating of 8,000 hours at
105°C and a minimum life expectancy exceeding 64,000 hours at 75°C.
Manufacturer shall offer a Five (5) year product warranty.
Manufacturer shall have a minimum of fifteen (15) years experience in the
Manufacturer of electronic power lighting products, two (2) years experience in the
Manufacturer of Electronic Metal Halide ballasts and no less than fifty thousand
(50,000) units installed worldwide.
The specified lamps shall be approved and/or warranted by the lamp Manufacturer
for use with the designated Electronic Metal Halide ballast.
Shall have built in circuit protection.
Shall have a designated ballast factor of 1.0.
Acceptable ballast Manufacturers unless otherwise noted are:
a)
b)
c)
6.
7.
Q.
Aromat
Hatch
Metro-light
Lighting fixtures recessed in a hung ceiling where the space above the ceiling is used as
a plenum chamber for either supply or return air for the air conditioning system shall be
designed, Manufactured, and wired to conform with NEC Article 300-22.
Provide clear glass safety lens in all Metal Halide fixtures unless otherwise noted.
Wiring:
1.
Voltage Rating
a.
b.
2.
For voltages up to 120 volts fixture wiring shall be rated for 300 volts minimum.
For voltages above 120 volts fixture wring shall be rated for 600 volts minimum.
Temperature Rating – Internal to Fixture
a.
b.
All wiring shall be code-approved for fixture wiring, and shall comply with the
following temperature ratings unless fixture design or local codes require higher
temperature wire.
Incandescent
1)
2)
3)
c.
Fluorescent
1.
2.
d.
Minimum rated between lampholder(s) and separately mounted junction box
or internal transformer.
Minimum rated between ballast and separate junction box, or connection
within integral wireway.
Tungsten-halogen lamp seal temperature shall not exceed 350°C at ambient
of 25°C when tested per UL Bulletin 57, Par. 328-334. Submit certified heat
test data by independent testing laboratory.
Minimum rating between lampholders and internal ballast.
Minimum between ballast and separate junction box, or connection within
integral wireway.
High Intensity Discharge
1)
Minimum rating between lampholder(s) and separate junction box or
connections with ballast components.
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 12
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2)
Minimum rating between core and coil ballast components and separate
junction box.
Minimum rating between encased and potted ballast components and
separate junction box.
3)
3.
Temperature Rating – External to Fixture
a.
All flexible cord wiring between fixture components or to electrical receptacle and
not in wireways shall have a minimum temperature rating of 105°C.
Cord type shall be suitable for application and shall be fitted with proper strain relief
and watertight entries where required by application.
b.
4.
Splices
a.
Splices internal to fixture shall be made within separate splice compartments and
shall utilize nylon insulated crimped connections or insulated quick disconnects.
Splices to branch circuit wiring in separate junction boxes shall utilize flame
retardant thermoplastic caps with fully seated helical metal spring and threaded
entry.
b.
5.
6.
7.
R.
No internal wiring shall be visible at normal viewing angles, i.e., above 45° from vertical.
Use additional wire clamps if necessary. Anticipate increased visibility if fixtures are
mounted on or recessed within a sloping surface.
Any fixture fed from more than one panel, i.e., for normal and night or emergency
operation, shall have separate neutrals to each panel.
Furnish code-approved wiring in ceiling cavities forming air plenums.
Solid State Lighting (LED)
1.
General:
a.
Manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the
Manufacturer and design of LED products and systems and no less than one
hundred (100) North American installations.
All LED fixtures and power/data supplies shall be provided by a single
Manufacturer to ensure compatibility.
Include all components necessary for a complete installation. Provide all power
supplies, synchronizers, data cables, and data terminators for a complete working
system.
All peripheral devices and control software are to be provided by and shall be the
responsibility of a single entity. All components shall perform successfully as a
complete system and shall operate as described in control narrative documents.
All LED sources used in LED luminaire shall be of proven quality from established
and reputable LED Manufacturers. Acceptable LED lamp Manufacturers unless
otherwise noted are:
b.
c.
d.
e.
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.
Cree, Inc.
Philips Lighting (Lumileds or Fortimo)
Nichia Corporation
Xicato
Replacement and Spares:
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 13
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
a.
b.
c.
3.
Manufacturers shall keep record of original bin for each LED module and have
replacement modules from the same bin available for three (3) years after the
date of installation. System components shall not become obsolete for ten (10)
years. Manufacturer shall keep an inventory of replacement parts (source
assembly, power and control components) or provide replacement parts that fit
into the original luminaire and provide equivalent distribution and lumen output to
the original.
All parts of system shall be replaceable in field. Manufacturer shall accept
returned product and/or components for recycling or re-use.
System shall carry a full warrantee for five (5) years. Manufacturer shall be
responsible for cost of labor to replace any component of the system that fails
within 2 years of installation.
Products and Components - Performance
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
LED luminaries and components shall be UL listed or UL classified.
LED luminaries and components shall be CE certified.
LED luminaries and components shall be PSE marked.
All manufacturing processes and materials shall conform to the requirements of the
European Union’s Restriction on the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical
and Electronics Equipment (RoHS) Directive, 2002/95/EC.
LEDs shall comply with ANSI/NEMA/ANSLG C78-377-2008 – Specifications for the
Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products.
RGB LEDs shall have a rated source life of 100,000 hours and white LEDs shall
have a rated source life of 50,000 hours under normal operating conditions.
To ensure fixture quality, fixture shall have been tested under accelerated life test
conditions including an operating temperature span of 160 degrees C, and cyclic
loading up to 60G.
Fixture assembly shall include a method of dissipating heat so as to not degrade
life of source, electronic equipment, or lenses. LED fixture housing shall be
designed to transfer heat from the LED board to the outside environment. Fixture
housing shall have no impact on life of components.
Manufacturer shall supply a range of permissible operating temperatures in which
system will perform optimally.
High power LED fixture shall be thermally protected using one or more of the
following thermal management techniques: metal core board, gap pad, and/or
internal monitoring firmware.
All products included in system shall use Mil-Std 810F, Random Vibration 7.698g
as a minimum standard. In installations subject to vibration, luminaries shall be
installed with vibration isolation hardware to sufficiently dampen vibrations.
For wet and damp use, LED-based luminary itself shall be sealed, rated, and
tested for appropriate environmental conditions, not accomplished by using an
additional housing or enclosure.
All hardwired connections to LED fixtures shall be reverse polarity protected and
provide high voltage protection in the event connections are reversed or shorted
during the installation process.
The LED luminaire shall be operated at constant and carefully regulated current
levels. LEDs shall not be overdriven beyond their specified nominal voltage and
current.
RBG LED fixtures shall utilize an equal combination of high brightness red, blue
and green LEDs, unless otherwise noted, to provide up to 16.7 million additive
RGB colors and shall be capable of at least 8-bit control.
Manufacturer shall be able to provide supporting documentation of the product
meeting third party regulatory compliance.
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 14
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
Manufacturer shall ensure that products undergo and successfully meet
appropriate design and manufacturability testing including Design FMEA, Process
FMEA, Environmental Engineering Considerations and Laboratory Tests, IEC
standards and UL/CE testing.
All LED fixtures (100% of each lot) shall undergo a minimum eight-hour burin-in
test during manufacturing.
Manufacturer shall provide optical performance, polar diagrams, and relevant
luminance and illuminance photometric data based on test results from an
independent Nationally Recognized Testing Lab (NRTL).
Manufacturer shall provide photometric data in IES file format in accordance with
IES LM-63-2002, based on test results from an independent NRTL.
Manufacturer shall provide mechanical, electrical, network communication and
environmental specifications.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
4.
5.
S.
LED fixture shall be network controllable via digital control.
The LED system shall use integral and differential nonlinear control.
Constant data transmission rates shall be employed, resulting in the output
being independent of distance of cable between power supply and light
source within the specified length.
Power/data supply outputs shall have current limiting protection.
Power/data supply shall provide mis-wiring protection.
Power/data supply shall have power factor correction.
Power/data supply shall provide connections that are conduit-ready or clampstyle connections in the case of low-voltage wiring.
Power/data supply shall come with a housing that meets a minimum IP20
rating for dry location installation
Power/data supply shall be UL listed for Class 1 or Class 2 wiring
LED system shall have a selectable means of external control via a data
network.
Each LED fixture and /or node shall have the capability to be set to a unique and
individual address. Address shall be selectable through on board switches or by an
external hardware of software method.
The LED system shall be scalable, with every LED fixture/address in the system capable
of being controlled by a single, centralized controller.
Lamps:
1.
Hot cathode fluorescent lamps: shall be 3000° Kelvin, with 85 CRI or greater except as
shown. Refer to the Lighting Fixture Schedule. All lamps, except as specified, shall be of
the same Manufacturer:
a. General Electric
b. Philips
c. Osram/Sylvania
2.
Cold cathode lamps: Lamps shall produce 300 lumens per foot (warm white) when
operating at 120 mA, 440 lumens per foot (warm white) when operating at 200 mA, and
shall not depreciate more than 20% after 10,000 hours of normal operation. Lamps shall
be made from 5/8” or 1” diameter lead glass halo-phosphor coated and baked, with
heavy-duty coated electrodes, and shall be fabricated to the shapes and sizes as shown
on drawings. Lamps shall be processed with a high-speed mechanical pump at least 100
liters free air capacity, backed up by a three-stage oil diffusion pump able to produce a
vacuum of 10-7 and accurate gauges and meters for measuring and controlling
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 15
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
3.
pressures, temperatures, carrier gas and mercury. Completed lamps shall be silicon
coated and aged for 15 hours. Lamps showing end darkening, stains, discoloration,
spiraling or sputtering shall be rejected.
Incandescent lamps:
a.
b.
120 volt, except as shown. Refer to the Lighting Fixture Schedule for details.
All lamps, except as specified, shall be of the same Manufacturer:
1)
2)
3)
4)
c.
4.
General Electric
Philips
Osram/Sylvania
Venture
Air Handling Troffer Fixtures:
1.
2.
U.
Energy saving type lamps which use an electronic diode shall not be used unless
otherwise specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule.
High intensity discharge lamps: Refer to the Lighting Fixture Schedule for details. All
lamps, except as specified, shall be of the same Manufacturer:
a.
b.
c.
d.
T.
General Electric
Philips
Osram/Sylvania
Ushio
Refer to mechanical drawings and specifications for requirements, if any.
Air diffusers shall be supplied by others.
Pole/Luminaire Assemblies:
1.
2.
3.
Supply luminaries, davit arms, brackets, poles, handhold covers, base components, and
all other accessories complete by specified Manufacturer who will be responsible for
proper fitting of all elements.
Manufacturer will supply assembly to withstand 100 mph winds with a 1.3 gust factor
without permanent deflection.
Manufacturer shall be responsible for design of and structural integrity of complete base
(i.e., concrete dimensions, rebar requirements, grounding and conduit requirements,
drainage and ground compaction requirements).
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 16
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.2 LIGHTING FIXTURE DESCRIPTIONS
TYPE-GC1
1. Description: Recessed fully adjustable accent light, with square finished trim and aiming ring for
use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: Faceplate 8.83” x5.83”, overall 7.28” width, 14.69” length, 6-3/4” depth,.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling, use specified slush mounting accessory, to make install fixture
completely flush with ceiling surface..
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread.
5. Electrical: 120/277 integral electronic driver.
6. Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
7. Optics: LED MR16 lamp with 36º beam spread.
8. Labels: UL/CUL Class 2 and non-Class 2
9. Features: Square trim with separate, fully adjustable aiming ring. Flush mounting accessory
allows the trim to be completely flush with the ceiling surface. Must be available in matched
multiple lamp versions.
10. Finish: Metallic gray trim finish, metallic gray ring finish, black enclosure. Interior Designer shall
verify finishes
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Eureka #12540-1x1-169x-MR16LED16E-volt-MG-MG-BLK-19540-1x1
b. Equal by: Contrast or USAi Lighting
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 17
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE-GC2
1. Description: Recessed fully adjustable double accent light, with rectangular finish trim and aiming
ring for use with 2x LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: Faceplate 10.28” x 13.95”, overall 7.75” width, 18.62” length, 6-3/4” depth,.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling, use specified slush mounting accessory, to make install fixture
completely flush with ceiling surface.
4. Lamping: 2 x 9w Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread.
5. Electrical: 120/277 integral electronic driver.
6. Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
7. Optics: LED MR16 lamp with 36º beam spread.
8. Labels: UL/CUL Class 2 and non-Class 2
9. Features: Rectangular trim with separate, fully adjustable aiming ring. Flush mounting accesspry
allows the trim to be completely flush with the ceiling surface. Must be available in matched
multiple lamp versions.
10. Finish: Metallic gray trim finish, metallic gray ring finish, black enclosure. Interior Designer shall
verify finishes
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Eureka #12540-2x1-169x-MR16LED16E-volt-MG-MG-BLK-19540-2x1
b. Equal by: Contrast or USAi Lighting
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 18
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE-GC3
1. Description: Linear lensed LED fixture designed for cove mounting.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/16” wide, 1-3/8” deep, lengths per plans.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount in a cove - refer to architectural drawings for mounting detail. Top of
fixture shall be 1/2" below cove edge. Verify overall lengths with as built conditions - provide
mounting end to end for continuous illumination.
4. Lamping: LED 2700K, CRI>80, 6W per foot, 505 lumens/foot delivered.
5. Electrical: Non –dimming. Powered directly from AC line voltage without need for separate LED
driver.
6. Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
7. Optics: Frosted polycarbonate lens, 120º beam spread.
8. Labels: UL/CUL dry/damp location.
9. Features: Polymer extruded housing, adjustable mounting brackets. Integral drive allows fixture to
be powered directly from AC line voltage without additional driver.
10. Finish: White.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Lumenpulse #LCN-HO-volt-length-27K-FR-WH-NO
b. Equal by: Ecosense or Philips
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 19
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE-GC4
1. Description: Small aperture recessed accent downlight with 1” regressed lamp mounting, for use
with LED MR16 Lamp.
2. Dimensions: 1-78” aperture, faceplate 3-1/4” diameter 10-5/8” overall width, 12-1/2” overall
length, 4-1/8” deep
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling.
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread.
5. Electrical: Low voltage solid state transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
7. Optics: Vertical groove black baffle and Solite lens. Lamp to have beam spread 36º.
8. Labels: UL/ cUL dry/damp location.
9. Features: Die cast aluminum and steel. Torsion spring mounting. Modify foe 20W Max label.
Furnish and install Solite accessory lens – remove clear glass lens
10. Finish: White, Interior Designer to confirm finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #7870-10-325NC-volt-9157B
b. Equal by: Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 20
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE-GC5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed beveled, regressed trimless LED downlight.
Dimensions: 3-1/2” dia. Aperture, 4/1/2”, housing 5-3/4” x 19”, 4-2/4” depth. ,
Mounting: Recessed ceiling.
Lamping: 20 W LED, 2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 80º beam spread.
Electrical: Low voltage solid state transformer.
Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
Optics: Precision injection molded specular polycarbonate reflector optimized for 80º beam
distribution. Integral solite lens.
Labels: UL/ CUL dry/damp location.
Features: Die cast aluminum 1” bevel. Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver.
Finish: White, Interior Designer to confirm finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #1021-B1-10-LRLD4-9020-M2-27KS-80-NCSM1-volt
b. Equal by: Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 21
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE GR1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Description: Recessed 3-3/4” square open adjustable downlight for use with LED MR16 lamp.
Dimensions: 9-1/2” long, (12-1/2” overall) 7” wide, 5-3/4” overall depth.
Mounting: Recessed ceiling.
Lamping: Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread
Electrical: Electronic 60 VA calls 2 transformer, 120 volt primary, nominal 12V secondary Class H
Voltage: 120V
Optics: 36º beam spread, Furnish and install frosted glass lens accessory.
Labels: CSA, UL damp locations.
Features: 25 ga. Steel housing, die cast aluminum flange. Die cast aluminum adjustable
lampholder assembly, rotates 358º horizontally and 0 to 35º vertically.
10. Finish: Brushed steel, Interior Designer shall verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Lightolier #348STX-302MREX-AF2FR
b. Equal by: Contrast Lighting or USAi Lighting
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 22
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE GR2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Description: Recessed 3-3/4” square lensed adjustable showerlight for use with LED MR16 lamp.
Dimensions: 9-1/2” long, (12-1/2” overall) 7” wide, 5-3/4” overall depth.
Mounting: Recessed ceiling.
Lamping: Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread
Electrical: Electronic 60 VA calls 2 transformer, 120 volt primary, nominal 12V secondary Class H
Voltage: 120V
Optics: 36º beam spread with fixed, tempered frosted glass lens.
Labels: CSA, UL certified for damp or wet locations.
Features: 25 ga. Steel housing, die cast aluminum flange. Die cast aluminum adjustable
lampholder assembly, rotates 358º horizontally and 0 to 35º vertically.
10. Finish: Brushed steel, Interior Designer shall verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Lightolier #347ASTX-302MREX
b. Equal by: Contrast Lighting or USAi Lighting
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 23
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE GR3
1. Description: Flexible LED linear strip light,that can be installed to run online voltage without
additional power supply.
2. Dimensions: 7/8” wide x 1/4” deep lengths per plans.
3. Mounting: Provide 2' power cord for mounting to furniture Provide wall mounted outlet for power
connection coordinate outlet height with furniture dimensions .Provide continuous clear housing
to prevent sagging and ensure a secure installation
4. Lamping: LEDs 2700K, CRI>80, 4.95 W/ft, 97 Lumen/watt.
5. Electrical: Runs directly off line voltage with no additional transformer or power supply needed.
Can be dimmed with ELV dimmer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer
7. Optics: High efficiency LEDs provide 112 lm/W.Flexible, optically clear thermoplastic jacket, no
other lens needed.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp/ wet locations,
9. Features: Built in surge protection module. Snap-in clear plastic mounting channel. Fixtures install
under bench and desk at AC guestrooms. Confirm with owner whether fixtures should be
furnished with the electrical package or with FF&E package.
10. Finish: Standard white.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Jesco #DL-AC-FLEX-27-PC2/DL-AC-FLEX-CH4
b. Equal by: LED Linear or Acolyte
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 24
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE GR4
1. Description: Beveled, 3-1/4” diameter round, lensed trimless LED accent light with1” regressed
bevel for use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 12-3/4” long, 11-7/8” wide, 4-5/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. For drywall installation only.
4. Lamping: Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage magnetic toroidal HPF transformer. Provide 20W maximum label.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Solite lens.
8. Labels: Dry/damp/ wet under covered ceiling.
9. Features: Die cast aluminum with ball plunger mounting. Housing fabricated from 20 ga steel with
thru wire J-Box. Butterfly brackets and adjustable nail bars with integral nails provided.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #9900-10-S-RDL100NC-volt-MOD
b. Equal by :Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 25
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE GR5
1. Description: Beveled, 3-1/4” diameter round, adjustable lensed trimless LED accent light with1”
regressed bevel for use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 12-3/4” long, 11-7/8” wide, 4-5/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. For drywall installation only.
4. Lamping: Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage magnetic toroidal HPF transformer. Provide 20W maximum label.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Solite lens.
8. Labels: Dry/damp/ wet under covered ceiling.
9. Features: 362º lockable horizontal adjustment and 35º lockable vertical tilt. Die cast aluminum
with ball plunger mounting. Housing fabricated from 20 ga steel with thru wire J-Box. Butterfly
brackets and adjustable nail bars with integral nails provided.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #9935-10-S-RDL101NC-volt-MOD
b. Equal by: :Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 26
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE GR6
1. Description: Recessed, Linear, lensed LED channel, with LED ribbon.
2. Dimensions: 0.91” wide, 0.60” deep, nominal 5’ length.
3. Mounting: Fixture recesses into ceiling at guestroom shower. Provide IP65 rated tape.Verify
length with as built conditions
4. Lamping: LED ribbon, 0.66” oc, 30 LEDs per foot, 6.5 W per foot. 2700K, 708-80CRI
5. Electrical: Remote power supply required, location TBD.100 watt, 24 volt output, high efficiency
class 2 driver, for use in wet or dry locations.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Milky white 70% transmittance lens, 65º beam spread.
8. Labels: IP20/IP65.
9. Features: IP20 grade aluminum channel, UV resistant, field replaceable snap-in lens.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Acolyte #CHAR2M246.5275+DRVW24100-volt
b. Equal by: Acclaim or LED Linear
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 27
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE GR7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, Linear, lensed LED channel, with LED ribbon.
Dimensions: 0.91” wide, 0.60” deep, nominal 6’ length.
Mounting: Fixture recesses into wall at LM guestroom deck Verify length with as built conditions.
Lamping: LED ribbon, 0.66” oc, 30 LEDs per foot, 6.5 W per foot. 2700K, 708-80CRI
Electrical: Remote power supply required, location TBD.100 watt, 24 volt output, high efficiency
class 2 driver, for use in wet or dry locations.
Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Milky white 70% transmittance lens, 65º bema spread.
Labels: IP20/IP65.
Features: IP20 grade aluminum channel, UV resistant, field replaceable snap-in lens.
Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Acolyte #CHAR2M246.5276+DRVW24100-volt
b. Equal by: Acclaim or LED Linear
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 28
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE PF1
1. Description: Linear, lensed, cable mounted direct fluorescent fixture.
2. Dimensions: 2-3/8” wide, 3-9/16” deep, 4’ length.
3. Mounting: Cable mounted. Fixture mounts in open slot of fitness center ceiling – refer to
architectural drawings for mounting detail. Coordinate installation with submitted ceiling system
4. Lamping: 1 x 54 W T5HO, 3000K, CRI>80
5. Electrical: Electronic, high power factor, class “P” ballast, type “A” sound rating.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Satine lens.
8. Labels: UL listed for damp conditions.
9. Features: Continuous extruded aluminum housing. 1/16” aircraft cable suspension supplied with
chrome gripper for easy adjustment. Die formed gear tray with factory preset sliding covers to fill
extrusion with light. Fixture mounts in open area between wood ceiling in fitness center.
Coordinate installation with ceiling installer.
10. Finish: Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Selux #M60-1T5HO-SD-C-004-SV-277-DM-DL
b. Equal by: Focal Point Lighting or LiteControl
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 29
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE PF1a
1. Description: Linear, lensed, cable mounted direct fluorescent fixture with staggered lamp
configuration.
2. Dimensions: 2-3/8” wide, 3-9/16” deep, 4’ length.
3. Mounting: Cable mounted. Fixture mounts in open slot of fitness center ceiling – refer to
architectural drawings for mounting detail. Coordinate installation with submitted ceiling system
4. Lamping: 3 x 39 W T5HO, 3000K, CRI>80
5. Electrical: Electronic, high power factor, class “P” ballast, type “A” sound rating.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Satine lens.
8. Labels: UL listed for damp conditions.
9. Features: Continuous extruded aluminum housing. 1/16” aircraft cable suspension supplied with
chrome gripper for easy adjustment. Die formed gear tray with factory preset sliding covers to fill
extrusion with light.
10. Finish: Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Selux #M60S-1T5HO-SD-C-008-SV-277-DM-DL
b. Equal by: Focal Point Lighting or LiteControl
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 30
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE PL1
1. Description: Pendant mounted cylindrical LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: Cylinder 6.0” diameter 10” long. Pendant, 6”
3. Mounting: Pendant mounted. Fixture mounts in open slot of ballroom ceiling - refer to
architectural drawings for mounting detail. Verify stem length with as built conditions
4. Lamping: 36W LED, 2700K, 80+ CRI, 3125 delivered lumens.
5. Electrical: ELDO 0-10V DALI dimming driver intended for use with Lutron Grafik Eye QS system.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: 50º beam spread. 1” regressed solite clear lens
8. Labels: UL listed dry/damp/wet conditions.
9. Features: Extruded aluminum body with powder coat finish. Interchangeable precision optics for
precise beam spread. Field replaceable light engine, field replaceable driver.
10. Finish: Black. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAI Lighting #LBPR6-9036-X2-21-21-10-27KS-50- SOC-P1-volt-DIML7+PMB-P1-6-21
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 31
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE PR1
1. Description: Pendant mounted dual head adjustable fixture for use with LED MR16 lamps.
2. Dimensions: 8” overall width from head to head, 24” stem length.”
3. Mounting: Mounts to either a 4” square electrical box with round plaster ring, or octagonal junction
box. Fixture mounts in open slot of ballroom ceiling - refer to architectural drawings for mounting
detail. Verify stem length with as built conditions
4. Lamping: 2 x Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread
5. Electrical: Electronic transformer fits in junction box.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Provide with snout to prevent side glare.
8. Labels: Dry locations.
9. Features: Snout to prevent side glare. 4” square flush canopy mount to a standard 4” junction
box. Electronic transformer fits in junction box.
10. Finish: Black. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Tech Lighting #700FJELT-24-Z/700SNOUTB Canopy: 700FJ4SQ-Z
b. Equal by Steng or LBL
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 32
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RF1
1. Description: Linear, recessed, lensed LED fixture with asymmetric light distribution for wall
washing.
2. Dimensions: 1-5/16”aperture, 2-7/16” overall width, 2-13/16” depth, 20’ length.
3. Mounting: Spackle flange for mounting in drywall. Fixtures required tape, skimcoat and sanding to
integrate with ceiling plane. Multi form mounting flange, with 1” ¼ 20 stud mounting.
4. Lamping: LED 9.0 W/ft, 407 lumens/ft. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: ELDO 0-10V logarithmic dimming driver intended for use with Lutron system.
Coordinate dimming with submitted dimming controls
6. Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: 20º asymmetrical beam spread. Extruded impact resistant acrylic lens.
8. Labels: Damp listing.
9. Features: Continuous low copper extruded aluminum profile with end caps. 9/16’ flange runs full
length of both sides. Luminaire available in continuous runs of exact specified length.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Selux #L36-1A35-20-A2-SF1-TS-20-WH-UNV-DL-DML
b. Equal by Winona or Zumtobel
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 33
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RF2
1. Description: Linear, recessed, lensed LED fixture with asymmetric light distribution for wall
washing.
2. Dimensions: 5-3/16”aperture, 5-13/16” overall width, 5” depth, 15’ length.
3. Mounting: Recessed for mounting in drywall. Fixtures have an overlap flange, with 1” ¼ 20 stud
support to structure above.
4. Lamping: LED 18.0 W/ft, 1120 lumens/ft. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: Remote magnetic transformer by QTran to be tested and found compatible with Soraa
LED lamps and Marlin Controls dimming system. Coordinate lamps & transformer with submitted
dimming controls
6. Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: 20º asymmetrical beam spread. Extruded impact resistant acrylic lens.
8. Labels: Damp listing.
9. Features: Continuous low copper extruded aluminum housing with die-formed end caps & socket
plate. 5/16’ flange runs full length of both sides. Regressed frosted supertex spread lens set on
asymmetric angle to direct light toward wine wall. GU5.3 ceramic sockets are adjustable up to
30° for fine tune aiming on site. Luminaire available in continuous runs of exact specified length.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Specialty Lighting Industries #815-MR-FH-15’-6-RX-WHT-82A
b. Transformer: QTran #W6500DT-volt/12-3x15+CK-L+BK
c. Equal by Starfire or Nulux
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 34
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL1
1. Description: Recessed, beveled, Round trimless lensed LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep..
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling, Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with ceiling plane
4. Lamping: LED 33W, 2175 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 15% 0-10V Dimming Driver.
6. Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 80º beam spread. Solite lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Trimless mounting allows fixture to be flush with ceiling plane.
10. Finish: White bevel. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #3321-B1-S-10-LRLD4-9033-C2-27KS-80-NC-VOLT-DIML2
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 35
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL1a
1. Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged lensed LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep..
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling, flanged fixture mounts in ACT ceiling - coordinate installation with
ceiling installer
4. Lamping: LED 33W, 2175 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 15% 0-10V Dimming Driver.
6. Voltage:. Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 80º beam spread. Solite lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Integral flange allows for clean mounting.
10. Finish: White regress and white flange. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #3021-B1-S-10-LRLD4-9033-C2-27KS-80-NC-VOLT-DIML2
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 36
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL1b
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, round aperture lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 9.5” wide, 13-5/8” long, 5-3/4” deep..
Mounting: Recessed ceiling,
Lamping: LED 40W, 2722 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: ELDO 0-10V DALI dimming driver, 0.1%-100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls
Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 50º beam spread. Solite lens.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed lens.
Finish: Platinum Reflector finish with white flange - Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Spectrum Lighting #RDFO4LEDXT-40L-27K-XW-DE10-volt-EB/RD4F-PT-SOX
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 37
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL1c
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, round aperture lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 9.5” wide, 13-5/8” long, 5-3/4” deep..
Mounting: Recessed ceiling,
Lamping: LED 40W, 2722 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: ELDO 0-10V DALI dimming driver 0.1%-100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls
Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 50º beam spread. Solite lens.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed lens.
Finish: Platinum Reflector finish with same color flange - Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Spectrum Lighting #RDFO4LEDXT-40L-27K-XW-DE10-volt-EB/RD4F-PT-PF-SOX
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 38
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL1d
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, round aperture lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 2” diameter pinhole aperture, Housing 7-5/8” wide, 9-1/2” long, 4-1/4” deep..
Mounting: Recessed ceiling,
Lamping: LED 40W, 2722 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: ELDO 0-10V DALI dimming driver, 0.1%-100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls
Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 50º beam spread. Solite lens.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed lens.
Finish: Platinum Reflector finish with white flange - Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Spectrum Lighting #RDFO3LEDOC-30L-EL10-2-EB/RP3F-OC30L-27K-XW-PT-SO
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 39
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL2
1. Description: Recessed, round, trimless adjustable lensed LED downlight with asymmetrical light
distribution for wall wash applications.
2. Dimensions: 4- ½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling, Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with ceiling plane. Fixtures shall be aimed at adjacent wall - refer to
manufacturers installation instructions
4. Lamping: LED 33W, 2175 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 15% 0-10V Dimming Driver.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Precision injected wall wash reflector, micro diffusion wall wash lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: 362º horizontal rotation, lockable. Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable
driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #3351-B1-10-LRLW4-6033-C2-27KS-80-NC-VOLT-DIML2
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 40
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL2a
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, round, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 9-1/2” wide, 13-1/4” long, 6” deep.
Mounting: Recessed ceiling,
Lamping: LED 40W, 2722 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: ELDO 0-10V DALI dimming driver 0.1%-100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls
Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 50º beam spread. Frosted lens.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed lens.
Finish: Platinum Reflector finish with same color flange - Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Spectrum Lighting #RAFO4LEDXT-40L-27K-XW-DE10-volt-EB/RA4F-PT-FGX
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 41
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL3
1. Description: Recessed, beveled, round, trimless, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling, Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with ceiling plane
4. Lamping: LED 36W, 2425 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 15% 0-10V dimming driver intended for use Lutron system. Coordinate dimming with
submitted dimming controls
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 30º beam spread. Solite lens.
Furnish and install spread lens to provide a 40ºx60º light distribution.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #3331MXA30-B1-S-10-LRLA4-8436-X2-27KS-30-NC-Volt-DIML2-AS61F
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 42
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL3a
1. Description: Recessed, beveled, round, trimless, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling, Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with ceiling plane
4. Lamping: LED 36W, 2425 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 15% 0-10V Dimming Driver.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 30º beam spread. Solite lens
Furnish and install lens to provide a 20ºx60° beam spread.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi 3331MXA30-B1-S-10-LRLA4-8436-X2-27KS-30-NC-Volt-DIML6A-AL61E
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 43
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL3b
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, round, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 9-1/2” wide, 13-1/4” long, 6” deep.
Mounting: Recessed ceiling,
Lamping: LED 40W, 2722 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: ELDO 0-10V DALI dimming driver 0.1%-100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls
Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 50º beam spread. Solite lens.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed lens.
Finish: Platinum Reflector finish with white flange - Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Spectrum Lighting #RAFO4LEDXT-40L-27K-XW-DE10-volt-EB/RA4F-PT-SOX
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 44
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL3c
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, round, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 9-1/2” wide, 13-1/4” long, 6” deep.
Mounting: Recessed ceiling,
Lamping: LED 40W, 2722 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: ELDO 0-10V DALI dimming driver 0.1%-100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls
Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 50º beam spread. Solite lens.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed lens.
Finish: Platinum Reflector finish with same color flange - Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Spectrum Lighting #RAFO4LEDXT-40L-27K-XW-DE10-volt-EB/RA4F-PT-PF-SOX
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 45
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL4
1. Description: Recessed, beveled, round, trimless, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling, Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with ceiling plane
4. Lamping: LED 33W, 2250 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 0-10V 15% dimming driver intended for use with Lutron system. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 10º beam spread. Solite lens.
Furnish and install spread lens to provide a 20ºx60º light distribution.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #3331A30-B1-S-10-LRLA4-8433-C2-27KS-10-NC-Volt-DIML2-AS61E
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 46
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL5
1. Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep.
3. Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged fixture mounts in ACT ceiling - coordinate installation with
ceiling installer
4. Lamping: LED 33W, 2250 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 0-10V 15% dimming driver intended for use with Lutron system. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 30º beam spread. Solite lens.
Furnish and install spread lens to provide a 35º light distribution.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #3331A30-B1-S-10-LRLA4-8433-C2-27KS-30-NC-Volt-DIML2-AL20F
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 47
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL5a
1. Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep.
3. Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged fixture mounts in ACT ceiling - coordinate installation with
ceiling installer
4. Lamping: LED 33W, 2250 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 0-10V 15% dimming driver intended for use with Lutron system. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls s
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 10º beam spread. Solite lens.
Furnish and install spread lens to provide a 25º light distribution.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #3331A10-B1-S-10-LRLA4-8433-C2-27KS-10-NC-Volt-DIML2-AL30E
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 48
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL5b
1. Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep.
3. Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged fixture mounts in ACT ceiling - coordinate installation with
ceiling installer
4. Lamping: LED 33W, 2250 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 0-10V 15% dimming driver intended for use with Lutron system. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls s
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 10º beam spread. Solite lens.
Furnish and install spread lens to provide a 15º light distribution.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #3331A10-B1-S-10-LRLA4-8433-C2-27KS-10-NC-Volt-DIML2-AL10E
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 49
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL5c
1. Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
2. Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long, 7-3/8” deep.
3. Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged fixture mounts in ACT ceiling - coordinate installation with
ceiling installer
4. Lamping: LED 33W, 2250 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
5. Electrical: 0-10V 15% dimming driver intended for use with Lutron system. Coordinate dimming
with submitted dimming controls s
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 10º beam spread. Solite lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #3331A10-B1-S-10-LRLA4-8433-C2-27KS-10-NC-Volt-DIML2
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 50
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 5” diameter aperture, Housing 9” wide, 12-3/4” long, 5-1/2” deep.
Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged - coordinate installation with ceiling installer
Lamping: LED 20W, 1324 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: EldoLED power supply 0.1% to 100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming with
submitted dimming controls.
Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 15º beam spread. Solite lens over
aperture.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
Finish: White – field painted to match ceiling, Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Specialty Lighting #GR-NIC-CZ20-A-27-SP-E1-RD-FT-WHT-91A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 51
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL6a
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 5” diameter aperture, Housing 9” wide, 12-3/4” long, 5-1/2” deep.
Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged - coordinate installation with ceiling installer
Lamping: LED 20W, 1324 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: EldoLED power supply 0.1% to 100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming with
submitted dimming controls.
Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 60º beam spread. Frosted lens
over aperture.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
Finish: White – field painted to match ceiling, Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Specialty Lighting #GR-NIC-CZ20-A-27-WF-E1-RD-FT-WHT-79A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 52
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL6b
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 5” diameter aperture, Housing 9” wide, 12-3/4” long, 5-1/2” deep.
Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged - coordinate installation with ceiling installer
Lamping: LED 20W, 1324 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: EldoLED power supply 0.1% to 100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming with
submitted dimming controls.
Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 24º beam spread. Solite lens over
aperture.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
Finish: White – field painted to match ceiling, Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Specialty Lighting #GR-NIC-CZ20-A-27-NF-E1-RD-FT-WHT-91A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 53
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL6c
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 5” diameter aperture, Housing 9” wide, 12-3/4” long, 5-1/2” deep.
Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged - coordinate installation with ceiling installer
Lamping: LED 20W, 1324 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: EldoLED power supply 0.1% to 100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming with
submitted dimming controls.
Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 24º beam spread. Frosted lens
over aperture.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
Finish: White – field painted to match ceiling, Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Specialty Lighting #GR-NIC-CZ20-A-27-NF-E1-RD-FT-WHT-79A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 54
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, wall wash LED downlight.
Dimensions: 5” diameter aperture, Housing 9” wide, 12-3/4” long, 5-1/2” deep.
Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged - coordinate installation with ceiling installer
Lamping: LED 20W, 1324 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: EldoLED power supply 0.1% to 100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming with
submitted dimming controls.
Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for wide wall wash spread. Frosted
supertex lens over aperture.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Finish: White – field painted to match ceiling, Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Specialty Lighting #GR-NIC-CZ20-A-27-SP-E1-RD-FT-WHT-91A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 55
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, round aperture lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 4-½” diameter aperture, Housing 9.5” wide, 13-5/8” long, 5-3/4” deep..
Mounting: Recessed ceiling,
Lamping: LED 36W, 2329 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: 0-10V dimming driver, 1%-100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming with submitted
dimming controls
Voltage: Universal 120 thru 277 capability. Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 80º beam spread. Solite lens.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed lens.
Finish: White Reflector finish with white flange - Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Spectrum Lighting #SGE4LEDOS-30L-27K-XW-DO10-2-BH27-ARA2230PS-MW-SO-GS
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 56
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RL9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, beveled, round, flanged, adjustable lensed LED downlight.
Dimensions: 5” diameter aperture, Housing 9” wide, 12-3/4” long, 5-1/2” deep.
Mounting: : Recessed ceiling, flanged - coordinate installation with ceiling installer
Lamping: LED 20W, 1324 lumens. 2700K 80+CRI
Electrical: EldoLED power supply 0.1% to 100% dimming range. Coordinate dimming with
submitted dimming controls.
Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 24º beam spread. Frosted lens
over aperture.
Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
Features: Field replaceable light engine and field replaceable driver. Die cast, 1” regressed bevel.
Tool-less lockable 40º vertical adjustment with 362º lockable horizontal rotation.
Finish: White – field painted to match wood ceiling, Interior Designer to verify finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Specialty Lighting #GR-NIC-CZ20-A-27-NF-E1-RD-FT-WHT-79A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 57
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR1
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, small aperture, round, flanged, adjustable accent fixture for
use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/8” diameter aperture, Housing 10-5/8” wide, 12-1/2” long, 4-1/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling.
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-25D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 25º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage solid state electronic transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Vertical groove black baffle. Lamp to have 25º beam spread, Furnish and install Solite
Lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Lockable 25º vertical adjustment, 360º horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #7875-10-325NC-volt-9157A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 58
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR1a
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, small aperture, round, flanged, adjustable accent fixture for
use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/8” diameter aperture, Housing 10-5/8” wide, 12-1/2” long, 4-1/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling.
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage solid state electronic transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Vertical groove black baffle. Lamp to have 36º beam spread, Furnish and install frosted
borosilicate lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Lockable 25º vertical adjustment, 360º horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #7875-10-325NC-volt-9199A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 59
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR2
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, small aperture, square, flanged, adjustable accent fixture for
use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/8” diameter aperture, Housing 10-5/8” wide, 12-1/2” long, 4-1/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling.
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 25º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage solid state electronic transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Vertical groove black baffle. Lamp to have 25º beam spread, Furnish and install frosted
lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Lockable 25º vertical adjustment, 360º horizontal adjustment in 90º intervals.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #7975-10-325NC-volt-9143A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 60
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR3
1. Description: Recessed, two-lamp regressed, rectangular, adjustable accent fixture for use with
LED MR16 lamps.
2. Dimensions: 5-1/4”x1-3/4” aperture, Housing 10-3/4” wide, 19” long, 4-5/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with gypsum ceiling
4. Lamping: 2 x 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 25º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage magnetic toroidal HPF transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Vertical groove black baffle. Lamp to have 25º beam spread, Furnish and install solite
lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Lockable 35º vertical adjustment, 2 x 180º horizontal adjustment.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #9170-10-S-FL405A-volt
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 61
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR3a
1. Description: Recessed, two-lamp regressed, rectangular, trimless, adjustable accent fixture for
use with LED MR16 lamps.
2. Dimensions: 5-1/4”x 3” aperture, Housing 10-3/4” wide, 19” long, 4-5/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with gypsum ceiling
4. Lamping: 2 x 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 25º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage magnetic toroidal HPF transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Lamp to have 25º beam spread, Furnish and install linear spread lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: (2) 180º lockable horizontal rotation and 35º lockable vertical tilt.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #9170-10-L-FL405A-volt
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 62
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR4
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, small aperture, square, flanged, adjustable accent fixture for
use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/8” diameter aperture, Housing 10-5/8” wide, 12-1/2” long, 4-1/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling.
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 25º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage solid state electronic transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Vertical groove black baffle. Lamp to have 25º beam spread, Furnish and install frosted
lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Lockable 25º vertical adjustment, 360º horizontal adjustment in 90º intervals.
10. Finish: Black. Interior Designer to verify finish with millwork ceiling.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #7975-21-325NC-volt-9143A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 63
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR5
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, small aperture, square, trimless, adjustable accent fixture for
use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 1-3/4” square aperture, Housing 11-7/8” wide, 12-3/4” long, 4-1/2” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. . Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with gypsum ceiling
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 25º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage magnetic toroidal HPF transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Lamp to have 25º beam spread, Furnish and install solite lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: 362º lockable horizontal rotation and 35º lockable vertical tilt.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #9006-10-S-FL101A-volt
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 64
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR5a
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, small aperture, square, trimless, adjustable accent fixture for
use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 1-3/4” square aperture, Housing 11-7/8” wide, 12-3/4” long, 4-1/2” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. . Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with gypsum ceiling
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 25º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage magnetic toroidal HPF transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Lamp to have 25º beam spread, Furnish and install linear spread lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: 362º lockable horizontal rotation and 35º lockable vertical tilt.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #9006-10-L-FL101A-volt
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 65
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR6
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, small aperture, round, trimless, adjustable accent fixture for
use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 3-1/4” diameter aperture, Housing 11-7/8” wide, 12-3/4” long, 4-1/2” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. . Fixtures have a trimless detail and require tape, skimcoat and
sanding to be integrated with gypsum ceiling
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 25º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage magnetic toroidal HPF transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Lamp to have 25º beam spread, Furnish and install solite lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: 362º lockable horizontal rotation and 35º lockable vertical tilt.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #9935-10-S-RDL101-NC-volt
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 66
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR7
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, small aperture, round, flanged, adjustable accent fixture for
use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/8” diameter aperture, Housing 10-5/8” wide, 12-1/2” long, 4-1/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling.
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage solid state electronic transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Vertical groove black baffle. Lamp to have 36º beam spread, Furnish and install linear
spread lens. Linear lines of lens shall be perpendicular to adjacent wall.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Lockable 25º vertical adjustment, 360º horizontal rotation.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #7875-10-325NC-volt-9155A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 67
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE RR8
1. Description: Recessed, two-lamp regressed, rectangular, adjustable accent fixture for use with
LED MR16 lamps.
2. Dimensions: 5-1/4”x1-3/4” aperture, Housing 10-3/4” wide, 19” long, 4-5/8” deep.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount in ACT ceiling.
4. Lamping: 2 x 9W Soraa #SM16-09-25D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 25º beam spread
5. Electrical: Low voltage magnetic toroidal HPF transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Lamp to have 25º beam spread, Furnish and install solite lens.
8. Labels: Dry/ damp listing.
9. Features: Lockable 35º vertical adjustment, 2 x 180º horizontal adjustment.
10. Finish: White. Interior Designer to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAi #9366-10-S-BL405A-volt
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 68
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE-SL1
1. Description: Linear lensed LED fixture designed for cove mounting.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/16” wide, 1-3/8” deep, nominal 4’ length.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount in a cove - refer to architectural drawings for mounting detail. Top of
fixture shall be 1/2" below cove edge. Verify overall lengths with as built conditions - provide
mounting end to end for continuous illumination.
4. Lamping: LED 2700K, CRI>80, High output, 6W per foot, 505 lumens/foot delivered.
5. Electrical: 0-10V source dimming driver. 10% minimum driving value.
6. Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
7. Optics: Frosted polycarbonate lens, 120º beam spread.
8. Labels: UL/ CUL dry/damp location.
9. Features: Polymer extruded housing, adjustable mounting brackets. Integral drive allows fixture to
be powered directly from AC line voltage without additional driver.
10. Finish: White.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Lumenpulse #LCN-HO-volt-48-27K-FR-WH-DIM
b. Equal by: Ecosense or Philips
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 69
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE-SL1a
1. Description: Linear lensed LED fixture designed for cove mounting.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/16” wide, 1-3/8” deep, nominal 1’ length.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount in a cove - refer to architectural drawings for mounting detail. Top of
fixture shall be 1/2" below cove edge. Verify overall lengths with as built conditions - provide
mounting end to end for continuous illumination.
4. Lamping: LED 2700K, CRI>80, High output, 6W per foot, 505 lumens/foot delivered.
5. Electrical: 0-10V source dimming driver. 10% minimum driving value.
6. Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
7. Optics: Frosted polycarbonate lens, 120º beam spread.
8. Labels: UL/ CUL dry/damp location.
9. Features: Polymer extruded housing, adjustable mounting brackets. Integral drive allows fixture to
be powered directly from AC line voltage without additional driver.
10. Finish: White.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Lumenpulse #LCN-HO-volt-12-27K-FR-WH-DIM
b. Equal by: Ecosense or Philips
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 70
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE-SL2
1. Description: Linear lensed LED fixture designed for cove mounting.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/16” wide, 1-3/8” deep, nominal 4’ length.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount in a cove - refer to architectural drawings for mounting detail. Top of
fixture shall be 1/2" below cove edge. Verify overall lengths with as built conditions - provide
mounting end to end for continuous illumination.
4. Lamping: LED 2700K, CRI>80, Normal output, 3W per foot, 297 lumens/foot delivered.
5. Electrical: 0-10V source dimming driver. 10% minimum driving value.
6. Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
7. Optics: Frosted polycarbonate lens, 120º beam spread.
8. Labels: UL/ CUL dry/damp location.
9. Features: Polymer extruded housing, adjustable mounting brackets. Integral drive allows fixture to
be powered directly from AC line voltage without additional driver.
10. Finish: White.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Lumenpulse #LCN-RO-volt-48-27K-FR-WH-DIM
b. Equal by: Ecosense or Philips
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 71
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE-SL2a
1. Description: Linear lensed LED fixture designed for cove mounting.
2. Dimensions: 1-7/16” wide, 1-3/8” deep, nominal 1’ length.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount in a cove - refer to architectural drawings for mounting detail. Top of
fixture shall be 1/2" below cove edge. Verify overall lengths with as built conditions - provide
mounting end to end for continuous illumination.
4. Lamping: LED 2700K, CRI>80, Normal output, 3W per foot, 297 lumens/foot delivered.
5. Electrical: 0-10V source dimming driver. 10% minimum driving value.
6. Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
7. Optics: Frosted polycarbonate lens, 120º beam spread.
8. Labels: UL/ CUL dry/damp location.
9. Features: Polymer extruded housing, adjustable mounting brackets. Integral drive allows fixture to
be powered directly from AC line voltage without additional driver.
10. Finish: White.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Lumenpulse #LCN-RO-volt-12-27K-FR-WH-DIM
b. Equal by: Ecosense or Philips
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 72
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE SL3
1. Description: Flexible LED linear strip light,that can be installed to run online voltage without
additional power supply.
2. Dimensions: 7/8” wide x 1/4” deep lengths per plans.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount under bar top and millwork banquettes. Provide 6' power cord for
mounting to furniture Provide continuous clear housing to prevent sagging and ensure a secure
installation. Provide 6” connectors to address corner conditions. Conceal all wiring from view.
4. Lamping: LEDs 2700K, CRI>80, 4.95 W/ft, 97 Lumen/watt.
5. Electrical: Runs directly off line voltage with no additional transformer or power supply needed.
Can be dimmed with ELV dimmer.
6. Voltage: 120V
7. Optics: High efficiency LEDs provide 112 lm/W.Flexible, optically clear thermoplastic jacket, no
other lens needed.
8. Labels: ETL certified, indoors/ outdoors, damp, dry, wet locations
9. Features: Constant current IC’s provide uniform intensity over entire run. Built in surge protection
module. Snap-in clear plastic mounting channel. Fixtures mount under bar top and under
benches. Provide continuous clear housing to prevent sagging. Provide 6” connectors to
address corner conditions. All wiring shall be concealed from view.
10. Finish: White.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Jesco #DL-AC-FLEX-27-PC2/DL-AC-FLEX-CH4
b. Equal by: LED Linear or Acolyte
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 73
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE SL4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Linear lensed LED channel for recess mounting.
Dimensions: 1.65” wide x 2.5” deep x varying lengths (45’ & 13’) as noted on plans.
Mounting: Recessed, curtain pocket.
Lamping: LEDs 2700K, CRI>80, 5.5 W/ft, 480 Lumens per foot.
Electrical: Dimmable, constant voltage driver, 100W 24V.
Voltage: Voltage per Electrical Engineer.
Optics: High brightness LEDs on 1.5” pitch 480 lumens/ft. Elliptical 50ºx 10º distribution. Provide
diffuse lens.
Labels: UL listed for damp locations.
Features: Extruded aluminum housings provided in custom lengths, recessed channel allows
elliptical beam dispersion and lens mounting. Fixtures recess into curtain pocket along curtain
wall in the Le Meridien lobby
Finish: Interior Designer shall verify housing finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. LED Linear #XooLight Apollo 2-W827/L*-W-DI-O-BS-T-IP40
Power Supply: PSX24-100-DCX
b. Equal by: Winona or Optolum
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 74
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE SL5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Linear lensed LED channel for recess mounting.
Dimensions: 1.65” wide x 2.5” deep x 2’ length.
Mounting: Recessed, curtain pocket.
Lamping: LEDs 2700K, CRI>80, 5.5 W/ft, 480 Lumens per foot.
Electrical: Dimmable, constant voltage driver, 100W 24V.
Voltage: Voltage per Electrical Engineer.
Optics: High brightness LEDs on 1.5” pitch 480 lumens/ft. Elliptical 50ºx 10º distribution. Provide
diffuse lens.
Labels: UL listed for damp locations.
Features: Extruded aluminum housings provided in custom lengths, recessed channel allows
elliptical beam dispersion and lens mounting. Fixture recess mount in curtain pocket at AC
lobby/Bar.
Finish: Interior Designer shall verify housing finish.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. LED Linear #XooLight Apollo 2-W827/L*-A-DI-O-BS-T-IP40
Power Supply: PSX24-100-DCX
b. Equal by: Winona or Optolum
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 75
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE SL6
1. Description: Linear LED strip light with channel.
2. Dimensions: 0.31” wide x 0.088” deep, lengths per plans. Channel dimension: 0.68” wide x 0.34”
deep, lengths per plans.
3. Mounting: Fixtures recessed into routed channel located in shelving. Coordinate mounting and
Class II wireway w/ millwork shop drawings.
4. Lamping: LEDs 2700K, CRI>80, 3 W/ft, 234 Lumens per foot.
5. Electrical: Magnetic dimmable driver, 24V, 100W. Remote power supply required – mount in
millwork cabinet under shelves.
6. Voltage: Voltage per Electrical Engineer.
7. Optics: Milky Lens 70%.
8. Labels: IP20 & IP65
9. Features: Dry or wet location flexible LEDs. IP65 and IP68 are UV resistant. 3.0 watts per foot, 36
LEDs per foot. Cuttable every 0.98 inches. Fixtures mount into a channel routed into millwork
shelving. Coordinate installation and wiring concealment with millwork contractor.
10. Finish: Architect shall verify stainless steel finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Acolyte LED #CHAS1M243.027-length
b. Approved Equal by LED Linear or Jesco Lighting
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 76
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE SL6a
1. Description: Linear LED strip light with channel.
2. Dimensions: 0.31” wide x 0.088” deep, lengths per plans. Channel dimension: 0.68” wide x 0.34”
deep, lengths per plans.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount to back face of mirror in restrooms. Coordinate length and installation
with mirror installer. Fixture length should be 6” less than mirror.
4. Lamping: LEDs 2700K, CRI>80, 3 W/ft, 234 Lumens per foot.
5. Electrical: Magnetic dimmable driver, 24V, 100W. Remote power supply required – mount in
accessible location above ceiling.
6. Voltage: Voltage per Electrical Engineer.
7. Optics: Milky Lens 70%.
8. Labels: IP20 & IP65
9. Features: Dry or wet location flexible LEDs. IP65 and IP68 are UV resistant. 3.0 watts per foot, 36
LEDs per foot. Cuttable every 0.98 inches.
10. Finish: Architect shall verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Acolyte LED #CHAS1M243.027-length
b. LED Linear or Jesco Lighting
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 77
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE TL1
1. Description: Low profile adjustable LED track head with integral driver for use with GES onecircuit track.
2. Dimensions: 3-1/2” diameter, 6-1/4” overall height.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount to suspended 1 -Circuit track, confirm which track connection in field.
4. Lamping: 19 W LED 1500 Lumens, 2700K 80CRI.
5. Electrical: Side mounted driver accepts all Spectrac dimming and control options. ELV MLV 1%
phase dimming
6. Voltage: 120 volts.
7. Optics: 24º beam spread. Snoot and Solite lens.
8. Labels: ETL Listed for dry or damp locations
9. Features: Die cast lamp holder and accessory cartridge. Passive cooled LED board with 3-step
Macadam ellipse binning. High tension, friction locking mechanism for aiming and rotation.
Accepts two lens accessories. Rotates through 359º , tilts and locks through 90º..
10. Finish: Painted anodic bronze enamel.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Spectrum Lighting #SRDDLEDOC-19W-27K-MD-DS2W1-1-GES66-AZ-SO-SN34
b. Equal by: Edison Price or LSI
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 78
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE TT1
1. Description: Suspended 1-circuit track.
2. Dimensions: 1.25 wide, 1.25 “deep Lengths vary per location - refer to architectural drawings for
lengths
3. Mounting: Suspended, from structure above ACT ceiling via allthread - track height shall such
that the bottom of TL1 with all accessories installed is 2” above finished face of wood beams –
coordinate installation with millwork contractor. Provide all suspension hardware to ensure a
secure, even mounting
4. Lamping: N/A
5. Electrical: 1 Circuit track with 1 neutral with Live middle or end feed.
6. Voltage: 120V
7. Optics: N/A
8. Labels: UL for Dry/ damp locations,
9. Features:.Formed aluminum minimum .070” thick. Molded thermoplastic connectors, power
feeds and end caps. Provide mini coupler to mechanically and electrically connect sections of
track into one seamless run as noted on plans.
10. Finish: Matte black.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Spectrum Lighting #GES208+GES11
b. Equal by: Edison Price or LSI
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 79
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE WL1
1. Description: Round louvered steplight for use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions: Faceplate 5” diameter, depth 3-1/2”.Mounting: Surface wall. Fixture mounts over
recessed junction box in wall
3. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-07-10D-827-03 + AC-GC-6060-00 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 35º
beam spread
4. Electrical: Remote transformer required & located in junction box.
5. Voltage: Voltage per Electrical Engineer.
6. Optics: 35º beam spread. 30º louver angle. Heat treated rectilinear lens provides wide lateral
distribution and long forward throw.
7. Labels: ETL listed to ANSI/UL standard 1838. Suitable for exterior mounting.
8. Features: Machined stainless steel faceplate. Louver pattern is machined into faceplate to
prevent direct view of the lamp.
9. Finish: Brushed stainless steel finish. Architect shall verify finish
10. Approved Manufacturers:
a. BK Lighting #S-SSL-MR-0-BRU-C Transformer #TRe20
b. Equal by: Winona Lighting or Bega
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 80
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01
SHIPPING AND STORAGE
A. All fixtures received at the site shall be stored in clean and dry space until fixtures are
installed.
B. Manufacturer shall clearly mark each box with fixture designation prior to shipping.
C. Reflector cones, baffles, louvers, aperture plates, and decorative elements of fixtures shall be
packed by the Manufacturer separate from the housing (body, stems, etc.) of the fixture.
3.02
LOCATION
A. Locations of fixtures are shown diagrammatically. Verify exact location and spacing with
Reflected Ceiling Plans and other reference data before ordering of fixtures and during
installation.
B. Notify Architect about field conditions at variance with Contract Documents before
commencing installation.
C. Coordinate space conditions with other trades before ordering of fixtures.
D. Pendant mount, as approved, surface type fixtures where required to meet space conditions.
E. Coordinate length of continuous-run fluorescent fixtures with adjacent walls, partitions, coffers
and other architectural elements as required.
1. Continuous runs shall be defined as the optimal combination of 900mm and 1200mm lamp
length as necessary to complete runs with no more than 150mm of free space at either
end of the run as provided by the contractor.
3.03
INSTALLATION
A. Provide accessories as required for ceiling construction type indicated on Finish Schedule.
Fixture catalog numbers do not necessarily denote specific mounting accessories for type of
ceiling in which a fixture may be installed.
B. Provide adequate and sturdy support for each lighting fixture. Contractor shall be responsible
for verifying weight and mounting method of all fixtures and furnish and install suitable
supports. Fixture mounting assemblies shall comply with all local seismic codes and
regulations.
C. Install rows of fixtures accurately on straight lines unless otherwise indicated on drawings.
Coordinate with mechanical work.
D. Install fixtures with vent holes free of air blocking obstacles.
E. Where plaster ceilings occur, furnish plaster frames for setting under other applicable
sections. Direct the setting and be responsible for correct location; make sure the bottom of
frame is flush with finished ceiling, forming screed edge for finished plaster.
1. Fixtures shall be supported by plaster frames utilizing yokes or leveling lugs.
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 81
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
a. Fixtures and support elements shall not be mounted to or in contact with ducts or
pipes.
b. Yoke shall have channel cross section of sufficient gauge, and shall support a fixture
by means of not fewer than two (2) bolts each.
2. If air diffusers are located in common continuous rows with lighting fixtures in plaster
ceilings, furnish plaster frames of proper length to accommodate diffusers.
3. Lighting fixtures recessed in ceilings which have a fire resistive rating of one hour or more
shall be enclosed in a box which has a fire resistive rating equal to that of the ceiling.
F. Contractor shall be responsible for adjusting aperture rings on all ceiling recessed fixtures to
accommodate various ceiling material thickness. Contractor shall be responsible for
coordinating the cut-out size in ceiling to ensure aperture covers cut-out entirely. The bottom
of aperture rings shall be flush with finished ceiling or not more than 1.56mm above. Under
no circumstances will the aperture ring extend below the finished ceiling surface.
G. For fixture with variable position lampholder assemblies Contractor shall confirm prior to
installation proper lampholder (socket) position in field, and shall adjust, if necessary, after
coordination with Manufacturer.
H. Surface Mounted Fixtures: Support surface mounted fixtures from structural members other
than ceiling tees.
I.
Pendant Mounted Fixtures:
i. Pendant mounted fixtures shall be supported from structural framework of ceiling
or from inserts cast into slab.
ii. All Pendants shall have swivel aligners located at the top ends; pendants shall be
12.5mm rigid steel conduit unless specifically indicated otherwise on drawings or
in specifications.
iii. All fluorescent pendant and surface mounted fixtures shall be supported with two
(2) supports per 1200mm section or three (3) per 2400mm section.
J.
Bracket Mounted Fixtures: For each bracket fixture, provide flanged metal stem attached to
outlet box, with threaded end suitable for supporting the fixture rigidly in design position.
Flanged part of fixture stud shall be of broad base type, secured to outlet box at not fewer
than three (3) points.
K. Top Relamping Fixtures: Top relamping fixtures shall have the necessary top-relamping
screws loosened and moderately tightened, prior to installation, to assure ease of operation
when relamping is required.
L. Fluorescent Fixtures: Replace noisy ballasts as directed, at no cost to the Owner.
M. High Intensity Discharge Fixtures: Replace noisy blasts as directed, at no cost to the Owner.
N. Mask the trims and bottoms of all lighting fixtures if necessary to protect the fixture during
construction.
O. At the completion of construction clean the bottoms, the trim, the reflecting surfaces, lenses,
baffles, louvers and reflector cones of all lighting fixtures so as to render them free of any
material, substance or film foreign to the fixture. If the luminaires are deemed dirty by the
Architect at the completion of the project, the Contractor shall clean them at no additional
cost to the Owner. Luminaire components whose finishes are damaged shall be replaced at
no cost to the Owner.
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 82
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
P. Ascertain and ensure that all lamps installed are exactly as specified for each fixture type.
Q. Replace all burned-out or inoperative lamps, and inoperative ballasts in all high intensity
discharge and fluorescent fixtures before the building is accepted by the Owner so that all
lighting fixtures will be in first-class operating condition.
R. Re-lamp all specified H.I.D. fixtures used as construction work lights with new specified
lamps. No H.I.D. lamps shall have a burning hours difference which exceeds forty (40) hours.
S. Re-lamp all specified incandescent fixtures used as construction work lights with new
specified lamps. No incandescent lamps shall have a burning hours difference which exceeds
forty (40) hours.
T. Provide labor and materials for final aiming of all adjustable fixtures under the Architect’s
supervision. Aiming shall take place immediately before building is turned over to Owner,
after regular working hours where required.
END OF SECTION
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 83
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
MCLA, Inc.
INTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC AREAS
2016-06-13
265100 - 84
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
SECTION 265600
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Related Sections: Division 26, and the following sections are related to this Section
1.
1.2
A.
1.3
Section 26 5100 “Interior Lighting”
SUMMARY
Included in the Work of this Section are labor, materials, and appurtenances required to
complete the Work of this Section, as specified herein, as required by job conditions, or as
indicated on drawings. The scope of this section includes general requirements for Luminaries
and their components, coordination, definitions, quality assurances, submittals, mockups,
samples and general responsibility for a complete job.
DEFINITIONS
A.
The term “luminaries” refers to lighting fixtures with their lamps and all other components.
B.
“Alternate Manufacturers” are defined as manufacturers that make products equal to the
specified product as to design intent of performance.
1.4
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Provided labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of outdoor luminaries, lighting
equipment, and lamps as shown on the drawings and specified herein.
B.
Refer to architectural drawings for dimensions and details. Check and verify dimensions and
details on drawings before proceeding with the Work. Report any inconsistencies or
discrepancies at once to the Architect. Should it appear that the Work intended is not
sufficiently detailed or explained on the drawings or in the specification, apply to the Architect
for further drawings or explanations, as may be necessary. Conform to these explanations in
the work. If any question arises about the true meaning of the drawings or specifications, refer
the matter the Architect, whose decision is final and conclusive. Under no circumstances shall
any request for extra compensation be honored where the basis of claim is such a clarification
by the Architect. In no case submit a bid, or proceed on any Work with uncertainty. The
intention of this specification and the accompanying or applicable drawings is to provide a job
complete in every respect. Contractor is responsible for this result.
C.
Existing luminaries shall be removed as directed by scope of work. Proper disposal of
components, including but not limited to fluorescent lamps and ballast containing PCB’s, shall
be conducted according to relevant Federal, State. Local, an EPA regulations or guidelines.
Contractor shall provide Owner with verification of proper disposal.
1.5
COORDINATION
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 1
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
A.
Luminarie and pole locations as indicated on the electrical drawings are generalized and
approximate. Carefully verify locations with Architect’s drawings, landscape plans, and other
reference data prior to installation. Check for adequacy of clearance and non-interference with
other equipment. Bring conflicts to the Architect’s attention before proceeding with the Work.
Although the location of equipment included in the Work of this Section may be shown on the
Contract Drawings in a certain place, actual construction may disclose that the location for the
Work does not make its position easily and quickly accessible. In such cases, call the
Architect’s attention to this situation before installing this Work, and comply with Architect’s
installation instructions.
B.
Clearly indicated the Work to be performed by other trades’ contractors, and the materials that
are adjacent to or abutting the Work of this Section. Coordinate as required. Give ample
notice of special openings required for placing equipment in, on, or near the building, in order to
avoid damage to existing or completed Work. Furnish the materials and labor for Work included
under this Section in ample time, and in sufficient quantities so that all of the Work may be
installed in proper sequence to avoid unnecessary delay or disruption of finished work.
Schedule the Work to prevent Work of this Section being damaged by other construction
operations. Removed and replaced Work so damaged at no cost to Owner. Coordinate and
schedule the Work of this Section with the Work of other Sections, Utility Companies and the
Telephone Company so that there shall be no delay in the proper installation and completion of
any part of each respective Work. Construction Work shall proceed in its natural sequence
without unnecessary delay caused by the Work of this Section.
1.6
A.
1.7
A.
1.8
A.
1.9
A.
1.10
QUALITY ASSURANCES
General Notes on Control: Exteriors and Site Lighting – All exterior fixtures shall be energized
in response to pre-programmed astronomical time clock events. Time-clocks will activate lights
at dusk, and reduce lighting levels after hours (e.g. 11pm to dawn), turning all lights off at
sunrise. Remote, manual override control for certain zones, for special event or to turn lights
off when lights are buried by snow shall be provided for authorized individuals and/or security
officers as required.
MANUFACTURERS:
Acceptable manufactures are listed in each section with the product descriptions. Acceptable
manufacturers shall be capable of providing proof of satisfactory production of equal or similar
luminaries for a period of at least five years. See Paragraph 2.1.
STATEMENT OF APPLICATION:
By commencing the Work of this Section, the Contractor assumes overall responsibility, as a
part of the warranty of the Work, to assure that assemblies, components and parts shown or
required within the Work of this Section, comply with the Contract Documents.
EQUIPMENT COMPATIBILITY:
Provide similar luminaries, ballasts and other components fabricated by one manufacturer, to
simplify maintenance and replacement of equipment. Under no circumstances shall lamps of
the same type, even if different wattages, be supplied by more than one manufacture.
REGULATORY AGENCIES:
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 2
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
A.
Provide luminaries constructed, wired and installed in compliance with the current edition of
applicable city, state and national codes. Provide luminaries conforming to or exceeding
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) standards, and to provisions of applicable codes which exceed
those standards.
B.
For any category of luminarie tested by any of the following agencies, provide luminaries listed
and labeled by an independent Nationally Recognized Testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by
OSHA in 29 CFR 1910 such as UL, ETL, CSA, MET
C.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories shall be listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
D.
Comply with IEEE C2 “National Electrical Safety Code”
E.
Comply with NFPA 70
1.11
A.
SUBMITTALS
General
1.
For each luminarie, pole, and support component, arranged in order of lighting type
designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Physical description of luminarie, including materials, dimensions, weight, effective
projected area (EPA), and verification of intended parameters.
Details for attaching luminaries and accessories
Details of installation and construction.
Photometric testing and reporting shall conform to IESNA procedures. Submit
photometric data based on laboratory tests of each type complete with specified
lamps, ballasts, and accessories.
1)
2)
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
B.
Photometric data shall be certified by a qualified independent testing agency.
Manufacturer Certified Photometric data: shall be certified by manufacture’s
laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products.
Ballast, including energy efficiency data.
Lamps including rated life, lumen output, lumen mortality curve, CCT, CRI, and
efficacy data (lumens/watt), end-of-lamp-life-protection, BEF, BF.
Materials, dimensions, and finish of poles and other support components
Means of attaching luminaries to supports, and indications that attachment is
suitable for components involved.
Anchor bolts for poles.
Manufactured pole foundations.
Submit shop drawings for each type of luminarie or pole, except where specified luminaries are
standard, unmodified, “off-the-shelf” units, fully describe by catalogue cuts.
1.
Manufacturer’s Catalogue Sheets shall indicated input watts and electrical
characteristics, ambient temperature rating, noise level rating, IP Rating, mounting
methods and UL or ETL listing for use with required lamp and ballast (if any).
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 3
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Detail equipment assemblies and indicated dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of filed assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
Anchor-bolt templates keyed to specific poles and certified by manufacturer.
Design calculations, certified by a qualified professional engineer, indicating strength of
screw foundations and soil conditions on which they are based.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
Samples: For products designated for sample submission in the fixture descriptions, each
sample shall include lamps, ballasts and plug.
1.
After shop drawings, data and any other required submissions have been approved,
submit to Architect samples as directed in the contract documents.
D.
Emerging Technologies: Rapid improvements in lamp, ballasts, sources or systems have
provided increased efficacy, color, lamp life, maintenance curves and the like. Architect
reserves the right to upgrade technologies or product features not available at the time of
specification. Such upgrade shall not change the scope of contractor’s work, nor shall cost
differential be great than manufacture’s cost increase to the contractor from specified to new
technology. Owner shall have the right to refuse such upgrade upon presentation of itemized
manufacturer’s quotation detailing the cost of said upgrade. The following lamp types, sources
and applications are currently undergoing rapid development and may be expected to fall under
this provision: SSI (LED), HID (Ceramic MH), NEMA Premium Ballasts (T8), lighting control
systems or components, etc.
E.
Pole and Support Component Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of poles, certifying that
products are designed for indicated load requirements in AASHTO LTS-4-M and that load
imposed by luminarie and attachments has been included in design. The certification shall be
based on designed calculations specific to this particular project by a professional engineer.
F.
Owner’s Manual: Prior to final inspection, the Contractor shall provide a complete set of
operation and maintenance manuals, as described in PART 3 below.
1.12
A.
WARRANTY
Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufactures agrees to repair or replace
products that fail in materials or workmanship; that corrode; or that fade, stain, perforate, erode,
or chalk due to effects of weather or solar radiation within specified warranty period.
Manufacturer may exclude lighting damage, hail damage, vandalism, abuse, or unauthorized
repairs or alterations from special warranty coverage.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.13
A.
Warranty Period for Luminaries: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion.
Including ballasts, lenses, and other fixture components.
Warranty Period for Metal Corrosion: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Color Retention: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Poles: Repair or replace lighting poles and standards that fail in
finish, materials, and workmanship within manufacturer’s standard warranty period, but
not less than three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Luminaries or other materials shall not be shipped, stored or installed into the Work unless prior
approval has been received, based upon the submittal of shop drawings, samples, catalogue
cuts, test data, certificates or other material submitted for approval. Make modifications to
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 4
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
luminaries in accordance with Architect’s comments concerning submittals, as a part of the
work of this Section.
B.
Luminaries and their component elements shall be delivered to the job site factory-assembled
and wired to the greatest extent practical, in strict accordance with the approved shop
drawings, samples, certificates and catalogue cuts, and shall be handled in a careful manner to
avoid damage.
C.
Luminaries and their component elements delivered to the job sit shall be stored in a secure,
weather protected location access to which shall be controlled by the owner or designated
owner’s representative. Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that no material delivered to
the site is used for any other purpose than that which is specified herein.
1.14
MOCK-UP
A.
As a part of the Work of this Section, when specifically called for in the fixture descriptions and
at no additional cost to Owner, temporarily install, connect and adjust a reasonable number of
luminaries, three (3) unless otherwise stated.
B.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide a mock-up of the lighting fixture or
lighting systems as indicated in the fixture description. The mock-up shall be erected within a
time period and in a location that is acceptable to the Architect.
C.
The mock-up installation shall closely conform to the conditions of the actual installation as to:
mounting height, number and type of lamps, material, color and etc. The Contractor shall
submit a written description of each proposed mock-up with drawings in order to obtain the
Architect’s approval prior to commencement of each mock-up.
D.
The purpose of the mock-up will be to study the general appearance and performance of the
intended lighting systems. At that time, certain minimal test variations may be required
including lamp location, lamp type, reflector shape, color and etc. Final modifications, if any,
shall be considered a part of these Specifications and shall be accomplished with no additional
cost to the Owner.
1.15
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Spare parts stock shall be furnished by the Contractor to the Owner upon completion of the
work. All boxes shall be clearly labeled regarding contents, relevant fixture type, and
description. All spare parts shall be turned over to the Owner’s authorized representative, with
the Architect or Construction Manager present, and a receipt in duplicate, signed by the site
representative shall be delivered to the Owner’s authorized representative.
B.
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lamps: 10% of each type and rating installed, but not less than six (6) of each lamp.
Glass and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and other Optical Parts: 5% of each type and rating
installed but not less than three (3) of each.
Ballasts: 5% of each type and rating installed but not less than three (3) of each.
Globes and Guards: 5% of each type and rating installed but not less than three (3) of
each
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 5
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL
A.
Provide materials, equipment, appurtenances and workmanship for the Work of this Section
conforming to the highest commercial standards, as specified and indicated on the drawing.
Make luminarie parts and components not specifically identified or indicated on the drawings, of
materials most appropriated to their use or function, and resistant to corrosion and to thermal
and mechanical stresses encountered in the normal application and function of the luminaries
in this application.
B.
Luminaries shall comply with the most recent, relevant UL standard for the temperature and
climate conditions most likely to be experienced at this specific project location. Luminaries
shall be listed and labeled for installation in wet locations by an NRTL acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
C.
Additional Tests, Conditions, and Standards – provide luminaries meeting or exceeding the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Luminarie Efficiency Rating (LER) Tests: Where LER is specified, test according to
NEMA LE 5 for appropriate lamp type and distribution.
Lateral Light Distribution Patterns: Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral
light distribution patterns indicated for luminaries.
Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum unless otherwise indicated.
Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.
Housings: Rigidly formed, weather-and light-tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or
deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaries.
Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operation conditions. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other
components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating
position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. Designed to
disconnect ballast when door opens.
Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel or brass.
Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changed due to aging, exposure to
heat, moisture, and UV radiation.
Light Shields: Metal baffles, factory installed and field adjustable, arranged to block light
distribution to indicated portion of normally illuminated area or field.
Internal reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise
indicated:
a.
b.
c.
11.
12.
White Surfaces: 85 percent.
Specular Surfaces: 85 percent.
Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 80 percent.
Gaskets for Lenses and Refractors: Use heat- and aging-resistant resilient gaskets to
seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminarie doors.
Luminarie and Pole Finish: All exterior finishes shall be factory-applied. Manufacturer’s
standard finish applied to factory-assembled and –tested luminarie before shipping.
Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials
a.
Factory-Applied Finish for Steel Luminaries: Comply with NAAMM’s “Metal
Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products” for applying and designating
finishes.
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 6
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1)
2)
Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, “Solvent
Cleaning,” to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could
impair paint bond. Grind welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish.
Removed mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with
SSPC-SP 5/NACE No.1, “White Metal Blast Cleaning,” or SSPC-SP 8,
“Pickling.”
Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer’s standard finish consisting of one or more
coats of primer and two finish coats of high-build polyurethane enamel.
a)
b)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by
the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.
Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32);
buff complying with AA-M20; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hardcoat wax.
Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: medium
stain; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural
Class I, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611.
Class I, Color Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish:
medium satin; Chemical Finish; etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating:
Architectural Class I, integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color
coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA611.
a)
b.
D.
Color: as specified below
Factory-Applied Labels: Comply with current UL 1598. Include specified lamps
and ballasts. Labels shall be located where they will be readily visible to service
personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place.
Marking of Luminaries Plainly mark luminaries equipped with ballasts for operation of specific
lamps, (e.g., “use with Pulse Start Ceramic Metal Halide Lamps Only”). Similarly, mark other
luminaries according to proper lamp type or wattage restrictions. Use high lumens 1.8 BF
ballasts only and clearly mark ballasts that have multi-level outputs such as, and indicated
proper terminals for the various outputs. Provide markings that are clear and that are located to
be readily visible to service personnel, but invisible from normal viewing angels when lamps are
in place.
1.
Label shall include the following lamp and ballast characteristics:
a.
b.
c.
d.
E.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
Factory-Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaries:
Comply with
NAAMM’s “Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products” for applying and designating finishes
“USES ONLY XXXX LAMP” and include specific lamp type.
Lamp diameter code (T-4, T-5, T-8, ), tube configurations (twin, quad, triple), base
type, and nominal wattage for fluorescent and compact fluorescent luminaries.
Lamp type, wattage, bulb type (ED 17, DB56, etc.) and coating (clear or coated) for
HID luminaries. Use only Pulse Start Metal Halide lamps.
Ballast type (rapid start, programmed start) for fluorescent and compact fluorescent
luminaries.
Luminaire Mounted Photoelectric Relays
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 7
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.
2.
F.
Materials and Fabrication
1.
G.
Provide luminaries completely factory-assembled and wired and equipped with necessary
sockets, ballasts, wiring, shielding, reflectors, channels, lenses, and other parts and
appurtenances necessary. Deliver to project site ready for installation and to complete
the luminarie installation.
Finishes
1.
H.
Comply with UL 773 or UL 773A.
Contact Relays: Factory mounted, single throw, designed to fail in the on position, and
factory set to turn light unit on at Pre-determined fc and off at Pre-determined fc with 15scond minimum time delay. Relay shall have directional lens in front of photocell to
prevent artificial light sources from causing false turnoff.
a. Relay with locking-type receptacle shall comply with ANSI C136-10.
b. Adjustable window slide for adjusting on-off set points.
Apply luminary’s finishes after fabrication in a manner that assures a durable wearresistant surfacing
Fluorescent Ballasts
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Provide identical ballasts within each luminarie type. Provide ballasts that are suitable for
UL-listed for the electrical characteristics of the supply circuits to which they are to be
connected, and which are suitable for operating the specified lamps.
Unless otherwise specified, provide ballast of same type and same manufacturer, for
ease of stocking and replacement. Use multiple lamp ballasts to the greatest extent
possible.
Provide NEMA “Premium” high performance ballasts of all categories of ballast where
such a standard exists.
Provide ballasts designed for “Cold Weather Starting temp≤-40°C” when such ballasts
exists.
Ballast shall be manufactured in an ISO 9002 certified facility.
Manufacturer shall have minimum 15 years of manufacturing experience.
Ballast, unless specified otherwise, shall be same manufacturer, and model in each
fixture of the same type. Acceptable ballast manufacturers unless otherwise noted are:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
8.
Advance
Universal Lighting Technologies
Osram/Sylvania
Vossloch-Schwabe (Aromat)
Metrotech
Ballast Characteristics
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum.
Sound Rating: Class P
Total harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percent.
Electromagnetic Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.1, energy-saving, high power
factor, Class P, automatic-reset thermal protection.
Case Temperature for Compact Lamp Ballasts: 65 deg C, maximum.
Transient-Voltage Protection: Comply with IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2,
Category A or better.
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 8
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
I.
Lamps
1.
General
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
J.
Metal Halide Ballasts
1.
2.
Comply with ANSI C82.4 and UL 1029 and capable of open-circuit operation without
reduction of average lamp life.
In addition, include the following features unless otherwise indicated:
a.
b.
c.
3.
K.
Auxiliary, Instant-On, System: Factory-installed feature automatically switches quartz or
LED lamp on when fixture is initially energized and when momentary power outages
occur. System automatically turns quartz lamp off when HID lamp reaches approximately
60 percent of light output.
Proved Pulse start metal halide sockets
Luminaire Ratings
1.
M.
Ballast Circuit: Constant-wattage autotransformer or regulating high-power-factor
type.
Minimum Starting Temperature: ≤ - 40% F
Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg F
Metal Halide Lampholders
1.
L.
Provide electric lamps as required, during construction, including lamps for
luminaries furnished by others.
Provide a complete set of new lamps, as described in this Section and for each
luminarie, at the completion of the Work, leaving luminaries and lighting equipment
completely lamped and/or in normal operating condition. Provide spares in
accordance with the paragraph titled “Extra Materials,” above.
The following lamp manufacturers are approved unless otherwise specified: GE,
Osram/Sylvania, Philips,
Submit catalogue cuts of all lamps to be used in the Work, along with the shop
drawing submittal.
Unless otherwise indicated, supply high output, high performance “super” T8
fluorescent lamps, with 3100 lumen initial output, 92% maximum lumen
degradation, extended life to 24,000 hours, and CRI about 84.
Unless otherwise indicated, supply pulse start, ceramic arc tube compact metal
halide lamps with maximum lumen depreciation 20% at 21,000 hours, CCT 4200,
CRI ≥90.
General: Provide luminaries designed and manufactured specifically for “rated” (e.g.,
damp, wet, hazardous) location service.
Components, including nuts, bolts, rivets,
springs, and similar parts shall be made of materials of effective corrosion resistance, or
of materials which have been subjected to finishing treatment which will assure such
resistance.
General Requirements for Poles and Support Components
1.
Structural Characteristics: Comply with AASHTO LTS-4-M.
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 9
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
a.
b.
2.
3.
Luminarie Attachment Provisions: Comply with luminarie manufacturers’ mounting
requirements. Use stainless-steel fasteners and mounting bolts unless otherwise
indicated.
Mountings, Fasteners, and Appurtenances: Corrosion-resistant items compatible with
support components.
a.
b.
c.
4.
5.
6.
7.
N.
Wind-Load Strength of Poles: Adequate at indicated heights above grade without
failure, permanent deflection, or whipping in steady winds of speed indicated in
“Structural Analysis Criteria for Pole Selection.”
Strength Analysis: For each pole, multiply the actual equivalent projected area of
luminaries and brackets by an adequate safety factor ≥1.1 to obtain the equivalent
projected area to be used in pole selection strength analysis.
Materials: Shall not cause galvanic action at contact points.
Anchor Bolts, Leveling Nuts, Bolt Caps, and Washers: Hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication unless otherwise indicated. In marine environments, provide stainless
steel hardware.
Anchor-Bolt Template: Plywood or steel.
Handhole: Oval-shaped, with minimum clear opening of 2-1/2 by 5 inches (65 by 130
mm), with cover secured by stainless-steel captive screws.
Concrete Pole Foundations: Cast in place, with anchor bolts to match pole-base flange.
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Division 03 Section “Cast-inPlace Concrete.”
Power-Installed Screw Foundations: Factory fabricated by pole manufacturer, with
structural steel complying with ASTM 123/A 123M; and with top-plate and mounting bolts
to match pole base flange and strength required to support pole, luminarie, and
accessories.
Breakaway Supports: Frangible breakaway supports, tested by an independent testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, according to AASHOT LTS-4-M.
Steel Poles
1.
Poles: Comply with ASTM A 500, Grade B, carbon steel with a minimum yield of 46,000
psig (317 MPa); one-piece construction up to 6000mm in height with access handhold in
pole wall.
a.
b.
2.
3.
Shape: as specified in LIGHTING FIXTURE DESCRIPTIONS
Mounting Provisions: Butt flange for bolted mounting on foundation or breakaway
support.
Steel Mast Arms: Continuously welded to pole attachment plate. Material and finish
same as pole.
Brackets for Luminaries: Detachable, cantilever, without underbracing.
a.
b.
Adapter fitting welded to pole, allowing the bracket to be bolted to the pole
mounted adapter, then bolted together with stainless-steel bolts.
Cross Section: Tapered oval, with straight tubular end section to accommodate
luminarie.
1)
Match pole material and finish.
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 10
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Pole-Top Tenons: Fabricated to support luminarie or luminaries and brackets indicted,
and securely fastened to pole atop.
Steps: Fixed steel, with nonslip treads, positioned for 381mm vertical spacing,
alternating on opposite sides of pole; first step at elevation 3000 mm above finished
grade.
Intermediate Handhold and Cable Support: Weather tight, 76mm-by-127-mm handhold
located at midpoint of pole with cover for access to internal welded attachment lug for
electric cable support grip.
Grounding and Bonding Lugs:
Welded 13-mm threaded lug, complying with
requirements in Division 26 Section “Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems,”
listed for attaching grounding and bonding conductors of type and size listed in that
Section, and accessible through handhole.
Cable Support Grip: Wire-mesh type with rotating attachment eye, sized for diameter of
cable and rated for a minimum load equal to weight of supported cable times a 5.0 safety
factor.
Platform for Lamp and Ballast Servicing: Factory fabricated of steel with finish matching
that of pole.
Prime-Coat Finish: Manufacturer’s standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting.
Galvanized Finish: After fabrication, hot-dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 123/A
123M
Factory-Painted Finish: Comply with NAAMM’s “Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural
and Metal Products” for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
a.
b.
c.
d.
O.
Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, “Solvent
Cleaning,” to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair
paint bond. Grind welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill
scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE
No. 1, “White Metal Blast Cleaning” or with SSPC-SP 8, “Pickling.”
Interior Surfaces of Pole: Once coast of bituminous paint, or otherwise treat for
equal corrosion protection.
Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer’s standard finish consisting of one or more coats
of primer and two finish coats of high-gloss, high-build polyurethane enamel.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
Aluminum Poles
1.
Poles: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), 5052-H34 marine sheet alloy with access handhold
in pole wall.
a.
Shape: as specified in lighting fixture descriptions
1)
2.
3.
4.
Mounting Provisions; Butt flange for bolted mounting on foundation or
breakaway support.
Pole-Top Tenons: Fabricated to support luminarie or luminaries and brackets indicated,
and securely fastened to pole top.
Grounding and Bonding Lugs:
Welded 13-mm threaded lug, complying with
requirements in Division 26 Section “Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems,”
listed for attaching grounding and bonding conductors of type and size listed in that
Section, and accessible through handhole.
Brackets for Luminaries: Detachable, with pole and adapter fittings of cast aluminum.
Adapter fitting welded to ole and bracket, then bolted together with stainless –steel bolts.
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 11
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
a.
b.
5.
6.
Prime-Coat Finish: Manufacturer’s standard prime-coat ready for field paining.
Aluminum Finish: Comply with NAAMM’s “Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and
Metal Products” for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
P.
Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the
Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.
Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32); buff
complying with AA-M20; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hard-coat wax.
Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: medium satin,
Chemical Finish; etched, medium matter, Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I,
clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611.
Class I Color Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: medium
satin; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural
Class I, integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or
thicker) complying with AAMA 611.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
Receptacles:
1.
2.2
Tapered oval cross section, with straight tubular end section to accommodate
luminarie.
Finish: Same as pole/ Luminaire
Provide poles with locked, waterproof, duplex, 120v electrical receptacle.
LIGHTING FIXTURE DESCRIPTIONS
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 12
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE GL1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Description: Medium aperture, in ground, 24V dimmable, LED uplight.
Dimensions: Faceplate 4” diameter, 4” deep.
Mounting: In ground, Fixture mounts at steel canopy beams at LM.
Lamping: 3x3W Cree XPE LED
Electrical: Remote 24VDC driver required. Integral 3W 24VDC 0-10V dimming power supply.
Voltage: Voltage per engineer.
Optics: 6º beam spread, Internally frosted toughened glass.
Labels: Wet label IP68
Features: Cast stainless steel body, on board electronics for 0-10V dimming. Threaded lens
frame allows replacement without screws or tools. 0.4” thick tempered glass lens, walk-over,
drive-over rated at 11,000 lbs.
10. Finish: Stainless steel.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Design Plan #C4X-L-3R-Z-SS-1-Q-G-0 Power supply PPL T00158 (2 minimum)
b. Equal by: Filix or Erco
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 13
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL1
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, square, flanged, adjustable accent LED fixture..
2. Dimensions: 3-1/2” square aperture, 5-1/2” square flange, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long,7”
deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. Fixture mounts at outdoor soffit condition
4. Lamping: 24 W LED 2700K, CRI 80+, 1875 delivered lumens
5. Electrical: ELDO 0-10V logarithmic dimming driver intended for use with Lutron systems.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 30º beam spread. Provide Solite
lens and and install spread lens to provide a 40ºx60º light distribution.
8. Labels: Wet location listing.
9. Features: 362º lockable horizontal rotation and 40º lockable vertical tilt.
10. Finish: Architect shall provide RAL number or sample to match. Architect shall verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAI Lighting #3131A10-W-B1-S-RAL-LSTA4-8424 -C2-27KS-30-NC-volt-DIML6AAS61F
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 14
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL1a
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, square, flanged, adjustable accent LED fixture..
2. Dimensions: 3-1/2” square aperture, 5-1/2” square flange, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long,7”
deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. Fixture mounts at outdoor soffit condition
4. Lamping: 24 W LED 2700K, CRI 80+, 1875 delivered lumens
5. Electrical: ELDO 0-10V logarithmic dimming driver intended for use with Lutron systems.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 30º beam spread. Solite lens.
Furnish and install spread lens to provide a 40ºx60º light distribution..
8. Labels: Wet location listing.
9. Features: 362º lockable horizontal rotation and 40º lockable vertical tilt.
10. Finish: Architect shall provide RAL number or sample to match. Architect shall verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAI Lighting #3131A10-W-B1-S-RAL-LSTA4-8424 -C2-27KS-30-NC-volt-DIML6AAS61F
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
.
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 15
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL1b
1. Description: Recessed, regressed, square, flanged, adjustable accent LED fixture..
2. Dimensions: 3-1/2” square aperture, 5-1/2” square flange, Housing 13” wide, 18-5/8” long,7”
deep.
3. Mounting: Recessed ceiling. Fixture mounts at outdoor soffit condition
4. Lamping: 33 W LED 2700K, CRI 80+, 1875 delivered lumens
5. Electrical: ELDO 0-10V logarithmic dimming driver intended for use with Lutron systems.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: Injection molded polycarbonate reflector optimized for 30º beam spread.
8. Labels: Wet location listing.
9. Features: 362º lockable horizontal rotation and 40º lockable vertical tilt.
10. Finish: Architect shall provide RAL number or sample to match. Architect shall verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. USAI Lighting #3131A30-W-B1-S-RAL-LSTA4-8433 -C2-27KS-30-NC-volt-DIML6A
b. Equal by Lucifer Lighting or Element
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 16
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL2
1. Description: Surface mounted small scale linear LED fixture for wet locations.
2. Dimensions: 1.65” wide, 2.44” deep, 11’-6” nominal length.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mounts with fixed mounting to entry canopy structure - refer to architectural
drawings for mounting condition.
4. Lamping: Nichia 757 white LEDs 16 LEDs/ ft, 7.6 W/ft, 544 lumens/ft. 3000K, CRI 80+.
5. Electrical: Remote 24VAC dimmable magnetic transformers required - (1) every 1 fixture
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: 60º beam spread.
8. Labels: IP67 ETL listed for wet locations. Complies with UL standard 2108.
9. Features: Extruded aluminum housing. Homogenized opal white lens for completely even lighting
diffusion. High lumen output form a low profile and narrow fixture.
10. Finish: Architect shall provide RAL number or paint sample to match. Architect shall verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. LED Linear #Xoolight-HD25-W824/138”-W-MOD-T-IP67 (power supply #16000065)
b. Equal by
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 17
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL2a
1. Description: Surface mounted small scale linear LED fixture for wet locations.
2. Dimensions: 1.65” wide, 2.44” deep, 23’-6” nominal length.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mounts with fixed mounting to entry canopy structure - refer to architectural
drawings for mounting condition.
4. Lamping: Nichia 757 white LEDs 16 LEDs/ ft, 7.6 W/ft, 544 lumens/ft. 3000K, CRI 80+.
5. Electrical: Remote 24VAC dimmable magnetic transformers required - (2) for every 1 fixture
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer.
7. Optics: 60º beam spread.
8. Labels: IP67 ETL listed for wet locations. Complies with UL standard 2108.
9. Features: Extruded aluminum housing. Homogenized opal white lens for completely even lighting
diffusion. High lumen output form a low profile and narrow fixture. Feed power from both ends of
fixture. Coordinate power path with canopy shop drawings and installer.
10. Finish: Architect shall provide RAL number or paint sample to match. Architect shall verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. LED Linear #Xoolight-HD25-W824/138”-W-MOD-T-IP67 (power supply #16000065)
b. Equal by
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 18
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL3
1. Description: Flexible LED linear strip light that can be installed to run line voltage without
additional power supply.
2. Dimensions: 7/8” wide x 1/4” deep lengths per plans.
3. Mounting: Provide 6' power cord for mounting to bar counter & bench Provide wet rated wall
mounted outlet for power connection Coordinate outlet height with furniture dimensions. Provide
continuous clear housing to prevent sagging and ensure a secure installation.
4. Lamping: LEDs 2700K, CRI>80, 4.95 W/ft, 97 Lumen/watt.
5. Electrical: Runs directly off line voltage with no additional transformer or power supply needed.
Can be dimmed with ELV dimmer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer
7. Optics: High efficiency LEDs provide 112 lm/W.Flexible, optically clear thermoplastic jacket, no
other lens need.
8. Labels: ETL certified, indoors/ outdoors, damp, dry, wet locations
9. Features: Built in surge protection module. Snap-in clear plastic mounting channel.
10. Finish: Standard white.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Jesco #DL-AC-FLEX-27-PC2/DL-AC-FLEX-CH4
b. Equal by: LED Linear or Acolyte
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 19
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL4
1. Description: Surface wall mount LED area light with asymmetric distribution for outdoor use.
2. Dimensions:9.5”l x 4.125”w, 7.875”h
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount over recessed junction box at roof terrace canopy –refer to architectural
elevations for location. Fixtures mount to vertical face of roof line at terrace.
4. Lamping: 25.3 W LED, 830k, 1870 Lumen 3000K, CRI>80,
5. Electrical: Integral power supply with 0-10V dimming driver, 120-277 VAC.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer
7. Optics: Asymmetric, anodized aluminum internal reflector
8. Labels: CSA certified to U.S. and Canadian standards, suitable for wet locations. Protection class
IP65
9. Features: Fully gasketed for weather tight operation using a molded silicone rubber gasket. Can
be installed upward or downward facing positions. Install so light is directed toward the roof
terrace.
10. Finish: Architect shall verify finish
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Bega #2386LED
b. Equal by: Design Plan or Interlux
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 20
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL5
1. Description: Recessed linear LED downlight fixture
2. Dimensions: 2.25” wide, 3.375” overall depth, 4’ nominal length.
3. Mounting: Fixtures recess into metal panel ceiling – Provide trimless housing for use in metal
ceiling.
4. Lamping: LED 8 W/ft, 827K, 400 lumens/ ft.3000K, CRI>80,
5. Electrical: Integral 0-10v dimmable driver.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer
7. Optics: High Efficiency WISP Lens.
8. Labels: UL/CUL Damp Location.
9. Features: Trimless for seamless integration into ceiling. 60% recycled aluminum extruded
housing. Electrostatically applied powder coat finish.
10. Finish: Architect to verify finish.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Alight #ACL5-4-G-LS-30-HE-U-O-D-Q
b. Equal by: Design Plan or Bega
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 21
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL6
1. Description: Adjustable, cylindrical surface mounted uplight for use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions:2-1/4” diameter, 4-3/4” long.
3. Mounting: Fixtures mount in planters and aim up on trees Coordinate wiring into planter - wiring
shall be concealed from view.
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread.
5. Electrical: Provide remote magnetic transformer, location TBD.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer
7. Optics: Lamp 36º beam spread. Provide honeycomb baffle and soft focus lens.
8. Labels: ETL listed to ANSI/UL Standard 1838 Suitable for use in wet locations.
9. Features: 360º rotational knuckle mounting system. Body fully machined from copper free
aluminum. Unibody design provides enclosed, water proof wireway and heat sink. Integral
knuckle for maximum mechanical strength.
10. Finish: Black polyester powder coating.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Hydrel #Aspen-SS-M20-12-FL-WLC-350R-STK-L2-C3-BRSS+TM100-volt
b. Equal by: Erco or BK Lighting
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 22
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL7
1. Description: Slender, cylindrical LED path-light, with glare shield.
2. Dimensions:1” diameter pipe, 24” stem length, glare shield 2-3/16” diameter.
3. Mounting: Provide CUS 1534 base for use directly on waterproofing membrane or in planter.
Coordinate wiring into planter - wiring shall be concealed from view.
4. Lamping: 3 W LED 2700K, CRI>80, 250 lumens delivered.
5. Electrical: Remote magnetic transformer required - location TBD
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer
7. Optics: Shock resistant, tempered, frosted glass lens. Machined glare shield reduces aperture
brightness.
8. Labels: ETL listed to ANSI/UL Standard 1838 Suitable for use in wet locations.
9. Features: Custom mounting and glare shield. Body fully machined from copper free aluminum.
Unibody design provides enclosed, water proof wireway and heat sink.
10. Finish: Black polyester powder coating
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. BK Lighting #LT-24-LED-e39-BLP-GS+cus1534-29 –transformer
b. Equal by: Erco or Winona
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 23
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL8
1. Description: Adjustable, cylindrical surface mounted downlight with LED light source.
2. Dimensions: Fixture - 3” diameter, 8” long. Canopy – 2-1/4” diameter, 1-1/2” tall
3. Mounting: Fixture mounts to AC Canopy structure. Mounting base accessory attaches directly to
canopy structure – pull 20’ class II power cables through trellis structure.
4. Lamping: 29 W LED 2700K, CRI>80, 1525 lumens delivered.
5. Electrical: Remote dimmable power supply, provide dual to power (2) fixtures per device.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer
7. Optics: Lamp 40º beam spread. Provide soft focus lens and hexcell louver.
8. Labels: ETL listed to ANSI/UL Standard 1838. Certified to CAN/CSA Standard C22.2 No. 9 and
Can/CSA TIL B-58B. RoHs compliant. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use. Suitable for use in wet
locations.
9. Features: 360º rotational knuckle mounting system. Body fully machined from copper free
aluminum. Unibody design provides enclosed, water proof wireway and heat sink. Integral
knuckle for maximum mechanical strength. Provide class II power leads through hollow trellis
structure and connect power supply with fixtures. Fixtures aim down to evenly illuminate entry to
AC hotel
10. Finish: Powder coated satin aluminum.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. BK Lighting #DE-LED-X33-FL-SAP-12-11-C + SMJ-SAP + DRM-D31ARC
b. Equal by: Bega or Hydrel
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 24
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OL9
1. Description: Adjustable, cylindrical surface mounted downlight for use with LED MR16 lamp.
2. Dimensions:2-1/4” diameter, 4-3/4” long.
3. Mounting: Fixture mounts to trellis structure. Thread 360SL base directly to trellis structure – pull
20’ class II power cables through trellis structure. Provide 360Sl Rotational Knuckle Mounting
System.
4. Lamping: 9W Soraa #SM16-09-36D-827-03 -2700K CCT, 80 CRI 9W 36º beam spread.
5. Electrical: Provide 150w magnetic transformer.
6. Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer
7. Optics: Lamp 36º beam spread. Provide rectilinear lens.
8. Labels: ETL listed to ANSI/UL Standard 1838. Certified to CAN/CSA Standard C22.2 No. 9 and
Can/CSA TIL B-58B. RoHs compliant. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use. Suitable for use in wet
locations.
9. Features: 360º rotational knuckle mounting system. Body fully machined from copper free
aluminum. Unibody design provides enclosed, water proof wireway and heat sink. Integral
knuckle for maximum mechanical strength. Modify fixture with 20’ class II power leads for use
with hollow trellis structure. Pull wiring through trellis structure back to transformer.
10. Finish: Powder coated satin black.
11. Approved Manufacturers:
a. BK Lighting #DS-MR-0-BLP-13-E-360SL-MOD + TR150-volt
b. Equal by: Bega or Hydrel
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 25
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
TYPE OM1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Description: Recessed, round LED paver for outdoor use.
Dimensions:2-1/4” diameter, 4-3/4” long.
Mounting: Fixtures recess into paver at roof terrace. Verify placement with landscape plans.
Lamping: 3W LED 827K, 85 CRI 4000k CCT
Electrical: Osram 10% 0-10v dimming. 96W, 24VDC, 120-277VAC. Provide remote power supply
in an accessible location.
Voltage: Voltage per electrical engineer
Optics: Line of light.
Labels: UL STD 1598, wet location; Concrete housing: walkover rated 1500lb; Tiles housing:
driverover rated 3000lb.
Features: Trimless for seamless integration into grade; optional stainless steel trim. Regressed
LED for glare reduction. Aluminum construction, direct concrete pour housing, with diffused
tempered glass.
Finish: Stainless steel.
Approved Manufacturers:
a. Interlux #FXSL-40-H-27-LL-24 + D-520-24006
b. Equal by: DesignPlan or Bega
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 26
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
A.
3.2
A.
3.3
A.
3.4
A.
3.5
A.
3.6
GENERAL
Install Luminaries complete with lamps, as indicated, and with equipment, materials, parts,
attachments, devices aligner an filler clips, hardware, hangers, cables, supports, channels,
frames and brackets necessary to make a safe, complete and fully operative installation.
ACCESSIBILITY
Install equipment such as junction and pull boxes, luminarie housings, transformers, ballasts,
switches and controls, and other apparatus that shall be reached from time to time for operation
and maintenance, to be reasonably accessible and appropriate for mounting and operational
conditions.
SUPPORTS
Luminaries shall be securely fastened as per manufacturer’s instructions and to meet all
relevant codes and standards of practice. Provide fixtures and support suitable to withstand
seismic disturbances without damage. Luminarie supports and installation shall be suitable for
the local climate and seismic zone.
SIZING AND ADJUSTMENT:
Provide manpower and tools for final focusing and adjustment, under the Architect’s
supervision of all adjustable luminaries after regular workings hours (i.e., after dark) whenever
necessary, at no additional cost to Owner. All fixtures shall be locked into place so that the
aiming is not disturbed during future re-lamping.
CLEANING
Immediately prior to occupancy, clean reflector cones, reflectors, aperture plates lenses,
louvers, lamps and decorative elements. As per manufacturer’s instructions. De-staticize
lenses, after cleaning, installing them to leave no finger or dirt marks.
COMMISSING
A.
For any luminarie, ballast, or lighting control system, the contractor is responsible for a
complete and operational system which is satisfactory to the Owner, building manager and
occupants. Further commissioning requirements may be detailed in the commissioning section
of this specification.
B.
The Owner shall provided for or engage a commissioning agent to verify that all components
and system as a whole meets design intent. This includes evaluation and verification of all
adjustable features, such as aiming angles, time clock settings, sensitivity settings, high end
trim, fine tuning, customized settings, etc. Contractor shall provide manpower and equipment
after normal working hours to correct and adjust system, working with our without direct
supervision of commissioning agent and lighting designer until reasonable satisfaction has
been achieved.
C.
The Contractor shall provide the Owner with Spares, as described in Part 2 above.
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 27
LE MERIDIEN l AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
D.
The Contractor shall provide the Owner with maintenance manual and operational submittals,
as called for in Part 1 above, under the conditions of the relevant General Requirements. After
approval by the Architect, this manual will be kept on site for reference use by facility
maintenance personnel. Transfer of the document will include a through walk-through and
demonstration of equipment by contactor facility personnel, and the designer/specifier. The
Contractor shall assemble and submit, in bound 8.5”x11 format, and Operation and
Maintenance Manual that includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
A chart clearly documenting the luminarie, lamp and ballast actually installed for each
luminarie type, with product designations sufficient for reordering new product and
components to match those installed.
A current list of lighting distributor, manufacturers and manufacture’s representatives, (for
the purposes of replacement, reordering or trouble-shooting). This list shall be keyed to
the list of luminaries, lamps and ballast, so that the Owner has a name, address and
phone number of at least two (2) contacts for each product or component
Shop drawings, technical data sheets product technical documents, installation
instructions cut sheets, operating instructions, calibration instructions, and
troubleshooting guides in the installation, including but not limited to lamps, ballasts an
lighting control devices.
Color-coded as-built drawings showing all lamp and ballast types, to facilitate
replacement.
E.
Owner Training: At the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall provide a minimum of four
(4) hours, not to exceed eight (8) hours, of expertise and training concerning the installation,
characteristics, operations and maintenance of the Contractor’s work of this Section. Such
training shall take place after the Contractors has provided the Owner with the maintenance
and operational submittals mentioned above.
F.
The Contractor shall video-tape the training session, and provide the Owner with two (2) copies
in DVD format. Alternative electronic formats may be provided if mutually agreed upon.
END OF SECTION
MCLA, Inc.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING – PUBLIC SPACES
2016-06-13
265600 - 28
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
SECTION 321400
DECK PEDESTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Adjustable Deck Pedestals.
1.2
REFERENCES
ASTM D 1238-04- Standard Test Method for Melt Flow Rates of Thermoplastics by
Extrusion Plastometer.
ASTM D 792-00- Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative
Density) of Plastics by Displacement.
ASTM D 638-03- Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics
ASTM D 256-06- Standard Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact
Resistance of Plastics.
ASTM D 648-06- Standard Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under
Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Product Data: Manufacturer’s data sheets on each product to be used, including:
1.
Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2.
Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
B.
Installation methods.
C.
Shop Drawings:
Submit shop drawings detailing the installation methods.
Coordinate placement with locations noted on the Contract Drawings.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications:
1.
B.
All primary products specified in this section will be supplied by a single
manufacturer with a minimum of ten (10) years’ experience.
Installer Qualifications:
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 1
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.
C.
Special Considerations:
1.
D.
1.5
1.6
The deck support system installer must have a minimum of two (2) years
proven construction experience, be capable of estimating and building from
blueprint plans and details, determine elevations, and properly handle
materials. All Work must comply with the Bison installation application
procedures for deck support work specified herein.
The contractor assumes the responsibility for and must take into
consideration the structural capability and adequacy of the structure to carry
the dead and live load weight(s) involved, and that the density of any
insulation is satisfactory to resist crushing and damaging the waterproofing
membrane.
Mock-Up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and
application workmanship.
1.
Finish areas designated by Architect.
2.
Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship is approved by
Architect. (if applicable)
3.
Refinish mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver and store Bison Deck Supports and system components with labels intact
and legible.
B.
Inspect all delivered materials to insure they are undamaged and in good condition.
C.
Store and dispose of solvent-based materials such as construction adhesive, and
materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of
local authorities having jurisdiction.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
There are no pedestal installation temperature restriction guidelines other than the
practical considerations of working in any unsafe condition or inclement weather.
B.
Deck supports specified are to be for used with pedestrian traffic only.
C.
Perimeter Walls and Containment
D.
Pedestrian decks must be restrained by perimeter blocking or walls on all sides.
Lateral movement greater than 1/8” is unacceptable and will be subject to rejection.
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 2
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
E.
It is recommended that the deck surfacing above the waterproofing integral flashing
and or counter flashing. In situations where the perimeter of the deck comes into
contact with the flashing material, protective wall covering should be specified if
deemed necessary by specifier.
F.
Heavy Roof Top Features:
1.
A minimum of one additional pedestal support must be installed for every
500lbs. (or portion thereof) of static loading. These additional support
pedestals must be installed directly under the decking and evenly spaced
immediately below the feature locations. One additional pedestal must be
placed under corner of any rectangular feature.
a.
When installing Bison Cubes, additional support may be needed
under the center and corners of the cubes depending on the size and
anticipated weight loads.
b.
Features supported by legs or feet are not advised or considered
unacceptable because of the consequences of point loading.
c.
Any feature that creates vibration must be provided for in special
consultation and written agreement with Bison. Cell phone towers,
heavy planters and other similar features require their own separate
curb designed by an architect or engineer.
G.
All decks shall be designed to not exceed the design capacity of the pedestal.
H.
The substrate immediately below the pedestals shall provide positive drainage.
I.
In case of decks over roofing substrates, roof systems must meet local building code
and be in accordance with the NRCA recommended good construction practices.
Only roofing manufacturer approved systems shall be used.
J.
For applications over roofing and waterproofing membranes Bison Innovative
Products recommends that a 12’ x 12’ piece of the same type of membrane be
installed as a separate protection slip sheet underneath each pedestal.
K.
Decks over roofing and waterproofing:
L.
Bison Pedestal Installation: Bison pedestals must be installed on surfaces with a
minimum 40 psi bearing capacity.
M.
Bison Pedestal Installation: Bison pedestals must be supported by a surface that
provides a minimum 40 psi bearing capacity. There are alternate ways to accomplish
the non-invasive and required support.
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 3
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
N.
Roof top applications: Two basic types of roof systems are commonly found in the
US and Canada for retrofit and new roofing. Roof systems that specify insulation
below the waterproofing layer, and roof systems that have extruded insulation above
the waterproofing membrane.
1.
Roof Type 1- Common Insulation installed below Roof Membranes.
2.
Currently the most typical and common roofing systems specify roofing
membranes be installed over common ridged insulation boards that are
typically manufactured from poly-isocyanurate, perlite, or wood fiber-board
materials. These typical systems incorporate 20 psi density insulations that
need additional support to create an adequate bearing surface. That is
typically accomplished in one of three ways:
1. Incorporate one of the thin Cap Bearing Protective Layer Insulation
specifications that call for a very thin protective layer to be installed on
top of the common 20 psi insulation. Such a cap type insulation product
is commonly formed as a thin dense low-foamed isocyanurate layer, and
provides the necessary pedestal support.
2. Bison Model FIB Pedestal Base: Install an enlarged base that supports
the pedestal to distribute the anticipated loaded weight of a pedestal over
an enlarged area. Bison manufacturers the Floating Insulation Base
(Model FIB) for this purpose. Model FIB is specifically designed to be
directly installed over Type 1 roof systems that incorporate 20 + psi
common insulation boards.
3. Insulation above the Membrane: Install a 1.5” thick (min.) layer of dense,
closed cell 40 psi (min.) extruded cell poly-styrene insulation board above
the common roofing system that has buried insulation to provide support
for the pedestal system.
3.
Roof Type 2- Closed Cell Insulation Protecting Roof Membrane Systems.
a.
Inverted Roof Membrane Systems that incorporate 40 + psi density
closed cell extruded poly-styrene insulation on top of the roofing
membrane are the second type. The dense extruded polystyrene is
capable of bearing Bison pedestal weights. Before the ballast rock is
installed, deck system pedestals can be installed directly on the
ballasting is required.
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 4
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.7
WARRANTY
A.
At project closeout and upon request, Bison Deck Supports can provide to the Owner
or Owners Representative, an executed copy of the manufacturer’s standard
document outlining the terms, conditions and limitations of their limited warranty
against manufacturing defect for a period of the three (3) years. The Contractor
warrants that his work will remain free from defects of labor and materials used in
conjunction with his work in accordance with the General Conditions for this project
or a minimum of three (3) Years. It is the responsibility of the Contractor installing
the product listed in this section to coordinate warranty requirements with any related
sections or adjacent Work. Notify the architect immediately of any potential lapses
or limitations in warranty coverage. For use with pedestrian traffic only- Never use
Bison Deck Supports to support decks that have wheeled, motorized or equipment
traffic. Decks should be restrained on all sides and not have lateral movement in
excess of 1/8 inch.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Acceptable Manufacturer: Bison Innovative Products; 2395 W 4th Ave, Denver, CO
80223. Toll Free 888-412-4766. Phone 303-628-7950. Fax 303-825-5988. Email:
Sales@BisonIP.com. Web: www.BisonIP.com.
B.
Substitutions: Not permitted.
C.
Requests for substitutions will be in accordance with provisions of Section 01600.
APPLICATIONS/ SCOPE
Furnish and install a complete adjustable deck support system with a maximum cavity
height of up to:
A.
Screwjack Pedestals maximum cavity height 16 inches (305 mm) without additional
bracing.
B.
Deck supports are not designed for supporting decks that carry vehicular traffic or
equipment including but not limited to snow removal equipment, ATV’s, forklifts, or
any motorized vehicles.
C.
Consult the Manufacturer and the Project Engineer regarding the following:
1.
2.
When spacer tab condition or design requires spacing between decking tiles
or concrete pavers other than the standard spacing required by the
manufacturer.
When considering use for other than a raised decks (e.g. interior floors,
stairs, etc.).
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 5
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
When the required pedestal height exceeds the safe limits as determine by
the Manufacturer.
When pedestal load capacity exceeds the maximum listed.
When anticipating installation of any items with excess weight on top of the
deck.
When using Bison Deck Supports pedestals on grade (soil).
When greater pedestal load capacity is required.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.3
SCREWJACK DECK PEDESTALS
Typical Height Range 0-16 inches
Weight Bearing Design Capacity 1000 lbs/pedestal FS:2
Integral 4.5 mm (3/16 inch) spacer tabs
Made in the USA
Pedestals:
A.
Model B1: 1 ¼ inches to 2 inches (32mm - 51mm)
B.
Model B2: 2 inches to 3 inches (51mm – 76mm)
C.
Model B3: 3 inches to 4 ¾ inches (121mm – 197mm)
D.
Top Unit: 5/32 inch (4mm) thick plate
Bearing Surface Area: 29 square inches (187 sq. cm.)
Material: Mineral Filled High Density Copolymer Polypropylene. Bison #BPP-2025:
a.
Contains 20% Post industrial recycled material.
3.
C4 Coupler: Adds up to 4 inches (102 mm) of height.
4.
Material: Mineral Filled High Density Copolymer Polypropylene. #B-PP-2025
a.
Contains 20% Post industrial recycled material.
Low Height Pedestal Supports
1.
2.
H.
Model VT316 1/8 inch (3.175mm) tall
Integral Spacer Tabs: Specify 3/16 inch
Material: Mineral Filled High Density Copolymer Polypropylene. Bison #BPP-2025
a.
Contains 20% Post industrial recycled material
3.
Bearing Surface Area: 17.75’ sq inches nominal
I.
Model HD25 Stackable (4 Max) ¼ inch (6.4mm) tall, with integral Spacer Tabs
Base Leveler Disks:
J.
Model: LD-4 – Placed beneath pedestals to compensate for slopes up to 1 inch
per foot.
1.
2.
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 6
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
1.
2.
3.
2.4
2.5
2.6
Slope: ¼ inch per foot. Stack up to four LD4’s under one pedestal for up to
1 inch of slope compensation.
Dimensions: Center point thickness 3/8 inch (9.5mm).
Material: Mineral Filled High Density Copolymer Polypropylene. Bison #BPP-2025
a.
Contains 20% Post industrial recycled material.
EXAMINATION
A.
Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.
B.
If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of
unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
C.
Verify all elevations, required pedestal heights and deck dimensions before
commencing work.
PREPARATION
A.
Establish accurate lines, levels and visual pattern.
B.
The substrate surface that will receive the deck supports must be well compacted
(on grade) and structurally capable of carrying the dead and live loads anticipated.
C.
The substrate must be clean and free of projections and debris that could impair the
performance of the pedestals or the total deck system.
D.
Decks over roofing and waterproofing: verify that installation conforms to section
1.7(H) of this specification.
E.
Installation requirements vary for each individual project site. Deck materials used,
pattern, grid layout, starting point, and finished elevation should be shown on plan
view shop drawings which have been prepared and approved by the designer,
installing contractor and/or owner.
F.
Once a starting point and the finished elevation of the deck surface have been
determined, the support system elevation (finished elevation minus deck material
thickness) is established and marked around the perimeter using a transit “torpedo”
water level or laser leveling device.
G.
Precise measurements should be taken and deck area should be accurately defined.
Mark off and square all outside edges with control lines (chalk lines or spray paint).
Install two (2) lines that are perpendicular to each other across the deck area.
Continue to mark a grid of lines in both directions marking the location of each
pedestal. To assure a square layout, use the control lines as references to
periodically check the layout during installation.
INSTALLATION
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 7
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
A.
Install in accordance with Bison and other contributing manufacturer’s instructions.
B.
If required, place a Floating Insulation Base (FIB) board or Floating Foundation Base
(FFB) in the location on the grid of each pedestal.
C.
Next, a deck support must be placed where each measured grid line meets the
perimeter. Remove two (2) spacer tabs in line with one another on top of each deck
support placed around the perimeter. Remove all four (4) spacer tabs at corners.
D.
Adjust each deck support to a “top of pedestal” elevation marked around the
perimeter. Normally the deck support is positioned as close to the perimeter as
possible, with the two remaining spacer tabs aligned with the grid lines. Using the
“top of pedestal” elevation marked on the perimeter, stretch a mason’s line along
and slightly ahead of the second row of deck supports. A laser leveling device may
also be used for this purpose.
E.
On larger decks, it is recommended that pedestals be pre-sorted and pre-set to the
proper elevation and placed in position prior to the installation of pavers or tiles.
F.
As the deck supports located along the grid lines are loaded with pavers or tiles, fine
vertical adjustment can be made by rotating the base or bottom of the deck support.
Clockwise rotation of the pedestal base will raise the bearing surface and the deck.
Counter- clockwise rotation will lower the top bearing surface.
G.
Bison pedestals have built in height limit indicator ‘bumps’. When pedestal is fully
extended, height limit indicator “bumps” will be felt and heard, indicating the
maximum height of the pedestal. Do not extend pedestal beyond the height limit
indicators. Do not exceed maximum height listed on pedestal, use the next size
pedestal. A C4 coupler must be added to the B4 model to achieve greater heights.
Always maintain adequate thread engagement. Never over extend any pedestal.
H.
Slight irregularities in decking panel thickness can be compensated for by using one
or two shim segments. Place on top of the pedestal, under the corner(s) of the
decking tile or paver. Use no more than two (2) shims on top of the pedestal and
always adhere quartered (1/4) wedges with construction adhesive.
I.
Stackable Fixed Height Pedestals: Complete deck and grid layout as instructed
above. Stack no more than four (4) fixed height pedestals together and place in lieu
of adjustable pedestals where needed. Spacer tabs can be removed to
accommodate perimeter and corner support locations.
J.
Slope Compensation:
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 8
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
K.
2.7
2.8
1.
Preferred Method: A base leveler disk should be used to level the pedestal
base. Place one to four disks under the pedestal base to compensate for up
to 1 inch per foot of slope. Compensate for slope by placing the disks’ thickest
edge (located on the edge by a small finger tab) at the down slope side of
the deck support, one disk compensates for ¼ inch per foot of slope. Using
two to four disks, rotate one in relation to the other to create a level deck
support.
2.
Shims may be used in multiples, whole or segmented, and placed under the
base to level the deck support.
3.
Under a pedestal: all shims under a pedestal must be adhered with
construction adhesive to each other – never to the membrane. Shim no more
than 1/8 inch (3mm) beneath each pedestal.
4.
On top of a pedestal: Use no more than 2 shims.
If a specifier requires and desires to install a cavity deck system over the height of
16 inches (406.4mm) maximum of 24 inches (609.6mm) in height, special approval
is required prior to commencing the installation. The installing contractor must
furnish Bison Deck Supports the proposed design for the extreme height bracing,
stamped by a professional, licensed engineer. Special written approval will then be
furnished by Bison Deck Supports to the installing contractor with a copy to the
specifier, prior to commencing any pedestal and decking work.
DECK SUPPORT PLACEMEMENT AND FINAL ADJUSTMENT
A.
Deck supports and the deck surface panels must be placed as the manufacturer
directs in these written instructions. Use of labor saving devices, such as paver
lifters, is encouraged, especially on large jobs.
B.
Pedestals are designed to be rotated for final slight adjustment when pedestals are
fully loaded. Deck supports should be leveled in each succeeding row as the
installation proceeds. Final height adjustment or maintenance is easily made by
simply rotating the Screwjack support in a clockwise or counter-clockwise direction
to raise or lower the deck surface material.
C.
Additional sections of shims may be used and should be available for regular
maintenance. Shims may be used in multiples, whole or segmented, and placed
under the base or on top the pedestal to level the deck support.
D.
Beneath the pedestal: Use a small amount of construction adhesive to adhere
sections of shims and/or whole shims to each other or to the pedestal. Unless
specified to do so, DO NOT use construction adhesive to adhere pedestal or shims
to insulation, roofing or waterproofing membrane.
PERIMETER CONTAINMENT
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 9
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
A.
2.9
2.10
2.11
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Inspect often during installation to assure that grid spacer lines are being maintained
in a straight and consistent pattern and the deck panels or pavers are level and not
rocking.
B.
Confirm that deck pedestal height does not exceed the specified height of 16 inches
(406.4mm).
C.
Unless otherwise specified in writing to allow for expansion, inspect to assure that
all paver spacing between tiles and at perimeter containment does not exceed a 1/8
inch. Particular attention should be made to assure that all pedestrian entry or
access points to the deck are level and that the deck surface tiles are not randomly
raised or uneven creating a tripping or safety hazard.
PROTECTION
A.
Protect installed products until completion of project.
B.
Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
IMMEDITALEY FOLLOWING INSTALLATION
A.
2.12
Any area of a deck that is not restrained by a parapet or foundation wall must be
‘boxed-in’ and contained. The deck panels will move if all sides are not adequately
restrained. Perimeter framing and edging boards located at the outside of the deck
perimeter must be installed to provide restraint. No movement should be allowed at
the perimeter of the deck system greater than 1/8 inch.
The Owner, or the Owner’s Agent, shall carefully inspect the deck system to be
positive that:
1.
The new deck system is adequately blocked on all sides to contain the
surface decking and related components.
2.
There is no more than 1/8 inch spacing between any deck panels and at all
sides of the deck perimeter.
3.
There is no ballasting rock used to fill in any perimeter voids.
4.
There is no ‘rocking’ of deck panels as foot traffic is applied to the surface
decking.
5.
All required spacer tabs are in place and visible.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 10
LE MERIDIEN | AC HOTEL
DENVER, COLORADO
A.
Installer and/or Architect has a duty to instruct the deck owner about performing
routine maintenance of the deck. Check for rocking pavers and adjust or shim
immediately. Pedestals can settle and may have to be realigned. Failure to do so
can cause a tripping hazard. Periodically check spacer tabs and immediately replace
broken tabs to limit deck movement. Make sure the edge restraint stays intact and
structurally sound.
END OF SECTION
NORRIS DESIGN 0045-04-14-01
DECK PEDESTALS
2016-06-10
321400- 11